General Specs - SBK S 07_Section 1A_GS_Main - PIDS

PROJEK MASS RAPID TRANSIT LEMBAH KELANG JAJARAN SUNGAI BULOH ‐ KAJANG

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

FOR RAILWAY SYSTEMS

Document Reference No. : KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001

Revision : 03

Date Issued : APRIL 2012

PROJEK MASS RAPID TRANSIT LEMBAH KELANG Jajaran Sungai Buloh ‐ Kajang

General Specification for Railway Systems

KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 i Revision: 03

AMENDMENT HISTORY

REVISION NO. DETAILS OF AMENDMENT

00 Issued for review by Owner and ICE

01 Amended following review by ICE and Owner and others. Minor amendments and corrections following further review

02 Issued with comments incorporated

03 Issued with comments incorporated



KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 TOC 1 of 10 Revision: 03

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

SECTION G1 ‐ GENERAL

G1.1 Application of the General Specification ...................................................................................... G1‐1

G1.2 Abbreviations and definitions ....................................................................................................... G1‐1

G1.3 Glossary of terms .......................................................................................................................... G1‐6

G1.4 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G1‐7

G1.5 Standards and Codes of Practice .................................................................................................. G1‐7

G1.6 PDP’s Drawings ............................................................................................................................. G1‐8

G1.7 Works Package Contractor’s Drawings ......................................................................................... G1‐8

G1.8 Metric and Imperial units .............................................................................................................. G1‐9

G1.9 Dimensions from PDP’s Drawings ................................................................................................. G1‐9

G1.10 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G1‐9

G1.11 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G1‐9

G1.12 Associated Documents .................................................................................................................. G1‐9

G1.13 Climatic Conditions / Operating Environment ............................................................................ G1‐10

G1.14 PDP/Owner’s Rules and Regulations .......................................................................................... G1‐11

G1.15 Communications with the PDP ................................................................................................... G1‐11

G1.16 Security........................................................................................................................................ G1‐11

G1.17 Public Relations ........................................................................................................................... G1‐12

G1.18 Asset Life and Obsolescence Management ................................................................................ G1‐12

SECTION G2 – THE SITE

G2.1 Access to the Site .......................................................................................................................... G2‐1

G2.2 Site restrictions ............................................................................................................................. G2‐1

G2.3 Site services ................................................................................................................................... G2‐2

G2.4 Site cleanliness .............................................................................................................................. G2‐4

G2.5 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G2‐4

G2.6 Site Pest Control ............................................................................................................................ G2‐4

G2.7 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G2‐5

G2.8 Site Security ................................................................................................................................... G2‐5

G2.9 General Works Trains .................................................................................................................... G2‐5

G2.10 Works Package Contractor’s Own Rolling Stock ........................................................................... G2‐6

G2.11 Defined Area and Restricted Area Working and Works Train Operations ................................... G2‐7




G2.12 Work in the Vicinity of the Operating Railway .............................................................................. G2‐9

G2.13 Track Access ................................................................................................................................ G2‐12

G2.14 Transportation to Site ................................................................................................................. G2‐12

G2.15 Communications on Site ............................................................................................................ G2‐13

G2.16 Dimensions Gauges and Clearances ........................................................................................... G2‐13

Appendix AG2.1 ‐ Requirements of Works Package Contractor’s Own Rolling Stock ................ G2‐14

SECTION 3 ‐ SITE ESTABLISHMENT

G3.1 Use of the Site ............................................................................................................................... G3‐1

G3.2 Submission of particulars .............................................................................................................. G3‐1

G3.3 Survey of the Site .......................................................................................................................... G3‐1

G3.4 Fences and Signs on the Site ......................................................................................................... G3‐1

G3.5 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G3‐3

G3.6 The Works Package Contractor's Site Accommodation ................................................................ G3‐3

G3.7 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G3‐4

G3.8 Clearance of the Site ..................................................................................................................... G3‐4

G3.9 Attendance .................................................................................................................................... G3‐4

G3.10 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G3‐7

G3.11 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G3‐8

G3.12 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G3‐8

G3.13 Prohibition of Advertising ............................................................................................................. G3‐8

G3.14 Works Package Contractor’s Equipment ...................................................................................... G3‐8

SECTION G4 ‐ THE WORKS

G4.1 Project Execution Plan .................................................................................................................. G4‐1

G4.2 Method Statements, and Inspection and Testing Plans ............................................................... G4‐3

G4.3 Normal working hours at Site ....................................................................................................... G4‐4

G4.4 Drawings and schedules for plant and equipment ....................................................................... G4‐4

G4.5 Stage notification and inspection of Works .................................................................................. G4‐4

G4.6 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G4‐5

G4.7 Construction restraints ................................................................................................................. G4‐5

G4.8 Temporary Works ......................................................................................................................... G4‐5

G4.9 Off‐Site Fabrication Works ............................................................................................................ G4‐8

G4.10 Construction equipment and plant ............................................................................................... G4‐9




G4.11 Protection of the Works .............................................................................................................. G4‐10

G4.12 Approvals from Relevant Authorities .......................................................................................... G4‐10

G4.13 Technology Transfer .................................................................................................................... G4‐11

G4.14 Installation Marks ....................................................................................................................... G4‐11

G4.15 Installation of Plant and Materials .............................................................................................. G4‐11

G4.16 Serial Numbering......................................................................................................................... G4‐12

SECTION G5 – WORK IN ROADS

G5.1 Maintenance of Existing Roads, Bridges, Culverts, etc. ................................................................ G5‐1

G5.2 Temporary diversions and traffic management. .......................................................................... G5‐2

G5.3 Half‐width Construction and Traffic Control. ................................................................................ G5‐8

G5.4 Temporary Traffic Signs. ............................................................................................................... G5‐8

G5.5 Temporary Routes. ........................................................................................................................ G5‐9

G5.6 Use of roads and footways............................................................................................................ G5‐9

G5.7 Pedestrian requirements. ........................................................................................................... G5‐10

G5.8 Temporary street lighting. .......................................................................................................... G5‐10

G5.9 Reinstatement of roads and footways. ....................................................................................... G5‐11

G5.10 Traffic Management Implementation Team. .............................................................................. G5‐11

SECTION G6 – DAMAGE AND INTERFERENCE

G6.1 Damage and interference. ............................................................................................................ G6‐1

G6.2 Watercourses and drainage systems. ........................................................................................... G6‐2

G6.3 Utilities and other services. ........................................................................................................... G6‐4

G6.4 Condition survey of existing buildings and structures. ................................................................. G6‐7

G6.5 Structures, roads and other property. .......................................................................................... G6‐7

G6.6 Trees and other similar obstructions. ........................................................................................... G6‐7

G6.7 Avoidance of nuisance .................................................................................................................. G6‐8

G6.8 Protection of Existing Railways. .................................................................................................... G6‐8

G6.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility. ................................................................................................... G6‐10

G6.10 Spoil Disposal. ............................................................................................................................. G6‐10

SECTION G7 – TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY SUPPLY

G7.1 Work on Site .................................................................................................................................. G7‐1

G7.2 Electrical ‐ general ......................................................................................................................... G7‐1




G7.3 Scope ............................................................................................................................................. G7‐2

G7.4 Materials, appliances and components ........................................................................................ G7‐2

G7.5 Design considerations ................................................................................................................... G7‐2

G7.6 Mains voltage ................................................................................................................................ G7‐2

G7.7 Types of distribution supply .......................................................................................................... G7‐2

G7.8 Protection of circuits ..................................................................................................................... G7‐3

G7.9 Earthing ......................................................................................................................................... G7‐3

G7.10 Plugs, socket outlets and couplers ................................................................................................ G7‐4

G7.11 Cables ............................................................................................................................................ G7‐4

G7.12 Transformers and switchgear in tunnels ...................................................................................... G7‐4

G7.13 Lighting installation ....................................................................................................................... G7‐4

G7.14 Electrical motors ........................................................................................................................... G7‐5

G7.15 Inspection and testing ................................................................................................................... G7‐5

G7.16 Identification ................................................................................................................................. G7‐5

G7.17 Maintenance ................................................................................................................................. G7‐5

G7.18 Maintenance record ...................................................................................................................... G7‐5

G7.19 Electricity supply from Other Works Contractors for trial operations ......................................... G7‐5

G7.20 Metering ........................................................................................................................................ G7‐7

G7.21 Payment of electricity charge ....................................................................................................... G7‐8

SECTION G8 – MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SPARE PARTS

G8.1 Materials ....................................................................................................................................... G8‐1

G8.2 Materials and equipment provided by Other Works Contractors ................................................ G8‐2

G8.3 Not Used ....................................................................................................................................... G8‐3

G8.4 Packing and Storage ...................................................................................................................... G8‐3

G8.5 Shipping and Delivery.................................................................................................................... G8‐6

G8.6 PDP’s Right to Reject Subcontractors ........................................................................................... G8‐7

G8.7 Notice of Place of Manufacture and/or Source of Supply ............................................................ G8‐8

G8.8 Certificates for Manufactured Goods or Materials ....................................................................... G8‐8

G8.9 Labelling of Equipment ................................................................................................................. G8‐8

G8.10 Materials and Equipment Provided by the PDP ............................................................................ G8‐8

SECTION G9 – SAFETY & HEALTH

G9.1 Works Package Contractor's Safety & Health Obligations ............................................................ G9‐1




G9.2 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................................................... G9‐2

G9.3 Works Package Contractor's Safety and Health Personnel ........................................................... G9‐3

G9.4 Safety & Health Plan ..................................................................................................................... G9‐4

G9.5 Safety & Health Risk Assessment .................................................................................................. G9‐5

G9.6 Emergency preparedness and response ....................................................................................... G9‐6

G9.7 Incident notification and reporting ............................................................................................... G9‐7

G9.8 Control of Safety & Health Non‐Compliance ................................................................................ G9‐8

G9.9 Traffic Management and Public Safety ......................................................................................... G9‐9

G9.10 General Safety and Health Requirements .................................................................................... G9‐9

G9.11 Safety and Health Meetings ........................................................................................................ G9‐17

G9.12 Safety & Health Documentation ................................................................................................. G9‐18

G9.13 Monthly progress report ............................................................................................................. G9‐18

G9.14 Training ....................................................................................................................................... G9‐19

G9.15 Safety and Health Inspection and Auditing ................................................................................. G9‐19

SECTION G10 – QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

G10.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ G10‐1

G10.2 Quality Management .................................................................................................................. G10‐1

G10.3 Submission of Quality Documents .............................................................................................. G10‐2

G10.4 Controlled Copies of Quality System Documents ....................................................................... G10‐3

G10.5 Format of Quality System Documents ........................................................................................ G10‐3

G10.6 Not used ...................................................................................................................................... G10‐3

G10.7 Project Quality Plan ..................................................................................................................... G10‐3

G10.8 Quality Procedures, Work Instructions and/or Standard Forms ................................................ G10‐4

G10.9 Quality Manager ......................................................................................................................... G10‐6

G10.10 Monthly Progress Report on Quality Management System ....................................................... G10‐7

G10.11 Quality Records ........................................................................................................................... G10‐7

G10.12 Failure to Perform ....................................................................................................................... G10‐7

G10.13 Document Control ....................................................................................................................... G10‐8

G10.14 Product Identification and Traceability ....................................................................................... G10‐9

G10.15 Non‐Compliance and Disposition of Non‐Conforming Materials and Constructed Works ...... G10‐10

G10.16 Corrective and Preventative Actions ........................................................................................ G10‐11

G10.17 Quality Audits and Training ....................................................................................................... G10‐11




SECTION G11 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

G11.1 General Environmental Management ........................................................................................ G11‐1

G11.2 Legal Requirements..................................................................................................................... G11‐1

G11.3 Environmental personnel ............................................................................................................ G11‐2

G11.4 Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment (‘DEIA’) ................................................................. G11‐3

G11.5 Environmental Management Plan (‘EMP’) .................................................................................. G11‐3

G11.6 Not used ...................................................................................................................................... G11‐4

G11.7 Deliverables ................................................................................................................................. G11‐4

G11.8 Environmental Protection Works ................................................................................................ G11‐4

G11.9 Stormwater Management ........................................................................................................... G11‐7

G11.10 Environmental Incidents ............................................................................................................. G11‐7

G11.11 Environmental Monitoring, Site Inspection and Auditing .......................................................... G11‐7

G11.12 Training, Promotion and Awareness ........................................................................................... G11‐9

G11.13 Meetings ..................................................................................................................................... G11‐9

G11.14 Non Compliance ........................................................................................................................ G11‐10

G11.15 Asbestos .................................................................................................................................... G11‐10

Appendix AG11.1 – DEIA Approval Conditions ......................................................................... G11‐11

SECTION G12 – PLANNING, PROGRAMMING AND PROGRESS MONITORING OF THE WORKS

G12.1 Planning and Programming ......................................................................................................... G12‐1

G12.2 Planning and Programming Organization ................................................................................... G12‐1

G12.3 Programme Submissions ............................................................................................................. G12‐1

G12.4 Progress Monitoring.................................................................................................................... G12‐1

G12.5 Programme Requirements .......................................................................................................... G12‐2

G12.6 Baseline Programme ................................................................................................................... G12‐5

G12.7 Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme .............................................................. G12‐7

G12.8 Not Used ..................................................................................................................................... G12‐8

G12.9 Testing and Commissioning Programme .................................................................................... G12‐9

G12.10 Co‐ordinated Installation Programme ........................................................................................ G12‐9

G12.11 Three Month Rolling Programme ............................................................................................. G12‐10

G12.12 Schedule of Designs .................................................................................................................. G12‐11

G12.13 Time Chainage Programme ....................................................................................................... G12‐13

G12.14 Track Related Installation Programme (TRIP) ........................................................................... G12‐13

G12.15 Construction Equipment & Labour Returns .............................................................................. G12‐15

G12.16 Monthly Progress Meeting and Report..................................................................................... G12‐15

G12.17 Programme Analysis Report ...................................................................................................... G12‐19




Appendix AG12.1 Work Breakdown Structure Code ............................................................... G12‐21

Appendix AG12.2 Project Months Table .................................................................................. G12‐45

SECTION G13 – LIAISON WITH OTHERS

G13.1 Liaison with others ...................................................................................................................... G13‐1

G13.2 Work by Other Works Contractors ............................................................................................. G13‐2

G13.3 Coordination and Cooperation ................................................................................................... G13‐2

G13.4 Other Project Contracts and Co‐ordination ................................................................................ G13‐4

G13.5 Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents ............................................... G13‐6

G13.6 Coordination with Other Works Contractors in preparing CSDs and SEMs ................................ G13‐9

G13.7 Coordination Meetings ............................................................................................................. G13‐11

G13.8 Internet Access Capability ......................................................................................................... G13‐12

G13.9 Code of Practice in Using PDP/Owner Computer Systems ....................................................... G13‐12

Appendix AG13.1 ‐ Table of Contents for Interface Management Plan ................................... G13‐13

And Interface Control Document

Appendix AG13.2 – Roles and Responsibilities of Lead Contractor and Match Contractor ..... G13‐17

SECTION G14 – DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT

G14.1 Documents, Submissions and Correspondence .......................................................................... G14‐1

G14.2 Electronic File Formats ................................................................................................................ G14‐3

G14.3 Submissions Programme ............................................................................................................. G14‐3

G14.4 Submission and Review Procedure ............................................................................................. G14‐4

G14.5 Project Records ........................................................................................................................... G14‐5

SECTION G15 – NOT USED

SECTION G16 – SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

G16.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G16‐1

G16.2 Software Quality Assurance Plan ................................................................................................ G16‐1

G16.3 Software Release Control ............................................................................................................ G16‐4

G16.4 Software Progress Tracking ......................................................................................................... G16‐4

G16.5 Software Audit ............................................................................................................................ G16‐5




G16.6 Software Documentation ............................................................................................................ G16‐7

G16.7 Safety Integrity Level ................................................................................................................... G16‐7

G16.8 Software Deliverables and Licenses ............................................................................................ G16‐8

G16.9 Backup ......................................................................................................................................... G16‐9

Appendix AG16.1 ‐ Typical Table of Contents for Software Quality Assurance Plan ................ G16‐10

SECTION G17 – SYSTEM SAFETY

G17.1 Applicable Standards ................................................................................................................... G17‐1

G17.2 Mandatory Requirements ........................................................................................................... G17‐1

G17.3 Exemptions .................................................................................................................................. G17‐2

G17.4 Construction Risk Management .................................................................................................. G17‐3

G17.5 System Assurance ....................................................................................................................... G17‐3

G17.6 Safety Critical Items List .............................................................................................................. G17‐8

G17.7 Reliability Critical Items List ........................................................................................................ G17‐8

G17.8 Risk Matrix ................................................................................................................................... G17‐9

G17.9 Tables and Templates ............................................................................................................... G17‐10

Appendix AG17.1 – Tables and Templates ............................................................................... G17‐11

SECTION G18 – INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

G18.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G18‐1

G18.2 Testing and Commissioning ........................................................................................................ G18‐3

G18.3 Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan ...................................................................... G18‐4

G18.4 On‐Site Testing and Commissioning Plans .................................................................................. G18‐6

G18.5 Tests with Interfacing Parties .................................................................................................... G18‐11

G18.6 Testing and Commissioning Procedures ................................................................................... G18‐12

G18.7 Commissioning Panel ................................................................................................................ G18‐12

G18.8 Statutory Inspection and Tests ................................................................................................. G18‐13

G18.9 Testing and Commissioning Records ........................................................................................ G18‐13

G18.10 Testing and Commissioning Database Monitoring System ....................................................... G18‐14

G18.11 Storage of Testing and Commissioning Records ....................................................................... G18‐15

G18.12 Testing Facilities ........................................................................................................................ G18‐16

G18.13 Test Notification ........................................................................................................................ G18‐16

G18.14 Failures ...................................................................................................................................... G18‐17

G18.15 Repeat Tests .............................................................................................................................. G18‐18




G18.16 Fault Categories ........................................................................................................................ G18‐19

G18.17 Fault Log .................................................................................................................................... G18‐20

G18.18 Hardware Failure Reports ......................................................................................................... G18‐20

G18.19 Software Failure Reports .......................................................................................................... G18‐20

Appendix AG18.1 ‐ Preliminary Systems Integration Test List and the Respective Lead/ Match Contractors ................................................................................................................................ G18‐22

SECTION G19 – ELECTRO‐MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

G19.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G19‐1

G19.2 EMC Management Plan............................................................................................................... G19‐6

G19.3 Design, Verification and Validation ............................................................................................. G19‐7

G19.4 EMC Interface Management ....................................................................................................... G19‐8

G19.5 Defects Liability Period................................................................................................................ G19‐9

G19.6 EMC Audit by the PDP ................................................................................................................. G19‐9

Appendix AG19.1 ‐ Reference List Of Standards Relating To EMC ........................................... G19‐10

SECTION G20 – MANAGEMENT PLANS & SUBMISSIONS

G20.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G20‐1

G20.2 General Organisation .................................................................................................................. G20‐2

Appendix AG20.1 ‐ Management Plans .................................................................................... G20‐21

SECTION G21 – OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

G21.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G21‐1

G21.2 Operations and Maintenance Strategy ....................................................................................... G21‐2

G21.3 Arrangement and Format of the Manuals .................................................................................. G21‐3

G21.4 Drawings...................................................................................................................................... G21‐4

G21.5 Submissions ................................................................................................................................. G21‐5

G21.6 As Built Drawings ........................................................................................................................ G21‐5

SECTION G22 – TRAINING

G22.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G22‐1




G22.2 Objectives .................................................................................................................................... G22‐2

G22.3 Training Methods ........................................................................................................................ G22‐4

G22.4 Railway Operator’s Trainers ........................................................................................................ G22‐5

G22.5 Training Plant and Equipment ..................................................................................................... G22‐6

G22.6 Testing and Assessment .............................................................................................................. G22‐7

G22.7 Training Records .......................................................................................................................... G22‐7

G22.8 Video Recording .......................................................................................................................... G22‐7

G22.9 Modifications .............................................................................................................................. G22‐7

SECTION G23 – SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT

G23.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G23‐1

G23.2 Contract Spares ........................................................................................................................... G23‐4

G23.3 Commissioning Spares ................................................................................................................ G23‐5

G23.4 Defect Liability Spares ................................................................................................................. G23‐5

G23.5 Supply of Spare Parts and Special Tools...................................................................................... G23‐6

SECTION G24 – MOCK‐UPS, PROTOTYPES AND SAMPLES

G24.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G24‐1

SECTION G25 – PHOTOGRAPHS

G25.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ G25‐1

*END OF TABLE OF CONTENT*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G1 ‐ General

KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 G1‐1 of 14 Revision: 03

SECTION G1

GENERAL

Application of the General Specification

G1.1 (1) The provisions contained in the Particular Specification and the PDP’s Drawings shall in the event of any inconsistency or discrepancy prevail over the provisions contained in this General Specification (GS).

(2) The provisions contained in the GS shall prevail over the provisions contained in the Standards, Codes of Practice and similar standard documents stated in the Contract.

(3) This GS shall be read in conjunction with other documents included in the Contract.

(4) All clause and section references in the GS shall refer to the Sections, Sub‐Sections, clauses and sub‐clauses within this document unless specifically described otherwise.

(5) References in the Contract to "General Specification" shall mean this document and to the provisions contained herein.

(6) Further to the requirements of the Conditions of Contract concerning the sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the Works Package Contractor shall promptly notify the PDP of any error, omission, fault or other defect in the PDP’s Drawings and/or Specifications which he discovers when reviewing the Contract or Executing the Works.

(7) Without prejudice to Clause 2.1 (Priority of Documents) of the Conditions of Contract, in the event of any ambiguity or discrepancy, the provisions of the conditions of Contract, the PS and the PDP’s Drawings shall prevail over the GS.

Abbreviations and definitions

G1.2 (1) Abbreviations used in the GS shall have the following meanings:

ABWF : Architectural Builders' Works and Finishes

AAR : Association of American Railroads

AC : Alternating Current

ALARP : As Low As Reasonably Practicable

ARL : Above Rail Level

ASTM : American Society for Testing and Materials

BMS : Building Management System




BS : British Standard

CADD : Computer‐Aided Design and Drafting

CAR : Corrective Action Request

CBT : Computer Based Interactive Multi‐media Training

CICE : Works Package Contractor’s Independent Checking Engineer

CIDB : Construction Industry Development Board

CIF : Cost Insurance and Freight

CPC : Circuit Protective Conductor

CPM : Critical Path Method

CSD : Combined Services Drawings

CV : Curriculum Vitae

DEIA : Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment

DID : Department of Irrigation and Drainage

DNV : Det Norske Veritas

DOE : Department of Environment

DOSH : Department of Occupational Safety & Health

DSM : Deterministic Safety Analysis

E&M : Electrical and Mechanical

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EM&A : Environmental Monitoring and Audit

EMC : Electro‐Magnetic Compatibility

EMIS : Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EN : European Standards

ERP : Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

ESCP : Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

FAI : First Article Inspection

FAT : Factory Acceptance Test

GS : General Specification (this document)

IC : Integrated Circuit

ICD : Interface Control Document

IEC : International Electrotechnical Commission




IEE : Institution of Electrical Engineers (See also IET)

IEEE : Institution of Electrical and Electronic

Engineers

IET : Institution of Engineering and Technology (See also IEE)

IMP : Interface Management Plan

IP : Ingress Protection

IS : Interface Specification

ISO : International Organisation for Standardization

ISRS : International Safety Rating System

ITP : Inspection and Testing Plan

LBS : Location Breakdown Structure

MCB : Miniature Circuit Breaker

MCMC: Malaysian Communications and Multimedia Commission

MMD : Malaysian Meteorological Department

MRT : Mass Rapid Transit

MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet

NCR : Non‐Compliance Report

OBS : Organisation Breakdown Structure

OSHC : Occupational Safety and Health Council

OSR : Operational Safety Report

P6 : Primavera Project Planner Version P6

PAT : Partial Acceptance Tests

PCMM : Project Codes and Method of Measurement

PDM : Precedence Diagramming Method

PDP : Project Delivery Partner

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

PS : Particular Specification

PVC : Polyvinyl Chloride

QA : Quality Assurance

QC : Quality Control

SAMM : Skim Akreditasi Makmal Malaysia

SAP : System Assurance Plan

SAT : System Acceptance Tests




SEM : Structural E&M Drawings

SI : The International system of Units

SIL : Safety Integrity Level

SIT : Systems Integration Test

SOCSO : Social Security Organization

SRR : Submission Review Record

SRS : System Requirements Specification

SSMR : System Safety Management Requirements

SWA : Steel wire Armoured

T&C : Testing and Commissioning

TNB : Tenaga Nasional Berhad

TMP : Traffic Management Plan

TPN : Three Pole and Neutral

TRIP : Track Related Installation Programme

(2) Abbreviations of units of measurement used in the GS shall have meanings as defined in the SI system of units

(3) Further to Clause 1.1 of the Conditions of Contract, the following words or phrases used in the GS shall have the meanings given to them below:

“Baseline Programme” means the Works Package Contractor’s coordinated detailed programme for the Works prepared in accordance with Clause G12.6, and which is referred to in the Conditions of Contract as the ‘baseline programme’, ‘Approved Programme’ or ‘Approved Revised Programme’, depending on the status of the programme.

“Commissioning” means all activities and operations to be performed by the Works Package Contractor to ensure that all machinery, apparatus and systems, insofar as is possible, is capable of being fully operated by the Works Package Contractor to satisfy all Systems Integration Test functions and tests to be performed during the Test Running period.

“Completion Tests” means tests including Installation Tests, PAT, SAT, SIT and Trial Operations to be executed as a condition for achievement of the Certificate of Practical Completion”.

“Contractor’s Independent Checking Engineer” means the Registered Professional Engineer appointed by the Works




Package Contractor to independently check and certify the design of Temporary Works.

"Defined Area" means an area of track as described in Clause G2.11.

“Design Documents” means all drawings, design calculations, software, specifications, samples, patterns, models, written procedures and all other documents and things relating to the design of the Permanent Works and/or the Temporary Works which are prepared by or on behalf of the Works Package Contractor.

"General Works Train" or “Works Train” means any rolling stock provided by the PDP or the Works Package Contractor respectively for the purpose of carrying out installation and testing works within the Defined Area or Restricted Area.

“Systems Integration Test” means those system‐wide operability tests to be undertaken by the Works Package Contractor whereby the Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate the compatibility between his plant and the plant of Other Works Contractors.

“Monthly Progress Report” means a report which shall be prepared and submitted by the Works Package Contractor to the PDP on a monthly basis, detailing the progress of the Contract and other matters as specified in Section G12.

“Nominal Journey Time” shall be defined as the end to end journey time, without turnback, under 4% coasting, nominal dwell time and nominal train performance.”

“Minimum Journey Time” shall be defined as the end to end journey time, without turnback, under no coasting, minimum dwell time and maximum train performance.”

"Operating Railway" means the existing railway tracks currently in revenue operation or in Trial Operations and any ancillary areas such as the depots, sidings, stations, terminus and traction power feeder stations which form part of the operating system.

“Performance Demonstration Test” shall mean the tests performed in accordance with the PDP approved Performance Demonstration Plan, by the Works Package Contractor during the Trial Operation to demonstrate all the performance requirements stated in the Specification




"Railway Operator" means the Owner (or one of its group of companies), or KTM, or other such company which operates or will operate the particular railway or transit system referred to in the clause in which the term has been applied.

"Relevant Authority" means any Government department or public body having jurisdiction in relation to the Works.

"Restricted Area" means the location in the railway under construction which houses electrical or mechanical equipment that has become energised and hence potentially dangerous to people working in the area. When the term is used for track area its associated power rail is energised and it is barricaded from unauthorised access and trains may be running at high speed for testing.

“ ‘S’ curve” means the graphical relationship between the planned (and actual where appropriate) quantity of completed work (or resources) and time. The curve produced is to be illustrated on an accumulative basis where the slope of the line indicates the rate of undertaking the work or rate of expenditure of the resources.

“Test Running” means that period of PAT, SAT, and SIT prior to Trial Operations when the Other Works Contractors shall be testing their plant and equipment and run the same in conjunction with the Railway Operator. In addition during this period system‐wide tests shall be undertaken that shall require the attendance of relevant Other Works Contractors.

“Trial Operations” means that period immediately following the completion of a section of railway under construction, but prior to opening, when the Railway Operator shall be operating the rolling stock and all other systems and generally using the railway as though a scheduled service was operating, except for the absence of fare‐paying passengers.

Glossary of terms

G1.3 (1) Words and expressions to which meanings are assigned in any Section of the GS shall have the same meanings in other Sections of the GS except when the context otherwise requires.

(2) Utilities are electricity, lighting, traffic control, telephone and other communication cables, gas, water supply, sewerage and drainage, including all associated protection, supports, ancillary structures, fittings and equipment.




(3) Survey Datum Levels refers to the prevailing datum system applicable to the Klang Valley.

(4) The survey projection and the coordinates used on the PDP’s Drawings refers to the prevailing survey system applicable to the Klang Valley.

Not Used G1.4

Standards and Codes of Practice

G1.5 (1) Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, reference to International Standards, European Standards, British Standards, British Standard Codes of Practice and similar standards shall be to that edition of the document stated in the Specifications, including all amendments issued by the relevant authority which are current as of the date of issue of the Letter of Acceptance. In the event that no specific edition reference is given, the current edition (including its current amendments) as at the date of issue of the Letter of Acceptance shall apply. If the Malaysian Standard exists, which the PDP determines to be equivalent to the British or other Standard specified, then the Malaysian Standard shall be followed.

(2) In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of the Specifications and the provisions within the relevant Standards or Codes of Practice as mentioned in this Specification, then the provisions of the Specifications shall take precedence.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide for the use of the PDP such Standards and Codes of Practice as may be required in the execution of the Works. These shall remain the property of the Works Package Contractor.

(4) Later editions of International Standards, European Standards, British Standards, British Standard Codes of Practice and similar standards shall not apply unless approved by the PDP. Following the PDP’s approval, the Works Package Contractor shall provide two copies of the document for use by the PDP.

(5) Where no particular standard is identified in the Specification but international or other standards apply to the relevant part of the Works, the Works Package Contractor shall make a proposal as to the international or other standard which shall be subject to the approval of the PDP. Following the PDP’s approval, the Works Package Contractor shall provide two copies of the document for use




by the PDP.

(6) The Permanent Works, and, where appropriate, materials and workmanship, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, or where no standard is identified, the Works Package Contractor shall make a proposal which shall be subject to approval by the PDP.

PDP’s Drawings

G1.6 (1) The PDP’s Drawings describe the scope of the Works in general and clarify constraints, interface arrangements and the nature of the finished structures.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall carefully check all PDP’s Drawings and advise the PDP of any discrepancies, omissions, errors or ambiguities should any be found.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall note that any drawings issued by the PDP but marked “For information only” do not form part of the Contract.

Works Package Contractor’s Drawings

G1.7 (1) The preparation and submission of drawings, sketches, figures, diagrams, illustrations and the like, and documents of all kinds by the Works Package Contractor in the execution of the Works, shall be in accordance with the PDP’s CAD requirements or other standard approved by the PDP. Any soft copies of drawings provided for the use of the Works Package Contractor shall be modified by him if necessary to ensure that his submissions comply with the approved CAD requirements.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the production of “As‐Built” drawings. These shall include, but are not limited to: general arrangement drawings; structural design drawings; installation drawings; electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic schematic drawing, control schematic drawing, control logic drawing; E&M drawings including details of components, fixing, conduit locations; drawings of all services. These shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with Section G14.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the following no. of copies of “As‐built” drawings:

a) Four sets of A1 size drawings comprising 1 set of original reproducible drawings and 3 sets of non‐fade prints.

b) Six sets of A3 size prints reduced from the original A1 size drawings.




c) Four sets of electronic copies stored on CD‐ROM.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the production of all drawings required for submission to statutory bodies, other Government Departments, and utility undertakings in order to progress the Works.

Metric and Imperial units

G1.8 (1) Specifications in imperial units shall not be substituted for Specifications in metric units stated in the Contract without the prior approval of the PDP.

(2) If required, conversion of metric dimensions to imperial dimensions and of imperial dimensions to metric dimensions shall be in accordance with BS 2856 1973.

Dimensions from PDP’s Drawings

G1.9 Dimensions shall not be obtained by scaling from the PDP’s Drawings. Dimensions which are not shown on such drawings or calculable from dimensions shown on such drawings shall be obtained from the PDP.

Not used G1.10

Not used G1.11

Associated Documents

G1.12 (1) A list of relevant versions or editions of the Associated Documents supplied to the Works Package Contractor is contained in an Appendix to the PS

(2) In addition, the following documents are deemed to be Associated Documents (refer to Section 1B of Volume III) applying to all Railway Systems Works Package Contracts:

CAD Guidelines reference KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/OP/CAD/OP/0001

Operational Strategy reference KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/OPD/SW/0002

Project Master Programme (for information only)

Draft Time Chainage Programme Rev. 03(for information only)

Post Completion Time Line (for information only)

Project Glossary, System Tagging and Labelling Standard KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/OP/PS/SW/4100

KVMRT Wayfinding Design Manual

PDP’s O&M Manual Specifications

PDP’s O&M Maintenance Strategy and O&M Plan




(3) The Works Package Contractor shall, in executing the Works, comply with the relevant versions/editions of the Associated Documents. The Works Package Contractor shall acknowledge that he has received copies of the same, is aware of their contents, and that he will comply with any amendments thereto supplied from time to time by the PDP

Climatic Conditions / Operating Environment

G1.13 The following information on climatic conditions in Malaysian shall be taken into account by the Works Package Contractor when designing any part of the Permanent Works. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that due allowance is made for more severe local conditions when Permanent Works are required to operate, for example, with restricted ventilation that may lead to higher local ambient temperatures, and for any other factors that may affect the operating environment in any way.

(1) Unless specific figures are provided elsewhere, the Permanent Works shall be designed to function at their rated value with minimum values of ambient temperature of 40°C and relative humidity of 95% (non‐condensing). Certain parts of the Permanent Works may need to be rated for more or less onerous conditions as required by the PS and all parts of the Permanent Works shall operate at a higher temperature and humidity under short term abnormal conditions.

(2) The Permanent Works shall be designed to perform in a satisfactory manner in the environment in which they are installed and to withstand the effects of high winds, temperature, heavy rain, humidity, dust, vibration, noise, strong sunshine, mist and both water and air pollution, lightning and thunderstorm.

(3) The Works Package Contractor’s attention is drawn to the more severe environmental conditions that may exist during the construction period and shall take adequate measures to protect the Permanent Works against any deleterious effects of such conditions during the time between installation and final completion of the Project.

(4) Air throughout the construction period will contain considerable moisture content and the atmosphere will be salt laden and corrosive. The Permanent Works shall be tropicalised and vermin proof.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall make reference to the statistics given in the Malaysian Meteorological Department (MMD).




PDP/Owner’s Rules and Regulations

G1.14 The Works Package Contractor shall note that certain rules and regulations will be issued during the course of the contract, these include:

Works Train Manual

Rules for Working in Defined Areas and Restricted Areas

Rules and Procedures for Permit to Work

The Works Package Contractor shall work fully in accordance with these and any other requirements that may be issued by the PDP during the course of the contract.

Communications with the PDP

G1.15 Any communication from the Works Package Contractor to the PDP whether for the purpose of clarification of any topic or notification of any event or occurrence shall be made in the form of formal written communication. Any such communication made by e‐mail or verbally or any other means shall be confirmed by formal written letter at the earliest opportunity; failure to provide such formal confirmation may render the communication to be deemed null and void.

Security G1.16 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall implement measures to prevent unauthorized physical access and operation of equipment during the construction phase and future operation of the equipment.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall establish and maintain a security management system with reference to ISO/IEC 27002:2005 Code of Practice for Information Security Management, submit a security management plan, conduct regular internal security audits, provide any necessary support for the PDP to carry out PDP’s audits on the security management system and implement the recommendations arising from such audits.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide suitable network and system security control provisions for Approval by the PDP, including firewall, virus detection, system‐intrusion detection, user authentication, data encryption and other requirements stipulated in the PS, to ascertain the security of each computer that is part of the Permanent Works. For virus detection, each computer shall have an appropriate system configuration and license for interfacing with the Owner's central virus‐definition server. Software patches for operating systems and related products shall be applied at regular intervals as agreed with the PDP.




Public Relations

G1.17 The Owner’s Corporate Relations Department will be responsible for all public relations issues relating to the Contract. Any enquiry from the public shall be referred to the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall provide support and respond to any issues which are raised or are likely to arouse public concern in respect to the Works. The Works Package Contractor shall nominate a point of contact responsible for such co‐ordination for Approval

Asset Life and Obsolescence Management

G1.18

Asset Life G1.18.1 (1) The Plant and Materials shall be designed to meet the requirements for the specified design life in PS.

(2) The design life of the systems and components must be taken into account during the project design stage. In addition to using recognised international standards when considering the durability of each component, consideration shall be given to the specific operating environment specified in the PS as well as the nature, frequency and cost of maintenance works proposed to upkeep the system.

(3) The total life cycle cost approach shall be adopted in evaluating design alternatives. The system design shall be optimized with respect to the total cost of initial acquisition, operation, maintenance, system support and disposal over the life cycle. The Works Package Contractor shall provide supporting data and technical analysis to demonstrate compliance with this requirement.

(4) An adequate supply of spare parts and test equipment shall be available for a period of time as specified in the PS from completion of the Works. The Works Package Contractor shall undertake to notify the Owner at least 6 Months prior to deleting any component of the supplied equipment from general availability and guarantee to provide functionally replacement units for the remainder of such specified period of time.

Obsolescence Management

G1.18.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit an obsolescence management plan to the PDP for Approval before the end of design phase. The plan shall include a description of the obsolescence management process that the Contractor intends to follow.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall identify the requirements for major component replacements of the




system during the design life of the equipment. The Contractor shall establish a list of such events or scenarios that will have implication on obsolescence, and propose in the obsolescence management plan solutions that enable the equipment to achieve the intended design life.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that foreseeable hardware / software replacement and system upgrade that will have implication on asset obsolescence during the design life of the equipment have been identified and properly addressed in the obsolescence management plan.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall also submit an obsolescence management demonstration report to the PDP for Approval before system handover.

(5) The purpose of the report is to demonstrate that obsolescence of the equipment can be managed so that spares and supporting services can be made available to support delivery of the functional requirements over the design life of the equipment.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall have proper control over the production information of his proprietary components and those supplied by his sub‐contractors to ensure that re‐development of a functionally compatible alternative is feasible in the event that the original component is obsolete.

Asset Registration List

G1.18.3 The Works Package Contractor shall submit an asset registration list to the PDP which shall include full information of all assets, including hardware and software, to be delivered by the Works Package Contractor under the Contract. The PDP will provide an asset template to the Works Package Contractor no later than 6 Months before Practical Completion of the whole of the Works.

*END OF SECTION*




This Page Left Blank Intentionally


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G2 – The Site


SECTION G2

THE SITE

Access to the Site G2.1 The Works Package Contractor will be given access to the Site in accordance with Clause 8 [Possession of Site and Access] of the Conditions of Contract. Due to the multi‐disciplinary nature of the Project, several different parties may require access to the same portion of the Site during the installation, erection and testing of the Works and exclusive access to the Works Package Contractor is not guaranteed.

Site restrictions G2.2 (1) The particular use to which the Site is put shall be submitted for approval by the PDP and the Works Package Contractor shall:

a) confine his use of the areas of the Site to purposes having been approved by the PDP who reserves the right to extend, amend or restrict the uses to which areas of the Site will be put, which right shall not be unreasonably applied;

b) refrain from depositing rubbish or causing nuisance or permitting nuisance to be caused and, except where approved by the PDP, depositing earth on or removing earth from areas of the Site;

c) refrain from obstructing manholes, utility access points and the like.

(2) Work other than that necessary for completion of the Works shall not be carried out on Site.

(3) At all times whilst the Works Package Contractor has access to the Site, he shall provide means of distributing loads imposed by Works Package Contractor’s Equipment and traffic and prevent damage to utilities and services.

(4) Except where otherwise provided, the Works Package Contractor shall not permit any person to reside on the Site.

(5) Except for land rental charges and Government rates, and unless otherwise stated in the Specification, the Works Package Contractor shall pay all charges of any nature whatsoever arising from his use of the Site and all work areas, provided by the PDP under the Contract.

(6) The location and size of stockpile material, including excavated material within the Site, shall be submitted for




approval by the PDP. All stockpiles shall be maintained at all times in a stable condition.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall not allow animals to be brought onto the Site.

(8) The Works Package Contractor’s attention is drawn to the legal requirement regarding storage, transportation and disposal of chemical waste. The Works Package Contractor’s proposed methods and chemicals to be used in cleaning shall be subject to approval of the PDP.

Site services G2.3 (1) Where those Site services provided by Other Works Contractors are insufficient, the Works Package Contractor shall provide such additional Site services as necessary and appropriate for the execution of the Works, which may include:

a) electricity;

b) water;

c) compressed air;

d) site communication facilities;

e) temporary drainage and sewage disposal;

f) temporary fire protection systems;

g) temporary lightning protection;

h) dangerous goods stores; and

i) temporary lighting facilities.

(2) Such services provided by the Works Package Contractor shall comply with all regulations of the utility companies and Government departments concerned. The Works Package Contractor shall maintain the installations of such services and shall take all reasonable precautions to safeguard the safety and health of all persons and the security of the Site. The PDP may demand the immediate disconnection or alteration of such installations or portions thereof as he considers to be prejudicial to safety, health or security. As soon as any or all of the Works Package Contractor’s installations are no longer required for the execution of the Works, they shall be entirely removed to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(3) All installations shall comply fully with all appropriate statutory requirements. Pipes, tubes, ducts or cables crossing highways, footpaths or rights of way shall be




ramped over or recessed below the surface. Specific services shall comply with the following:

a) Electricity

The electricity supply shall comply with the requirements of Section G7 herein.

b) Water

An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided at the Site, including provision to the satisfaction of the water supply authority of any storage tanks so that sufficient potable water is always available for the execution of the Works.

c) Compressed Air

Except in pressurised workings, the compressed air supply for pneumatic tools and equipment shall be at a pressure of not more than 0.9MN/m2 or other such pressure as may be limited by prevailing regulations. Details of proposed air supply for use in pressurised workings shall be submitted by the Works Package Contractor for approval by the PDP.

d) Site Communication Facilities

The Works Package Contractor shall install efficient means of site communications including messenger, telephone and, where appropriate, two‐way radio to the satisfaction of the PDP. In tunnel work, the Works Package Contractor shall install telephone communication between tunnel faces, bottoms and tops of shafts and the Works Package Contractor's office and PDP's office. Temporary telephone points along tunnels shall be provided at every 500 metres.

e) Temporary Tunnel and Subway Ventilation

The temporary ventilation system for tunnels and subways shall achieve a minimum air velocity of 0.3 m/sec and shall prevent still air in equipment rooms, cross passages and niches. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all emissions, discharges or operations shall include local ventilation to ensure suitable emission dilution. If additional ventilation is required to support the activities of the Works Package Contractor in accordance with the air quality guidelines of




BS6164, this shall be provided by the Works Package Contractor. All practical measures shall be taken, including the use of catalytic converters to ensure that diesel operating plant is maintained and operated to a high standard in order to minimize emissions and ensure maximum dilution.

(4) The PDP will instruct the Works Package Contractor as to the requirements for site services to be connected to the PDP's portable site accommodation at any given location and the Works Package Contractor shall provide and maintain these services during his use of the Site.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all electricity and water charges in his respective Works Area

Site cleanliness G2.4 (1) The Site shall be maintained in a clean and tidy condition. Materials, including materials required for Temporary Works shall be stored in an orderly manner. Rubbish, debris, cement bags, disused formwork, disused packaging and the like shall be disposed of at least once a day and the work area kept constantly clean and tidy. After every shift of work, all work areas shall be cleaned and made tidy to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(2) Work shall be carried out in such a manner that avoidable dust is not generated. Areas of the Site in which dust is likely to be generated shall be sprayed with water regularly.

Not used G2.5

Site Pest Control G2.6

Rodent Control G2.6.1 The Works Package Contractor shall at all times take effective measures to prevent damage by rodents to the Permanent Works and constituent parts thereof, such as cables, electronic cards, etc., during the execution of the Works and shall advise the PDP of such measures taken accordingly.

Prevention of mosquito breeding

G2.6.2 (1) Measures shall be taken to prevent mosquito breeding on the Site. The measures to be taken shall include the following:

a) Empty cans, oil drums, packings and other receptacles which may retain water shall be deposited at a central collection point and those not required for future use shall be removed from the Site regularly.

b) Standing water shall be removed or, where this is not practicable treated at least once every week with an




environmentally acceptable product which will prevent mosquito breeding.

c) Works Package Contractor’s Equipment and other items on the Site which may retain water shall be stored, covered or treated in such a manner that water will not be retained.

(2) Posters in both English and Bahasa Melayu drawing attention to the dangers of permitting mosquito breeding shall be obtained from the Government and displayed prominently on the Site, to the requirement of the Enactments. These posters shall be removed on Practical Completion of the whole of the Works.

Not used G2.7

Site Security G2.8 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish, operate, and maintain a security system for the Site in accordance with the requirements of the Particular Specification.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide adequate training for his security staff to ensure that they are able to discharge their security duties properly.

(3) The PDP’s security staff shall conduct inspections and security audits on the Site from time to time, and the PDP shall notify the Works Package Contractor of any required remedial measures or recommended improvements to the Works Package Contractor’s security system arising from such inspections and audits.

General Works Trains

G2.9 (1) The PDP will arrange for General Works Trains to be used by the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors in accordance with the TRIP subject to approval during the weekly Works Train meeting. Works Train notice will be issued based on the outcome of the Works Train meeting and Works Trains will be dispatched accordingly.

(2) A limited number of General Works Trains, which comprise single platform flat wagon(s), will be provided free of charge by the PDP for the use of the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors as described in the Specifications. The length of each flat wagon is approximately 15m and its maximum loading capacity is 30,000 kg. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all articles to be transported by the General Works Trains are either properly secured or contained and do not exceed the Construction Vehicle Load Gauge, details of which will be issued by the PDP upon request. The PDP shall not be responsible for any damage and loss to the Works, Works Package Contractor’s Equipment or any




articles whilst in transit or stored on the General Works Trains.

(3) The General Works Train will transport the single platform wagon(s) to a location along the Project in accordance with the TRIP.

(4) No modification on the flat wagon may be carried out except with the PDP’s written consent.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the General Works Trains from damage when in use.

(6) Where any modification or adaptation has been made to any of the General Works Train vehicles by the Works Package Contractor, or in the case of any damage being caused to any of the General Works Train vehicles by any act or omission of the Works Package Contractor, the Works Package Contractor shall promptly fully refurbish to a new condition and properly test the affected vehicles or parts of vehicles before handing them back.

Works Package Contractor’s Own Rolling Stock

G2.10 (1) Where the PDP has agreed that the Works Package Contractor is to provide rolling stock (either self‐propelled or trailing) for use during the installation and testing of the Works, the requirements of this Clause G2.10 shall apply. All the Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall not exceed the Construction Vehicle Load Gauge except with the PDP’s written consent.

(2) The Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall comply with the requirements stated in Appendix AG2.1.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit full details of any rolling stock that is to be used during the installation and testing of the Works to the PDP for approval within ninety (90) Days of the date of the Commencement Date. Such details shall include a full description and drawings of the rolling stock, details of axle load, stopping distance, fail‐safe braking system, kinematic envelope, and operating and maintenance instructions.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain his own rolling stock during the installation and testing of the Works. The maintenance work shall be carried out by qualified and experienced personnel, whose qualifications have been approved by the PDP, in accordance with the maintenance procedures that shall have been approved by the PDP.




(5) The Works Package Contractor shall deliver and remove his own rolling stock.

(6) Prior to use, and following each maintenance examination, the Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall be certified as fit‐to‐run by the Works Package Contractor’s qualified engineer. Thereafter, a registration tag shall be issued by the Works Package Contractor’s qualified engineer. The expiry date, i.e. the date of the next inspection, shall be shown on the registration tag. The Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall not be used without a valid registration tag.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a maintenance programme for his own rolling stock and shall submit the maintenance programme for approval by the PDP prior to the delivery of his own rolling stock to the Site. The PDP will periodically inspect the Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock to ensure it is properly maintained to the standards set out in the maintenance programme.

(8) If the Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock is found to be operating in an unsatisfactory or unsafe condition, it shall be immediately removed until it has been restored to an acceptable condition to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(9) If the Works Package Contractor is responsible for operating his own rolling stock then all operations shall be carried out by qualified and experienced personnel, whose qualifications have been approved by the PDP, in accordance with operating procedures that shall have been approved by the PDP

Defined Area and Restricted Area Working and Works Train Operations

G2.11 (1) When the area under construction has been made available for track related electrical and mechanical installation works and the track has been completed to the required degree of completion, Work Trains operation in that section may commence. Track access control arrangement will be implemented by the PDP following which the area will be declared as a Defined Area. "Defined Area" means an area of track where Works Trains are operating and where the PDP's safety rules apply, including 1m from the front edge of the platform and the full width of the tunnel, viaduct or other enclosed structure. The Defined Area at grade shall include an area within 3m from the track centre line and where applicable, this may be extended to include the whole of the track area within




Depots.

(2) All persons whose duties require them to work within a Defined Area must observe the safety rules and procedures issued by the PDP which provides procedures and guidance for the safety of all persons in the Defined Area.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall communicate the rules and procedures, which may be published from time to time, to their workers and/or agents on Site, and to ensure all such rules and procedures are being observed in the course of all works and construction activities.

(4) Persons working on or near tracks in a Defined Area, either by themselves or supervising a working party, must be suitably trained and qualified by the PDP or his delegates in the safety provisions of the safety rules and procedures issued by the PDP. Persons who are not qualified shall not attempt to gain access to the railway tracks unless accompanied by a qualified person.

(5) Each PDP’s locomotive will be operated by a qualified operator provided by the PDP. Trains hauled by Works Package Contractor’s locomotive travelling to and from the Site shall be manned by a member of the Works Package Contractor’s staff, nominated by the Works Package Contractor and having been approved by the PDP, and a staff of the PDP who shall serve as a Handsignalman.

(6) Works Trains, be they provided by the PDP or by the Works Package Contractor, shall be operated in compliance with the relevant operating procedures and instructions. Works Trains shall be operated in compliance with the Works Train Manual.

(7) When the third rail is energised, trains may be running at high speed for testing. The track area shall then be designated as a Restricted Area. Both mainline running tracks along the energised track sections shall be isolated by barriers to prevent access by trespassers. No work may be undertaken on either track when test trains are running. Procedures for gaining access to the Restricted Area will be detailed in the operating procedures and instructions to be issued by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall make requests for gaining access to the energised track at the weekly Works Train Meetings

(8) Persons working on or near energised tracks, either by themselves or supervising a working party, must be suitably trained and qualified by the PDP or his delegates




on the safe working in the Restricted Area.

(9) Any room containing electrical equipment which has been energised or containing sensitive / specialist equipment shall also be designated as a Restricted Area. Access controls and a Permit to Work System shall be established by the keyholder of the room (Works Package Contractor, Other Works Contractor, Utility Undertaker or PDP depending on the supplier of the equipment in the room and the phase of the works).

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall be required to make arrangements with the keyholder of Restricted Areas to gain access to complete any outstanding or remedial works and shall comply with any restrictions imposed by the keyholder at that time. Likewise, the Works Package Contractor shall provide access and shall specify any restrictions to Other Works Contractors requesting access to Restricted Areas for which the Works Package Contractor is still the keyholder.

Work in the Vicinity of the Operating Railway

G2.12 (1) Paragraph G2.12 shall apply to works in the vicinity of the Operating Railway

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall have regard to the Specification for work within the vicinity of the Operating Railway and shall comply strictly with the requirements as set out therein. The Works Package Contractor shall comply with any instructions given by the PDP with regard to planning, methods of working, safety requirements and on any other matters which may affect the operation of the Operating Railway, and shall also comply with all rules, regulations, procedures, manuals and notices which may be published from time to time by the PDP.

(3) Should the Works Package Contractor be unwilling or unable to conform at once with a direct instruction from the PDP under the provisions of this Paragraph G2.12, or to carry out any remedial or other work or repair, the PDP may, by written instructions to the Works Package Contractor, suspend the execution of the Works or of any part thereof pursuant to the Conditions of Contract or authorise the carrying out of such remedial work or other work or repair by a person other than the Works Package Contractor pursuant to the Conditions of Contract.

(4) Where any part of the Works has to be carried out during the period of a speed restriction, track possession (track




closed to rail traffic) and/or electrical isolation and the period of such speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation is prescribed in the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall plan and execute that part of the Works so that such period is not exceeded and so that no further periods are required.

(5) Prior to the commencement of work, the Works Package Contractor shall submit a method statement and hold discussions with the PDP who will decide whether any part of the Works is to be carried out during a period of a speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation, and the PDP will notify the Works Package Contractor accordingly.

(6) After the method of carrying out the work has been agreed with the PDP (and taking into account any provisional arrangements which have been made) the Works Package Contractor shall in all cases other than for emergency works submit written notice of his programme of work, which shall include details of any speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation previously notified by the PDP and / or the Railway Operator as being necessary, to the PDP at least 10 (ten) weeks in advance of the proposed commencement of work on or near the Operating Railway.

(7) Where a speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation is necessary, the Works Package Contractor shall initiate the necessary action to obtain the requisite approval for such speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation from the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall be solely responsible for all delays caused through failure to submit the necessary application for approval, late submission of any such application or submission of inadequate information.

(8) The Works Package Contractor shall so organise the execution of the work during any period of speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation that he will be able to give up such speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation at the time prescribed in the Contract or agreed by the PDP. Should the Works Package Contractor in the opinion of the PDP not make sufficient or adequate arrangements (including the provision of standby plant) for completing the whole or any stage of the work within the time allowed in the programme or agreed with the PDP, the PDP may in his discretion cancel the speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation, or the




PDP may employ labour, plant and materials to assist the Works Package Contractor to finish the work or to carry out such work as is necessary, or may himself carry out such work as is necessary, to enable the speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation to end at the earliest possible moment.

(9) A period of speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation cannot normally be extended. If the Works Package Contractor fails to carry out the work during any such period, then the Works Package Contractor shall be required to re‐apply to the PDP for a further period of speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation.

(10) All expenses which in the opinion of the PDP are properly incurred by the PDP or by the Rail Operator as a result of the PDP making necessary arrangements to assist the Works Package Contractor or carrying out any necessary work in accordance with Paragraph G2.12(9) shall be a debt due from the Works Package Contractor to the PDP

(11) The Works Package Contractor shall on demand pay to the PDP any loss of revenue and additional expenditure which in the opinion of the PDP has been incurred by the PDP or by the Rail Operator by reason of the rescheduling of services by the PDP due to the Works Package Contractor obstructing the Operating Railway or interfering with the control or signalling system or electrical equipment other than for a period for which a speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation has been given. The amount shall be limited to ten percent of the Contract Sum.

(12) In the event that damage is caused by the Works Package Contractor to the Operating Railway such that rescheduling/suspension of services by the PDP has to be made, then the Works Package Contractor shall on demand pay to the PDP any loss of revenue and additional expenditure which in the opinion of the PDP has been incurred by the PDP or by the Railway Operator in making good the damage and in rescheduling/suspending the services. The amount shall be limited to ten percent of the Contract Sum.

(13) The PDP shall have the right to cancel or alter the date and timing of any agreed period of speed restriction and/or track possession and/or electrical isolation if this proves necessary for the safety or uninterrupted running of rail traffic by notice to the Works Package Contractor which




shall be deemed to be an instruction issued by the PDP and be subject to the Conditions of Contract, but in such an event the PDP shall make alternative arrangements as soon as practicable.

Track Access G2.13 Due to the multi‐disciplinary nature of the Project, several different parties may require access to the same portion of the Site for the installation, erection and testing of the Works. Access during the TRIP period will be co‐ordinated through the weekly Works Train meeting.

Transportation to Site

G2.14 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall use such routes and rights of entry to the Site as may be decided by the PDP from time to time. Routes for very large or very heavy loads shall be discussed with the PDP in advance of the need arising, and all arrangements therefore shall be submitted for approval by the PDP.

(2) In this context, the definitions of the terms “very large” and “very heavy” refer to articles that cannot be transported by normal road vehicles or be handled by readily available methods. Where doubt exists, it shall be the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor to notify and discuss the nature of the load in question with the PDP in accordance with Paragraph (1).

(3) For the transportation of large or heavy loads, the Works Package Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Lembaga Lebuhraya Malaysia (Malaysian Highway Authority) / Polis Diraja Malaysia (Royal Malaysian Police Force)/ any other Relevant Authority regarding any special traffic arrangements that may be necessary. The Works Package Contractor’s attention is drawn to the Road Traffic Act, Laws of Malaysia Act 333 Road Transport Act 1987.

(4) Extraordinary traffic may be moved from docks and between areas of the Site over public highways only by police escort and on a route and at a time determined by the Relevant Authority. The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining permission from the Relevant Authorities to move extraordinary loads and traffic and for arranging police escorts as necessary.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall make all arrangements and assume full responsibility for transportation to the Site of all Works Package Contractor’s Equipment, materials and supplies needed for the proper execution of the Works.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all roads




and pavements leading to and around the Site are kept free from obstructions and shall not cause inconvenience or hindrance to traffic or persons either by his vehicles or by his workmen, scaffolding, plant, materials, equipment, etc.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall repair damage to existing roads, footpaths, steps, cables, sewers, live drains, etc. and shall reinstate any damage caused by the Works Package Contractor’s actions.

(8) All special lifting tackle, plant or equipment which is used by the Works Package Contractor for the installation of Plant and Materials and which is required for Plant and Materials maintenance shall become part of the Contract and be handed over to the Owner suitably reconditioned and with a current test certificate. Such lifting tackle shall be suitably identified

Communications on Site

G2.15 Where the Works Package Contractor has need to communicate with his own staff or with the PDP or any Other Works Contractor over distances he shall provide adequate items of suitable equipment such as walkie‐talkie sets. In such case the Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses for their use.

Dimensions Gauges and Clearances

G2.16 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with the dimensions of the relevant load gauge and construction gauge shown in the Owner’s New Works Design Standards Manual for the purposes of loading Works Trains and of installation of temporary equipment in tunnels during construction. The Works shall not infringe within the applicable structure gauge. Full details are given in the Owner’s New Works Design Standards Manual together with information on all track‐related matters.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall participate in gauging and sighting surveys as required by the PDP.




APPENDIX AG2.1 REQUIREMENTS OF WORKS PACKAGE CONTRACTOR’S OWN ROLLING STOCK (1) Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall be able to be rescued by the PDP’s rolling

stock to enable emergency recovery to be undertaken safely. (2) Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall be fitted with a fail‐safe braking system. (3) Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall have a maximum axle load of 18 tonnes

under all conditions of use. (4) Wheel back to back distance at the rim of Works Package Contractor’s own rolling stock shall

be between 1350 mm and 1362 mm and the flange thickness at 13 mm below datum shall be between 22 mm and 32 mm. These shall be measured at 3 positions around the wheel.

(5) If the Works Package Contractor’s rolling stock is equipped with any diesel engine, the

exhaust system shall be arranged to limit the maximum permissible concentration of toxic gases in the exhaust emissions by the fitting of appropriate catalytic exhaust purifier systems and/or water scrubber tank. Sufficient ventilation shall be provided by the Works Package Contractor to lower the concentration of the toxic gases.

(6) All items of rolling stock shall be maintained at a satisfactory standard so as to prevent the

contamination of the Site with oil, fuel and other liquids utilised by the vehicles. Where contamination is identified, the Works Package Contractor shall clear, rectify or replace damaged components.

(7) If the Works Package Contractor’s rolling stock is required to be hauled by the PDP’s

locomotive, the total weight shall be less than 100 tonnes. The couplers shall be of AAR tightlock type and its height shall be 880mm from above rail level (ARL) to the centre of the coupler body. The air hose for connecting to the locomotive train line pipe shall be of AAR glad hand connection type.

(8) The Works Package Contractor’s self propelled rolling stock shall be fitted at both ends with

headlights and red tail lights. It shall also be equipped with audible warning devices and amber flashing lights mounted such that they can be seen from any position at track level.

(9) The Works Package Contractor’s self propelled rolling stock shall carry approved fire

extinguishers, first aid kits, and re‐railing equipment.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G3 – Site Establishment


SECTION G3

SITE ESTABLISHMENT

Use of the Site G3.1 (1) The Site shall not be used by the Works Package Contractor for any purpose other than for executing the Works or carrying out other work which is associated with the Works and having been approved by the PDP.

(2) All materials and equipment stored on Site shall be adequately protected against loss or damage due to any cause such as climatic effects, vandalism, shock and vibration, etc. according to the nature of the articles stored and the local Site condition.

(3) Access to and egress from the Site shall be obtained only at the locations stated in the Contract or as approved by the PDP and the Relevant Authorities.

(4) Access and vacation dates for the Site for the Works Package Contractor’s accommodation and works area are set out in the Specifications.

Submission of particulars

G3.2 (1) Three Months prior to the access date to each work site, the Works Package Contractor shall submit for the PDP’s review drawings showing the layout within his allocated works area of his accommodation, access roads, stores, workshops and sheds..

(2) Works Package Contractor’s Drawings showing the location of stores, storage areas, and other major facilities not required early in the Contract shall be submitted for review by the PDP as early as possible, but in any case not later than twenty eight (28) Days before such facilities are constructed on the Site.

Survey of the Site G3.3 On or before the provision of access to a certain portion of the Site, the Works Package Contractor shall carry out a survey jointly with the Other Works Contractors executing works on that portion of the Site. The Works Package Contractor shall advise the PDP of the date of the joint survey at least 1 week in advance of the date.

Fences and Signs on the Site

G3.4 (1) Hoardings, fences, gates and signs on the Site shall be maintained in a clean, stable and secure condition.




(2) Where the Works Package Contractor is provided with works areas for the establishment of offices and storage areas, the Works Package Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain signboards at locations to be decided by the PDP and pay all charges in connection with this, including obtaining permission, licences and fees, etc. Each sign board shall comply with the design and specification as specified in the Contract. On completion of the project, the Works Package Contractor shall dismantle and clear away the signboards as directed by the PDP. Project signboards shall be erected not more than 4 weeks, or such other period approved by the PDP, from the date of the Commencement Date or from the date that the Site is made available to the Works Package Contractor, whichever is the later. Other advertising signs shall not be erected on the Site unless permitted by the PDP.

(3) Hoardings, fences, gates or signs are to be removed at a time directed or approved by the PDP. Hoardings, fences, gates and signs which are to be left in position after completion of the Works shall be repaired and repainted as directed by the PDP.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the design, installation, maintenance and removal of all fencing, hoardings and other protective measures necessary to provide security of the Site and to protect the public from the construction activities and hazards associated with the Works. The Works Package Contractor shall erect safety signs in English, and Bahasa Melayu at the entrance of the works areas, advising workers, delivery drivers and visitors of the requirements for wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) and any other relevant safety requirements.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary hoarding permits from the Relevant Authorities.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall submit details of his fencing, hoarding and any other protective measure that he intends to install for each part of the Site to the PDP for approval at least fourteen (14) Days prior to the making of any associated submission to the Relevant Authority.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out a daily inspection of all fencing, hoardings and other protective




measures and carry out immediate repairs of the same to ensure that the security of the Site and safety of the public is not compromised at any time.

(8) The PDP may from time to time arrange for hoardings to be painted in a decorative manner by students, public competition or other means. In the event that such arrangements are made, the PDP shall notify the Works Package Contractor and the Works Package Contractor shall prepare the surface of the hoardings for painting as directed by the PDP.

(9) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Works Package Contractor’s works area and accommodation and shall provide and maintain adequate fencing.

Not used G3.5

The Works Package Contractor's Site Accommodation

G3.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary offices, workshops, sheds, stores, mess rooms, latrines and other accommodation on the Site, and shall remove the same at the date specified in the Specifications. These shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, stable and secure condition to the satisfaction of the PDP. No structure shall be erected without the approval of the PDP.

(2) Living accommodation shall not be provided on the Site and the Works Package Contractor shall not permit any person to reside on the Site.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and other charges or expenses incurred in connection with such office and housing and shall keep the whole area in a clean, tidy and well drained condition. When instructed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall remove all such buildings and appurtenant works from the Site, clean up the area and restore it to its original condition.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide adequate first aid facilities appropriate to the size and composition of his staff and labour force. The Works Package Contractor shall afford the PDP’s site staff full use of the services and facilities as and when required.




(5) The Works Package Contractor shall not erect or operate canteen and kitchen facilities on the Site unless approved by the PDP and, where appropriate, the Relevant Authorities. Any such facilities shall, in particular but without limitation, conform with all regulations and standards to the extent required by the Relevant Authorities.

(6) In accordance with clause G3.2(1), the Works Package Contractor shall submit full details of his proposed layout and construction for site offices, plant yards and workshops etc. to the PDP for approval.

Not used G3.7

Clearance of the Site

G3.8 Temporary Works which are not to remain on the Site after completion of the Works shall be removed on the Practical Completion of the whole of the Works or at other times directed by the PDP. The Site shall be cleared and reinstated to the lines and levels and to the same condition as was existing before the Works started except as otherwise stated in the Contract.

Attendance G3.9

Attendance on the PDP

G3.9.1 The Works Package Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon the PDP, and PDPR, including adequate and safe means of access to all parts of the Site to assist him in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under the Contract.

Attendance on Relevant Authorities

G3.9.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon the Relevant Authorities during all site visits, inspections, and testing, including adequate and safe means of access to appropriate parts of the Site.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all documents necessary for site visits and inspections as are requested by the Relevant Authorities.

Attendance on Other Works Contractors

G3.9.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall at his own cost provide general and special attendance on Other Works Contractors who will be carrying out the execution of other works on the Site. Reference shall be made to the requirements of the Contract to determine the extent of these contracts.

(2) General attendance shall include, but not be limited to, providing for accepting deliveries, unloading and storing




materials for the Other Works Contractors on the Site and allowing the Other Works Contractors space for their site offices, and all reasonable access and facilities for the proper execution of their work including the free use of access roads, cranage, scaffolding, ladders, stores, messrooms, sanitary and welfare facilities provided that these facilities are normally available on the Site at the time. It should be noted that the Works Package Contractor shall not limit the use of these facilities to non‐standard working hours but shall coordinate his works with those of the Other Works Contractors to allow them to progress in parallel.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall allow the use of his Site services, including ventilation, temporary water supply, temporary electricity supply, background lighting, pumping, watchmen etc. by the Other Works Contractors. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that his Site services referred to above shall be available for use by the Other Works Contractors until the commissioning of the relevant permanent installations or until the issue of Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works, whichever is the later.

(4) Special attendance shall include, but not be limited to, cutting of holes and other openings, forming chases, providing built‐in sleeves, grouting in and testing bolts, anchors, brackets, base plates, frames and the like, including making good to the disturbed work and cleaning after completion of the disturbed work. The Works Package Contractor shall include time for these works in his programme.

Attendance on the Ministry of Transport

G3.9.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon representatives of the Ministry of Transport during their inspections including adequate and safe means of access to appropriate parts of the Site

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all documents necessary for inspection as are requested by the Ministry of Transport

Attendance on the Fire and Rescue Department (BOMBA)

G3.9.5 The Works Package Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon the Fire and Rescue Department to enable them to carry out such tests and inspections as are required by the laws and regulations of Malaysia and the requirements of any Other Works Contractors. Such attendance shall include adequate and




safe means of access to all parts of the Site

Attendance by Other Works Contractors

G3.9.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor may be provided with general and special attendance by Other Works Contractors at the Site, in accordance with the Specifications

(2) General attendance shall include but not be limited to providing for accepting deliveries, unloading and storing materials on the Site, removal of debris at designated collection points, allowing space for the Works Package Contractor’s site offices and all reasonable access and facilities for the proper execution of his work including the free use of access roads, craneage, scaffolding, ladders, stores, mess rooms, hygiene and welfare facilities, provided these are normally available on the Site at the time.

(3) Where supplies of electricity, water, compressed air, temporary ventilation, pumping, background or temporary lighting, etc. are installed by the Other Works Contractor for use during construction, these services will be made available at no cost to the Works Package Contractor for his own use during erection, installation and testing of the Works, providing that such services are available at the time.

(4) The provision of such services in Paragraphs G3.9.6 (2) and (3) shall be identified and their availability confirmed by liaison with the Other Works Contractors during interface co‐ordination as required in Chapter G13.

(5) Where services are required and are not available from the Other Works Contractor, the Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the provision, testing, maintenance and subsequent removal of these services.

(6) Special attendance shall include cutting of holes and other openings, forming chases, providing built‐in sleeves, grouting in bolts, anchors, brackets, base plates, frames and the like, including making good to the disturbed work and cleaning after completion of the disturbed work. The Works Package Contractor shall liaise with the relevant Other Works Contractor to ensure that civil provision requirements are provided in a timely manner. The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for additional cost incurred in the event that special attendance is required as




a result of late changes or initial omissions by the Works Package Contractor. All requests for special attendance shall be directed to the PDP.

(7) Background lighting to an average level of 30 lux at the walkway level will be provided in the tunnels by the relevant Other Works Contractor. The Works Package Contractor shall provide any additional lighting he may require to facilitate his own work or for reasons of safety.

(8) The relevant Other Works Contractor will provide ventilation to prevent still air in tunnels. The Works Package Contractor shall provide additional ventilation to comply with the air quality guidelines of BS6164 where necessary.

(9) The following arrangement will be made for the supply of temporary electricity:

(1) Temporary electricity supplies will be made available by the Other Works Contractors in stations, ancillary buildings, depots, viaducts, at‐grade tracks and tunnels for the use of the Works Package Contractor during construction.

(2) Temporary electricity supplies will be provided from distribution kiosks which will be located at station ends and at strategic locations in other areas of the station. Kiosks will also be located in ancillary buildings and tunnels.

(3) The kiosks will be free standing and each will comprise one 8 way, TPN (Triple Pole & Neutral) MCB distribution board from which the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors shall obtain their supplies via individual outlet sockets.

(4) The 3 phase voltage will be 415 volts, and 1 phase voltage will be 240 volts at 50 Hz.

(5) Any voltage conversion that may be necessary shall be the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor.

Not used G3.10




Not used G3.11

Not used G3.12

Prohibition of Advertising

G3.13 The Works Package Contractor shall treat the Contract and everything written as private and confidential. In particular, the Works Package Contractor shall not publish any information, advertisement, drawing or photograph relating to the Works and shall not use the Site for advertising purposes, except with the written consent of the PDP and subject to such conditions as he may prescribe.

Works Package Contractor’s Equipment

G3.14 (1) The PDP reserves the right to order the immediate removal and replacement of any Works Package Contractor’s Equipment which in his opinion is unsatisfactory for its purpose.

(2) Portable and hand held tools, portable hand lamps, and site lighting (other than flood lighting) shall be 110 volt 1 phase. The use of 240 volt hand held tools and lamps shall not be permitted.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G4 – The Works


SECTION G4

THE WORKS

Project Execution Plan

G4.1 (1) Within sixty (60) Days from the date of the Letter of Acceptance, the Works Package Contractor shall provide the PDP with an overview of his intended methods of constructing the various parts of the Works in the form of a Project Execution Plan. This shall include but not be limited to:

a) A narrative and drawings describing the main operations and sub‐operations;

b) The sequence of the Works;

c) The quantities of major elements and production rates to be achieved;

d) The resources to be employed; and

e) The responsibilities and processes requisite to ensure the successful completion of the Works.

(2) Within three (3) Months from the date of the Letter of Acceptance or by the date agreed with the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall supplement the Project Execution Plan with:

a) Details of the Method Statements which will be developed as required by Clause G4.2;

b) Details of any Temporary Works which will be required (or the date by which they will be procured);

c) Details of the personnel who will control the works;

d) Proposals for quality control; and

e) Safety precautions to be employed.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall, whenever required by the PDP, furnish for his information further and more detailed particulars in writing of his method of construction, the amount and nature of the Works Package Contractor’s Equipment and manpower he proposes to use.

(4) The PDP shall have the authority to order the immediate removal and replacement of any Works Package Contractor’s Equipment which, in his opinion, is




unsatisfactory for its purpose.

(5) As part of the Project Execution Plan, the Works Package

Contractor shall submit in accordance with Clause 16 of the Conditions of Contract within 2 Months of the date of the Letter of Acceptance a statement entitled "Works Package Contractor's Method of Manufacture and Installation". The basic information required to be submitted shall include:

(a) Contract technical report giving:

i. details of Site establishment and use of Works Areas;ii. references to drawings; iii. details of the manufacturing or assembly facility; iv. a method statement describing the layout and

operation of the manufacturing and assembly facility, method and sequence of transporting and placing assembled units;

v. the construction materials to be used and their sources of origin in production;

vi. method and particular requirements for manufacture and testing of Plant and Materials prior to delivery to Site;

vii. method and particular requirements for delivery and transportation of Plant and Materials to and across the Site;

viii. an appreciation of any access and phasing constraints;

ix. details of the design team; x. installation proposals; xi. method and procedure for testing and

commissioning of Plant and Materials installed; and xii. Policy for training of operators in the use and

maintenance

(b) Policy for allocation of work, computer and design resources, manning levels and responsibility for supervision.

(c) Method of management and co‐ordination of interfaces between the Works Package Contractor, Other Works Contractors, and between the Works Package Contractor and his sub‐contractors.

(d) A statement outlining the method which will be used by the Works Package Contractor to monitor and report progress of the Works to the PDP throughout the period of the Contract including details of any computer software package which may be used.




Method Statements, and Inspection and Testing Plans

G4.2

Method Statements, Inspection and Testing Plans

G4.2.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for the approval of the PDP a Method Statement and an Inspection and Testing Plan addressing construction procedures, safety and health procedures, environmental issues, and quality control procedures for each major or non‐standard work task not less than twenty one (21) Days prior to the start of the related construction activities. The Method Statement and Inspection and Testing Plan shall have been approved by the PDP prior to the Works Package Contractor commencing any work on the task described.

(2) Within sixty (60) Days of the date of the Letter of Acceptance, the Works Package Contractor shall provide for the PDP’s reference, a list of proposed Method Statements and Inspection and Testing Plans which shall be compatible with the Baseline Programme, for various general and specific construction works which will arise during the course of the Contract.

Training for Work using Method Statement

G4.2.2 (1) Before the commencement of the work, specific method statement training shall be provided to the supervisors and workers involved in the work, on the agreed safe work method and safety precautions to be implemented.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide to each supervisor involved with the work a simplified set of method statement.

(3) The supervisor shall sign for the method statement to say that he or she has conducted the required briefings to all workers involved.

(4) A list of attendees at the training and briefings, shall be kept by the supervisor of the safety section.

(5) Prior to work starting, a Supervisor or ganger shall brief all persons involved with the work, on the safe work method and the safety precautions stipulated in the method statement during their daily briefing.

(6) No person shall start work without receiving the required training and briefings for the work to be conducted. Each attendee shall confirm their attendance by adding their signature to a record sheet.




(7) In the event of a change in the work methods, retraining shall be given to all persons involved.

Normal working hours at Site

G4.3 (1) Normal working hours at the Site shall be defined as the period between 0700 hours and 1900 hours on all days excluding General Holidays. Any works performed by the Works Package Contractor outside normal working hours (ie. Night Work) and on General Holidays shall be subject to the Works Package Contractor obtaining the prior approval from the Relevant Authorities and having given the PDP prior written notification.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall inform the PDP twenty four (24) hours, or such shorter period permitted by the PDP, in advance of any occasion when work outside normal working hours is proposed.

(3) Work in the vicinity of Operating Railway and on sections where revenue operations have commenced shall only be possible in non‐traffic hours. Access availability will be extremely limited and working hours will generally be in the range of 3 to 4 hours depending on the nature of work and protection arrangement required.

Drawings and schedules for plant and equipment

G4.4 Detailed manufacturing drawings for plant and equipment for the Permanent Works will not normally be required to be submitted for review by the PDP but shall be available on the Works Package Contractor's or his sub‐contractor's premises if required. The Works Package Contractor shall also maintain at Site a comprehensive and up‐to‐date set of drawings properly indexed and catalogued, which shall include complete sets of detailed working and, where applicable, manufacturing drawings and shall permit free access to such drawings by the PDP at any reasonable time.

Stage notification and inspection of Works

G4.5 (1) The Works will be the subject of a formalised system of written applications for inspection. The Works Package Contractor shall submit for the PDP’s approval his proposed Request for Inspection / Test / Survey Check Forms. Failure on the part of the Works Package Contractor to make application in respect of the work may result in the PDP withholding Approval of the work.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall give adequate notice in writing to the PDP of requests for inspection and approval of any parts of the Works in accordance with G18.13(1). The PDP will require reasonable time to carry out any inspection which shall be during normal working hours except as may be otherwise agreed.




(3) Not used.

(4) Work which is carried out without prior approval of the PDP, with or without conditions, may be subject to additional testing, at the PDP’s discretion and at the Works Package Contractor’s cost.

(5) The stages appropriate to each type of work shall be proposed by the Works Package Contractor and approved by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that the PDP is given the opportunity to inspect each stage before proceeding with the next.

Not used G4.6

Construction restraints

G4.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall design and implement temporary traffic management schemes in accordance with the provisions of Section G5.

(2) Where all or part of the Works is within a Railway Protection zone, the Works Package Contractor shall follow the provisions of Section G6.

Temporary Works

G4.8 Upon receiving a written application from the Works Package Contractor, the PDP may at his absolute discretion consent to certain Temporary Works of a minor nature being exempted from the requirements of this Chapter. Such exemption shall not relieve the Works Package Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract.

Temporary Works Design

G4.8.1 (1) Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall design all Temporary Works of whatever nature, including Permanent Works that will be used as Temporary Works during construction to suit his own construction sequence and methodology, and which shall be endorsed by a Professional Engineer registered with the Board of Engineers Malaysia, and submitted for the approval of the PDP. The design of the Temporary Works shall also be independently checked in accordance with the requirements of Clause G4.8.2.

(2) Without relieving the Works Package Contractor from the responsibilities of the foregoing sub‐clause (1), where the PDP has carried out reference designs for certain Temporary Works, these are made available to the Works Package Contractor for information only and as may be included in the PDP’s Drawings. The Works Package Contractor is at liberty to adopt these reference designs or details and if he so chooses, however, the PDP does not warrant (and shall not be deemed to have so warranted)




the accuracy or completeness of any such designs and/or details and disclaims any responsibility or liability to the Works Package Contractor or to any other person, firm or company, for the completeness of, or any error, omission, ambiguity or inaccuracy in, any such designs and details.

(3) Details of any Temporary Works, methods of construction and sequence of works and their impact on existing buildings, structures, and utilities, etc. shown or implied by the Specifications, or the PDP’s Drawings or any reports, are indicative only and shall not relieve the Works Package Contractor of his liabilities with respect to the design and construction of Temporary Works, the construction sequence of the Works and also their impact on the surrounding ground and structures. Construction shafts, construction adits, entrance shafts, retaining walls, shoring, grouting for water cut‐off or ground improvement, temporary tunnel supports, temporary supports and pumping tests for cofferdam construction, and any construction sequences etc. shall be regarded as Temporary Works to be designed by the Works Package Contractor.

(4) Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall remove off Site all Temporary Works upon completion of the related works. Where the Works Package Contractor proposes to leave Temporary Works in place, approval from the Relevant Authorities shall be a prerequisite to approval from the PDP and, in any event, the proposed left‐in Temporary Works shall not be less than 2m below finished ground level. The Works Package Contractor shall note that temporary anchors, tie‐backs and/or soil nails used for temporary excavation support should not permanently encroach into private lots without approval from the Relevant Authorities and the PDP.

(5) Notwithstanding any information indicated or supplied on the PDP’s Drawings, the responsibility for obtaining all permits, approvals and agreements from the Relevant Authorities and utility undertakers as required by the Works Package Contractor to suit his construction sequence and programme of Works, shall remain with the Works Package Contractor.

(6) Temporary Works designs shall include predictions of ground movements resulting from the Execution of the Works and the effects on adjacent buildings, utilities and other features. Predicted ground movements shall not exceed the levels as may be specified in the Contract. The




geological model and the method of analysis chosen including any numerical analysis and centrifuge modeling to be performed, shall be appropriate to the case being examined and subject to consultation with the Relevant Authorities.

(7) When excavating within retaining structures and cofferdams, the Works Package Contractor shall provide sufficient instrumentation to monitor the ground movement, water level and deflection of the retaining structures and cofferdam wall, and shall review the monitoring results on a regular basis. Actual movements shall be compared with the design assumptions in order to verify that the retaining structure and cofferdam is performing as predicted.

(8) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and obtaining all approvals, permits, or endorsements as appropriate from the PDP and the Relevant Authorities for the construction and demolition of the temporary structures that will be constructed as part of the Contract.

Independent Checking of Design

G4.8.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall engage a Contractor’s Independent Checking Engineer (CICE) at his own cost to check and certify the design of all major Temporary Works. The independent check shall verify that the Temporary Works design will not adversely affect the Permanent Works, third party properties, and the public.

(2) The CICE shall be a Professional Engineer and an Accredited Checker registered with the Board of Engineers Malaysia with experience in the design methods and elements being checked. The appointment of the CICE shall be approved by the PDP one (1) Month prior to the relevant design submission.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a certificate signed by the CICE for all relevant Temporary Works in a format which shall be approved by the PDP. Erection of the Temporary Works shall not commence until the signed certificate has been approved by the PDP.

(4) Loading or dismantling of the Temporary Works shall not commence until the Works Package Contractor has certified to the PDP that the Temporary Works has been erected in accordance with the design, and which shall be endorsed by the CICE.

(5) Further to sub‐clause (1) above, the following shall be




regarded as major Temporary Works, but shall not be construed to be exhaustive:

(a) All major Temporary Works exceeding 2.5m height;

(b) Any excavation and lateral support to resist horizontal earth and water pressure arising from sub‐soil conditions;

(c) All safety measures associated with the construction of rigid barriers, flexible barriers, hoardings, covered walkways, fencings, soil nailing and any boulder stabilization on slopes to facilitate the protection of the workers, public and the Works;

(d) All temporary soil nails, rock dowels or ground anchors;

(e) All falsework and formwork for concrete pours of depths exceeding 0.4 metres each;

(f) Temporary diversion schemes for existing watercourses affected by the Works;

(g) Excavation, dewatering and groundwater control works;

(h) Ground treatment works;

(i) Scaffolding and falsework;

(j) Demolition works;

(k) Temporary road decking;

(l) Temporary support of utilities;

(m) Major concreting works; and

(n) Viaduct launching and support gantries.

Off‐Site Fabrication Works

G4.9 The Works Package Contractor shall provide sufficient full‐time supervisory staff to supervise the fabrication of any identified pre‐fabrication element for the Permanent Works that is to be fabricated off‐Site, either within or outside Malaysia. As a minimum, the Works Package Contractor shall appoint a full‐time Quality Control Engineer and Supervisor / Foreman to lead the supervision of the off‐Site fabrication. The Quality Control Engineer and Supervisor / Foreman shall be directly employed by the Works Package Contractor, and shall have adequate experience in the specific pre‐fabrication element to ensure compliance with the QA/QC Plan.




Construction equipment and plant

G4.10 (1) The Works Package Contractor’s construction equipment and plant shall be less than ten (10) years old when first utilised on the Site for the Execution of the Works. The equipment and plant shall have a full maintenance history which shall be in accordance the manufacturer’s specification.

(2) The Works Package Contractor’s construction equipment and plant shall be fitted with protection and safety related devices as follows:

a) Internal combustion engine exhaust mufflers less than three (3) years old;

b) Reverse travel motion alarms on all wheeled equipment;

c) Travel and slew motion alarms on all crawler mounted equipment;

d) At least one rotating beacon (yellow or orange) on all mobile plant and equipment;

e) Fully functional directional indicator lights, brake warning lights, reversing lights and driving lights on all wheeled equipment;

f) Task lighting on all slewing equipment;

g) All engine compartments shall be enclosed with proprietary enclosure panels that incorporate noise suppression materials;

h) All plant and equipment shall be provided with at least one suitable fire extinguisher;

i) All mobile plant and equipment shall be fitted with a proprietary roll over protection system;

j) All mobile plant and equipment shall have proprietary seat belts;

k) All plant and equipment with internal combustion engines that are to be operated in shafts, underground, or in areas with restricted air movement, shall be fitted with catalytic converters; and

l) Hose rupture valves on all hydraulic equipment.

m) A reversing video device shall be installed in the cab of spoil removal wagons to provide the operator or




driver with a clear view of the rear of the vehicle whilst reversing or manoeuvring

Protection of the Works

G4.11

Not used G4.11.1

Protection from weather

G4.11.2 (1) Work shall not be carried out in weather conditions which may adversely affect the work unless protection by methods approved by the PDP is provided.

(2) The Permanent Works, including materials for the Permanent Works, shall be protected by methods approved by the PDP from exposure to weather conditions which may adversely affect the Permanent Works.

Protection of work

G4.11.3 (1) Finished work shall be protected by methods reviewed without objection by the PDP from damage which could arise from the execution of adjacent work

(2) As part of his coordination responsibilities under Clause G13.3 the Works Package Contractor shall ensure, so far as is possible, that work carried out by him or by other Other Works Contractors or utility undertakings does not cause damage to the previously completed works of any party and he shall be responsible for programming the works to minimise this risk and for proposing protective measures, when required, to the PDP.

Approvals from Relevant Authorities

G4.12

Local / Government Authorities

G4.12.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall obtain any necessary work permits (excavation and or stockpiling of construction materials etc.) from the Relevant Authority prior to the Execution of the Works or any Temporary Works on, under and adjacent to state, municipal or town roads from the respective road authorities having jurisdiction of the same, and shall pay all money deposits, fees and charges and other associated costs required to be deposited, given or paid under any written law, by‐laws, ordinance, regulation, rules and requirements in relation to the Execution of the Works or any Temporary Works which are in effect or which may become effective during the Contract period.

(2) The above sub‐clause (1) shall also apply for obtaining approvals and work permits from Malaysian Highway Authority (MHA) and/or other highway concessionaire companies (if any).




Transport Authority and Operators

G4.12.2 The Works Package Contractor shall obtain approval for way leaves and work permits (excavation, laying and or stockpiling of construction materials) prior to the Execution of the Works or any Temporary Works on, under and adjacent to state, municipal or town roads from the respective transport authorities and operators (KTMB, ERL, STARLINK etc.) having jurisdiction of the same including engagement of consultants, payment of all money deposits, fees and charges and other associated costs required to be deposited, given or paid under any written law, by‐laws, ordinance, regulation, rules and requirements in relation to the Execution of the Works or any Temporary Works which are in effect or which may become effective during the Contract period.

Other Authorities

G4.12.3 The Works Package Contractor shall obtain and comply with all prevailing regulations and requirements of all applicable regulatory agencies and authorities (e.g. DOSH. MCMC etc.)

Technology Transfer

G4.13 The Works Package Contractor shall participate in a programme of technology transfer, and as such shall identify all the special area of its Works or Equipment which is considered suitable for technology transfer or as identified by PDP.

Installation Marks

G4.14 (1) All Plant and Materials and fittings to be assembled at the Works Package Contractor's premises, on Site or elsewhere shall be stamped with suitable distinguishing marks which shall be subject to the Approval of the PDP. Care shall be taken to differentiate between matchmarks for the component parts of identical assemblies. Stamping shall not be permitted on any stress‐bearing part.

(2) Matchmarks and any other identification markings to assist in installation and future maintenance shall be legibly applied, in English and Malaysia, in two places and shall be of a durable nature.

(3) Galvanised or plated parts shall be stamped or otherwise marked prior to treatment. Care shall be taken to ensure that markings are not obliterated by painting and do not deface finished surfaces and/or damage the Plant and Materials.

(4) Principal assembly and installation drawings shall, whenever practicable, indicate the nature and positions of reference markings.

Installation of Plant and Materials

G4.15 The overall periods during which installation of the Works is permissible within individual station and tunnel areas or sections are specified in the PS. The Works Package Contractor shall at all times be required to work with or in close proximity to Other Works




Contractors in Restricted Areas, and it is essential for the smooth and orderly Execution of the Works that the Works Package Contractor, in consultation with the PDP, prepares a realistic installation and commissioning programme. Indication of inability or possible inability to meet a programmed date shall be given to the PDP at the earliest possible moment. The actual period of entry to any individual station or section of the Railway under Construction or Railway by the Works Package Contractor will be mutually resolved between the Works Package Contractor, Other Works Contractors and the PDP as set down in the Contract

Serial Numbering

G4.16 The Works Package Contractor shall etch, stamp or engrave a serial number on each major assembly and sub‐assembly of the Plant and Materials. The form of the number and the method and position of marking shall be included on Design Data submitted under the Contract for the Approval of the PDP. The assemblies and sub‐assemblies on which such serial numbers are required will be determined by the PDP but shall be generally those assemblies and sub‐assemblies listed in the Pricing Document. Serial numbers shall be listed on Certificate of Practical Completion.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G5 – Work In Roads


SECTION G5

WORK IN ROADS

Maintenance of Existing Roads, Bridges, Culverts, etc.

G5.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain all sections ofexisting roads and all bridges, drains and culverts included therein within the Site to the conditions at the time ofpossession of Site for the full duration of the Contract and at his own cost. Such maintenance shall include routine activities such as grass cutting, clearing of drains, patching of potholes, etc. He shall also be responsible for maintaining the free flowof traffic on these sections of existing road.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall arrange for theconveyance of materials and plants so as to cause minimumdamage to existing roads and installations and minimuminconvenience to the public. He shall not deposit or store any earth, rubbish, slurry, mud, materials, or equipment upon any road, street, pavement or footway and cause hindrance or obstruction to vehicles or pedestrians. The Works Package Contractor’s trucks and equipment leaving the Site shall have all dirt and mud cleaned off by hosing, passing through a lorry wash‐trough, and other such cleaning facilities.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by any work carried out by him, nominated sub‐contractors under the Contract, or by his/their construction traffic to any existing roads or installations fromwhatsoever cause arising thereof and shall repair, maintainand reinstate the same to the original condition to thesatisfaction of the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shallalso keep such roads clear of construction materials, slurry, boulders and loose earth which may be dropped in the courseof transportation. For the Works Package Contractor’s trucks carrying sand, aggregates, earth and other loose constructionmaterials, tarpaulin or other suitable materials shall be usedto cover such open trucks/equipment to avoid spillage on roadways. If spillages occur, the Works Package Contractor shall immediately clear away the detritus and the like to reinstate the road to its original condition.

(4) Upon failure on the part of the Works Package Contractor tofulfill his obligations under this Section, the PDP may takewhatever action and any means necessary to satisfy therequirements, and all costs incurred by the PDP shall bededucted from any monies due or to become due to theWorks Package Contractor under this Contract.




Temporary diversions and traffic management

G5.2

General Requirements

G5.2.1 (1) Temporary diversions and associated traffic management plans shall be constructed wherever the Site encroaches onexisting roads, footpaths, cycle tracks, access to properties, etc. No traffic signs, road markings, and other traffic controldevices shall be erected, relocated or removed in the publicroad unless authorised by the Relevant Authorities and the PDP.

(2) Such diversion routes shall be of a standard of construction at least equivalent to that of the original road, path, track oraccess. They shall be constructed in advance of the closure ofthe existing routes and regularly maintained, for as long as required, in a satisfactory condition. On completion of the work, the original routes shall be reinstated to their original condition to the approval of the PDP. The Works PackageContractor shall submit for the PDP’s review his proposals fortemporary diversions of traffic at least twenty one (21) Days prior to seeking necessary approvals from the RelevantAuthority in the form of a Traffic Management Plansubmission together with supporting documents (see Clause G5.2.2). For major diversion schemes, the Works PackageContractor shall first seek the opinion of the relevant stakeholders before preparing the formal submission.

(3) Where access roads are to be permanently closed by theconstruction of the Works, diversion ways shall not berequired. Such closures shall not be implemented until a specified alternative access has been provided and with thewritten approval from the Relevant Authority and the PDP.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain reasonable and safe access to all existing properties accesses adjoining the Works during construction, and shall ensure that all thenecessary fences, planking, pedestrian walkways and gangways are adequately lit to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(5) Where the Works Package Contractor proposes to use existinglocal streets as temporary diversion routes, he shall first seek the views of the PDP before applying to the RelevantAuthority for approval. The Works Package Contractor shallmaintain these temporary diversion routes to the requiredcondition throughout the entire duration of the temporary diversion, all to the satisfaction of the PDP. If the WorksPackage Contractor fails to maintain these temporary




diversion routes to the satisfaction of the PDP, the PDP shall have right to carry out these works himself and all costsincurred shall be deducted from the Contract Sum.

(6) Where, in the opinion of the PDP, a diversion is not feasible, construction shall be planned and sequenced such that not more than half of the full width of the roadway may be occupied by the Works at any time, subject to the approval ofthe Relevant Authorities. The lengths of such half‐width construction shall be kept as short as is practicable.

(7) For all temporary diversions, the Works Package Contractorshall provide, install and maintain adequate temporary construction signs in accordance with Clause G5.3.

(8) Where approved by the PDP and the Relevant Authority,temporary closure of roads and accesses may be allowed provided that adequate detour facilities are provided.Temporary lane closures are not permitted unless with theprior approval of the PDP and the Relevant Authority.

(9) At least twenty eight (28) Days prior to commencement of his construction operations in any particular area, the WorksPackage Contractor shall submit to the Relevant Authority a Traffic Management Plan proposal together with supportingdocuments for the area affect by his operations, and all such submissions shall be copied to the PDP. Construction operations shall not commence until such proposals have been approved by the PDP and the Relevant Authority.

(10) It is the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor toallow sufficient time in his programme for the preparation,approval and implementation of the temporary trafficmanagement plans. Any delay to the Works which results from the Works Package Contractor's delay in submission or from his failure to submit sufficient and correct design detailsshall be the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor.

(11) The Works Package Contractor’s Traffic Management Team(see Clause G5.10) shall inspect the temporary traffic management schemes day and night, and shall carry out any work to maintain the scheme as per the approved TrafficManagement Plan, or as per the scheme(s) implemented under Subclause G5.2.1(13).Traffic lights, lights, road markings, robotic flagman, variable message and static signs shall be kept clean and easy to read. Equipment which isdamaged, dirty, incorrectly positioned or not in working ordershall be repaired, repainted or replaced immediately.

(12) The Works Package Contractor shall not vary the traffic




management scheme without the prior endorsement of theRelevant Authority and by the PDP.

(13) The PDP, Relevant Authority, and Police reserves the right tomodify any approved temporary traffic management schemeduring implementation and after the scheme has beenimplemented to suit the local traffic and road conditions. This may include incidental diversions/detours away from works areas, additional traffic control devices, additional manpower,and additional equipment/plant deemed necessary toalleviate traffic congestion or disruptions. The Works Package Contractor, under no circumstances shall be entitled to any further or additional payment due to such modification.

(14) The Works Package Contractor shall, when required by thePDP, attend meetings with the Government Departments,district bodies, local representatives and transport companies to present and explain the proposed traffic managementplans, and shall prepare any necessary presentation materialsaccordingly.

(15) The Works Package Contractor shall, when required by thePDP, respond to complaints on the temporary traffic management schemes raised by members of the public, themedia, district bodies and other interested parties from timeto time. The responses and replies shall be provided to thePDP within seven (7) Days of receiving such complaints. The Works Package Contractor shall also inform and refer to the PDP any complaints directly received by him arising from the implementation of the temporary traffic managementschemes. The Works Package Contractor shall respond to thecomplaints in accordance with the PDP’s Complaints Handling Procedure and shall notify the PDP upon resolution so that such actions may be verified an closed out.

(16) Whenever any works are stopped for any reason, includingbut not limited to, waiting for utility undertakings to carry outdiversion works, or if required by the PDP in response to thetraffic conditions of the road, the Works Package Contractorshall reinstate or deck over any road excavation and open theroad to traffic within a period specified by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall also provide traffic protectionequipment and/or traffic controllers at the affected locationsif deemed necessary by the PDP. The temporary decking shall always be secured in position and shall cover the whole areaof the trench in the carriageway without causing any dangerto road users. The provision of temporary decking shall also be subject to the requirements of Clause G4.8.




(17) The Works Package Contractor shall arrange and conduct roadtrials, public briefings, and stakeholders’ meetings, whenrequested by the Relevant Authority for any proposed traffic management plan, and shall make such modifications that are necessary as a result of such event(s) prior to commencing the implementation of the approved temporary trafficmanagement plan.

(18) The Works Package Contractor shall also propose, submit forapproval and implement all temporary traffic management plans concerning utility diversions necessary for the Executionof the Works.

(19) The Works Package Contractor shall assist the PDP and theRelevant Authority with the preparation of plans anddiagrammatic representations to accompany publicity material relating to the approved temporary trafficmanagement schemes. The Works Package Contractor shall draft a press release to accompany each temporary trafficmanagement scheme submission to the PDP and RelevantAuthority. Public announcements prior to the implementationof approved traffic management schemes shall only be madeby the Relevant Authority.

(20) The Works Package Contractor shall adjust his temporarytraffic management scheme(s) and traffic signal control settings as necessary during construction to ensure maximumtraffic capacities are maintained through junctions, inconsultation with the Relevant Authority.

Traffic Management Submissions

G5.2.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for designing, obtaining approval from the Relevant Authoritiesand implementing all such temporary traffic managementschemes required for the Execution of the Works. Any relateddocuments prepared and made available by the PDP are forinformation only.

(2) Further to Sub‐Clauses G5.2.1(2) and G5.2.1(9) concerning the submission of traffic management proposals, the Works Package Contractor shall engage a competent traffic consultant approved by the PDP to prepare:

a) Traffic Management Plans(TMP) containing details of the temporary traffic management scheme(s) taking into consideration and showing the Works Package Contractor’s construction sequences, methods(including construction traffic and accessrequirements), and programme. The TMP shall also include a reference manual of relevant standards and




specifications to be adopted, organisation structure for traffic management which includes the trafficmanagement team(s) and emergency response team(s), and the Works Package Contractor’s standard operating procedures for, but not limited to, thefollowing:

i) Induction, certification, standard tools for the members of the Traffic Management Team(s);

ii) Routine surveillance covering normal incident free conditions, minor maintenance activities, and vehicle breakdown incidents;

iii) Emergency response covering accidents, pipe bursts, falling trees, construction related hazards, flash floods, detours etc.; and

iv) Crisis response eg. for sink holes, collapse of buildings/structures.

b) Traffic Impact Assessments (TIA) to supplement andsupport the TMP, containing traffic impact analyses todemonstrate the impact of the proposed trafficmanagement scheme(s) and construction traffic on the surrounding road and footway network, including details of any field surveys and studies conducted toestablish traffic conditions where appropriate.

c) Traffic counts on the roads and junctions affected bythe Works shall be conducted during the affected peakhour periods of the day. The counts shall be conducted over a minimum period of seven (7) Days before the implementation of the proposed TMP and of seven (7)Days after the implementation of each TMP stage, or in accordance with the requirements of the RelevantAuthorities. The traffic counts, and subsequent analysis if required, shall be used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the approved TMP.

(3) The TMP and TIA shall be subjected to a Road Safety Audit(RSA) and endorsed by a Government registered Road Safety Auditor prior to submission to the Relevant Authorities forapproval. All such submissions shall be copied to the PDP.

(4) The TMP shall be prepared and executed in accordance withone of the following documents as applicable to the Relevant Authority having jurisdiction over the temporary trafficmanagement proposals:

a) New Guidelines for Traffic Management During




Construction (Road Engineering Association of Malaysia); or

b) Garis Panduan Pelaksanaan Pengurusan Trafik,Lembaga Lebuhraya Malaysia document no. LLM/GP/T6‐08(Malaysia Highway Authority’s Traffic Management Implementation Guidelines); or

c) ARAHAN TEKNIK (JALAN) 2C/85 (Manual on TrafficControl Devices for Temporary Signs and Works ZonesControl), published by Cawangan Jalan, Ibu PejabatJKR, Kuala Lumpur.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a Traffic Safety Report to the Relevant Authorities and copied to the PDP on a monthly basis detailing individual traffic incidents involvingeither accidents or vehicle breakdowns, the parties involved, and the response actions undertaken. In the event of anyincidents occurring during the reporting period, the report shall also review the effectiveness of the Works PackageContractor’s standard operating procedure for emergencyresponse, traffic control and surveillance, which shall be modified and improved if deemed necessary by the PDP.

Implementation of the approved TMP

G5.2.3 (1) Sections of the Project will be constructed within highlytrafficked and strategic road corridors in the Klang Valley area, and which are sensitive to any operationalperturbations. In this regard, the Works Package Contractor’s special attention is drawn to the vital importance ofimplementing all traffic management measures in strict compliance with the approved TMP and any associatedconditions imposed by the Relevant Authorities, in order to maintain free flowing traffic and with due consideration totraffic safety at all times. The Works Package Contractor shall be cognisant of the prevailing traffic conditions at all timesduring the implementation and operation of the temporary traffic management schemes, and which may require supplementary signage and equipment to be provided by the Works Package Contractor, particularly in relation to the provision of sufficient advance warnings to motorists along approach routes.

(2) If the Works Package Contractor fails to comply with theapproved TMP and associated conditions thereof, and he is unable or unwilling or fails to remedy the non‐compliances within the notified time required by the PDP, the PDP may on his own or by engaging a third party, remedy the said non‐compliances, all at the risk, cost and expense of the WorksPackage Contractor. All costs and expenses incurred by the PDP shall be recoverable from the Works Package Contractor




in accordance with the Conditions of Contract. The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the completedremedial works.

(3) For works within particularly sensitive and strategic highways, the Works Package Contractor shall implement and constantly monitor traffic conditions by a closed circuit television system,unless existing systems are already under operation by theRelevant Authorities. Where such systems are required, the associated display monitors shall be located within the WorksPackage Contractor’s accommodation for the TrafficManagement Manager, or the Emergency Response Team, orother location approved by the PDP.

Half‐width Construction and Traffic Control

G5.3 (1) Where half‐width construction is necessary and approved by the Relevant Authorities, the Works Package Contractor’s methodology and sequencing of the related works within theroad shall ensure that at least half the full width shall be available for use by the public at all times.

(2) In the event of the operation of single‐lane traffic becoming necessary and when approved by the Relevant Authoritiesand the PDP on any particular length of the Works or on the Works or on the approaches to the Works, the Works PackageContractor shall maintain through traffic routes by providing awidth of at least 3.3 metres for single‐lane traffic.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall appoint a competent Traffic Manager or Engineer approved by the PDP, for the maintenance of existing roads and protection of traffic, in accordance with his approved Traffic Management Plan.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall make suitablearrangements for emergency servicing of the electricallyoperated traffic signals to be available at all times. Manuallyoperated “Stop/Go” signs shall only be used when:

a) prior approval from the PDP and Relevant Authoritiesis obtained; and

b) the size, colour and type comply with therequirements of the Relevant Authorities.

(5) At least twenty one (21) Days notice in writing of any proposed single‐way traffic system shall be given to the Relevant Authority for approval and copied to the PDP before such a system can be implemented.

Temporary Traffic Signs

G5.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall at all times take full andsufficient precautions to ensure the safety of all trafficthrough and around the Work Site and of the diverted traffic.




(2) To this end the Works Package Contractor shall erect andmaintain on the Site and at prescribed points on theapproaches to the Site, all traffic signs, signals and warninglights necessary for the direction and control of traffic. Thesizes of all such signs and the lettering and wording thereon shall be as prescribed in the Works Package Contractor’s approved TMP before erection. Construction and excavation works shall be sign posted and, during periods of darkness,shall be lit to the approval of the PDP.

(3) Temporary traffic signs shall comply with the requirements ofthe Relevant Authorities, and shall be reflectorised and kept clean and legible at all times.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall position, cover or removethese signs as may be directed by the PDP.

Temporary Routes

G5.5 The Works Package Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove alltemporary works including diversion roads, tracks, staging, bridging,etc., and shall the routes safe and suitable in every respect as a passage way for its intended purpose.

Use of roads and footways

G5.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall not make use of public orprivate rights of way for depositing or storing Works PackageContractor’s Equipment or materials, other than such WorksPackage Contractor’s Equipment, materials, tools andimplements as shall from time to time be required forimmediate use in the execution of the Works. Works PackageContractor’s Equipment, materials and Temporary Works shallbe placed in such a way as to cause minimum interferencewith the use of any right of way by the public and the WorksPackage Contractor shall maintain those parts of the right ofway not temporarily occupied by the Permanent Works or theTemporary Works in a clean, passable and safe state at all times.

(2) Measures shall be taken to prevent excavated material, silt ordebris from entering drainage systems in roads, footways,cycle tracks or other paved areas; entry of water to the gulliesand catchpits shall not be obstructed.

(3) Surfaced roads on the Site and leading to the Site shall not beused by tracked vehicles unless protection against damage isprovided.

(4) Barricades, guardrailing and the like shall be provided alongsidetrenching and other open excavations within or directly adjacent to roads to safeguard the public.




Pedestrian requirements

G5.7 (1) For the Works located at pedestrian facilities, the Works Package Contractor shall as far as possible maintain the access from and to existing shops and buildings. The locations ofthese facilities may be modified subject to obtaining further approval from the PDP to suit the previously approved temporary traffic diversion scheme.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that his operations do not obstruct or inconvenience pedestriansusing footpaths, staircases and escalators within the vicinityof the Works. Approved temporary traffic diversions shall bein place prior to the commencement of any works which mayaffect pedestrians.

(3) Sufficient footpath width shall be provided to accommodatethe normal or diverted pedestrian volumes. Unless otherwiseagreed with the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall submit, not less than one (1) Month prior to implementation, the footpath width narrowing, widening and diversionproposal(s) for the PDP’s review.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall pay particular attentionto the special needs of the blind and disabled in designingtemporary measures for the public in and around the Site.

(5) Temporary traffic diversion proposals affecting pedestrians tobe submitted to the Relevant Authorities for approval shallinclude as a minimum:

a) pedestrian flows along the affected pedestrian routes, including diversion route(s) if applicable, prior toimplementation;

b) width of the pedestrian facilities along the affectedpedestrian routes;

c) Level Of Service of the pedestrian route prior to and after implementation;

d) temporary pedestrian signage arrangements; and

e) analysis of any associated impacts on road traffic, traffic signals and traffic signs.

(6) Coverings, canopies, and shelters along footpaths which arerequired to be temporarily diverted, shall be reprovided by the Works Package Contractor on a ‘like for like’ basis as partof the diversion works.

Temporary street lighting

G5.8 (1) Where the Works interfere with or affect the operation of theexisting lighting, the Works Package Contractor shall provide




and maintain temporary street lighting to the satisfaction ofthe PDP and the Relevant Authority. The Works PackageContractor shall ensure at all times that the level ofillumination conforms to the required street lighting standard.Temporary street lighting shall be provided prior to the removal of any existing street lighting.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall give adequate notice tothe Relevant Authority and the PDP for removal, resiting and re‐energising of any parts of the street lighting system whichare affected by the Works.

Reinstatement of roads and footways

G5.9 Before the commencement of works on roads and footways, theWorks Package Contractor shall carry out a detailed survey of existing conditions including but not limited to survey data on levels, widthsand record photographs. Temporary diversions, pedestrian access and lighting, signing, guarding and traffic control equipment shall beremoved immediately by the Works Package Contractor when they are no longer required. Roads, footways and other items affected bytemporary traffic arrangements and control shall be reinstated to newcondition on a like‐for like basis and in accordance with the relevant standards prevailing at the time of the reinstatement or to such other condition as may be approved by the PDP.

Traffic Management Implementation Team

G5.10

Organisation G5.10.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a dedicatedteam to implement and maintain all traffic managementrelated works. The Traffic Management Implementation Team shall be led by a Traffic Management Manager, whose appointment shall be approved by the PDP, and shall be supported by Traffic Management Teams and Emergency Response Teams.

(2) Within sixty (60) Days of the date of the Letter of Acceptance, the Works Package Contractor shall submit the following forapproval by the PDP:

a) Traffic Management Implementation Team Organisation Structure;

b) Reporting structure within the organisation and outside the organisation;

c) Roles and responsibilities of each individual in the organisation;

d) Maintenance and monitoring schedule and forms;




e) Emergency procedures and forms;

f) Emergency contact details of all supervisory staff; and

g) Equipment and plant assigned to each componentteam.

(3) The each member of the implementation team shall beequipped with suitable PPE, which as a minimum shallcomprise a hard hat, reflective safety vest, gloves, safety footwear, whistle, warning flags (for Traffic Controllers), baton light (for Traffic Controllers), and a two‐way radio.

Traffic Management Teams

G5.10.2 (1) The duty of the Traffic Management Team is to implementand maintain the traffic management works, control andmonitor traffic conditions where applicable, and to support the Emergency Response Team during incidents arising fromthe Works. Each Traffic Management Team shall, as a minimum, comprise of:

a) One (1) Traffic Management Officer;

b) One (1) Traffic Management Supervisor; and

c) Two (2) traffic management units each consisting of three (3) Traffic Controllers and one (1) driver with a one (1) tonne lorry.

Each lorry shall carry a supply of traffic management devicessuch as battery operated blinking lights, cones, stringdelineators, baton lights, and portable flashing arrow units.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall deploy a sufficientnumber of Traffic Management Teams to implement andmaintain all those temporary traffic management schemes under operation at any one time. For the monitoring and maintenance of the traffic management works, there shall bea minimum of one (1) Traffic Controller per kilometre of roadaffected, or in the case of dual carriageways, a minimum ofone (1) Traffic Controller per kilometre of road in eachdirection affected.

(3) The Traffic Management Teams shall maintain the temporaryroad systems so as to ensure that the temporary roads arekept in a safe and roadworthy condition. The maintenanceworks to be carried out by the Traffic Management Teams orother teams of the Works Package Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following activities and shall becarried out within the time limits as specified below:

a) removal and disposal of obstructions on the roads:




within 2 hours;

b) repair of loose signs/plates likely to dislodge: within 2 hours;

c) repair of damaged traffic signs: within 36 hours;

d) repair or replacement of defective railings/safetyfence/boundary fence/vehicle parapets/traffic postsand the like: within 2 Days;

e) removal of those parts protruding onto any part of the carriageway, including marginal strips and shoulders:within 2 hours;

f) wash and clear oil or liquid pollutant on thecarriageway: within 2 hours;

g) repair/replacement of dented / scratched / folded /traffic / directional sign plates and street furniture; tightening parts of street furniture; replacement ofmissing bolts, nuts and fittings; repair or replacementof road traffic sign with bent supports; replacement ofbroken chainage markers: within 28 Days;

h) re‐construction of footings of traffic/directional signsand street furniture with loose footings: within 28Days;

i) cleaning of all traffic signs, directional signs (includingthose on the sign gantries), sign faces, barriers (alltypes), safety fences (all types), parapets (all types),railings (all types), rails (all types), crash cushions,emergency crash gates, concrete profile barriers, water filled barriers, inner face of noise barriers andsemi‐noise enclosure (all types), other street furniture, and outer face of temporary noise barrier andhoardings: every Month;

j) regular inspection and cleaning of road drainage, and cleaning up blocked drains within flooded areas: within the shortest possible time;

k) repair of potholes: within 12 hours;

l) making good of running surfaces (including but notlimited to unevenness and loose chippings):immediately; and

m) other defects identified by the PDP, within a timeframe as directed by the PDP.




Emergency Response Team

G5.10.3 (1) The duty of the Emergency Response Team is to manage anytraffic incidents and accidents arising from the Works, and toliaise and support the PDP’s emergency response procedures and the public emergency services if required. TheEmergency Response Team shall be available at all times and shall, as a minimum, comprise of:

a) One (1) Traffic Management Officer, who may also beleading a Traffic Management Team;

b) One (1) Emergency Response Team Supervisorequipped with a motorcycle and radiocommunications for rapid access and response in theevent of traffic congestion arising from an incident;

c) Two (2) emergency response units each consisting of one (1) Traffic Controller and one (1) driver with a one (1) tonne lorry; and

d) One (1) driver with a tow truck on standby at all times within or in close proximity to the Site; and

e) Pre‐arranged call out tow service with heavy duty towtruck(s) available.

(2) When informed of an incident from the Traffic ManagementTeam or from an external source, the Emergency ResponseTeam shall be responsible, but not limited to, the followingduties:

a) immediately deployed to take charge and control of the traffic within a target response time of five (5) minutes;

b) call ‘999’ or any pre‐arranged contacts with the emergency services;

c) notify the PDP/MRT hotline manager; and

d) assist the emergency service(s) on location.

In addition to the incident report(s) prepared by the emergency service(s), the Works Package Contractor shall alsoinvestigate the incident, the findings of which shall bedocumented and appended to the monthly Traffic SafetyReport described in Sub‐clause G5.2.2(5).

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G6 – Damage and Interference


SECTION G6

DAMAGE AND INTERFERENCE

Damage and interference

G6.1 (1) Work shall be carried out in such a manner that, as far as is practicable, there is no damage to or interference with the following, other than such damage as is required to enable the execution of the Works:

a) watercourses, drainage systems, open channels and sewerage systems;

b) utilities, existing structures, roads including street furniture, or other property;

c) existing railways and railway systems;

d) public or private vehicular or pedestrian accesses; and

e) trees, graves or burial urns.

The Works Package Contractor shall not divert, remove or relocate any such item, utility or thing without such diversion, removal, or relocation having been approved by the Relevant Authority or utility undertaking.

The Works Package Contractor shall obtain prior approval of the Relevant Authorities or other party, if so required, for any work near properties under their ownership or management.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall inform the PDP as soon as practicable of any item, utility or thing which is not stated in the Contract as requiring diversion, removal or relocation but which the Works Package Contractor considers as requiring diversion, removal or relocation to enable the Works to be executed.

(3) Items which are damaged or interfered with as a result of the work being carried out and items which are diverted, removed or relocated to enable the work to be carried out, shall be reinstated to the same condition as was existing before the work started or to such other condition as may be approved or directed by the PDP.

(4) Prior to trench excavation, the Works Package Contractor shall carry out investigations to locate utilities and other underground installations by means of hand‐dug inspection pits. The locations and number of inspection pits required in




meeting the Works Package Contractor's obligations to establish the location of existing utilities and underground features shall be determined by the Works Package Contractor. The Works Package Contractor shall note that many existing pipes/ducts/cables may not be shown in the records kept by the utility undertakings, and may only be exposed as the excavation proceeds. The trench excavation shall be carried out by hand where there are utilities adjacent to or within the excavation works and the Works Package Contractor shall have allowed in his programme the time required for the exposing, temporary support and diversion of these recorded or unrecorded utilities. Should any pipes/ducts/cables or cover tiles be exposed, the respective utility undertaking shall be contacted to determine if all the utilities have been located. Cover tiles and utilities shall only be removed by the utility undertakings concerned.

(5) Where the PDP has previously conducted utility, ground investigation, and surveys of buildings and structures in relation to the Works, the data obtained from such investigations may be obtained from the PDP.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall excavate by hand where damage may be caused by the operation of mechanical plant adjacent to any utilities.

(7) Except with the prior approval of the Director General of the Fire and Rescue Department, no damage or interference with existing fire hydrants and valves shall be caused.

(8) Where the Works Package Contractor is required to become involved with traffic or footpath management activities, the Works Package Contractor shall make all arrangements with and obtain the necessary approval from the Relevant Authorities prior to the commencement of work.

Watercourses and drainage systems

G6.2 (1) Existing watercourses and drainage systems shall be temporarily diverted as required to enable the Works to be carried out. Particulars of the diversions proposed by the Works Package Contractor, shall be submitted to the Relevant Authority and the PDP for approval at least twenty one (21) Days before the relevant work starts or other duration as may be required by the Relevant Authority. The findings of the submission will be used as the basis for setting any requirements on drainage provisions, flooding mitigation measures and performance monitoring tasks which may be placed on the Works. Any mitigation measures shall be completed before the diversion or obstruction giving rise to the impact is effected. The




diversions shall be maintained while the work is being carried out and shall be reinstated, including the removal of any obstructions to flow, as soon as practicable after the work is complete.

(2) Discharges into the sea, watercourses and either to storm or foul drainage systems shall not exceed the limits permitted by the Relevant Authorities. The Works Package Contractor shall immediately rectify any exceedances of these limits.

(3) Runoff from the Site shall be controlled to ensure that adjacent areas are not affected and disturbance to the public is kept to a minimum. Under no circumstances shall foul sewage flow be diverted into existing stormwater drains and vice versa. Should the Works Package Contractor discover that existing foul sewage flow has been connected into a stormwater drain, or vice versa, he shall immediately notify the PDP and Relevant Authority.

(4) All Works conducted in or affecting drainage facilities, including watercourses, shall be conducted such that the capacity of the facility will be sufficient to accommodate design flows as required by the Relevant Authority.

(5) No temporary or permanent structure shall be erected within areas designated as a drainage reserve unless with the prior approval from the Relevant Authority. Any planting within the drainage reserve shall be limited to plants and shrubs with shallow rooting systems. The Relevant Authority’s officers and workmen shall have free access at all times to the said area for the purpose of laying, repairing and maintaining drains, sewers and all other services across, through or under it which the Relevant Authority may require.

(6) Water pumped out of the trenches under construction shall be discharged into storm drains after the removal of silt in silt removal facilities.

The Works Package Contractor shall maintain the silt removal facilities, channels and manholes and remove the deposited silt and grit regularly, at the onset and after each rainstorm to ensure that these facilities are functioning properly at all times.

(7) No obstruction to flow is to be left in position longer than is necessary for carrying out the Works. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that adequate provisions are made for dealing with increased flow of water during the wet season.




(8) The Works Package Contractor shall keep interruption or disturbance to the public due to the diversion works to a minimum.

(9) If any mechanical equipment is required for the foul sewage diversion work, the Works Package Contractor shall suggest and provide precautionary measures to mitigate against consequences of breakdown of the equipment.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing stream courses and drains within and adjacent to the Site are kept safe and free from any debris and any excavated materials arising from the Works. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that chemicals and concrete agitator washings are not deposited in watercourses.

(11) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the Temporary Works involved in draining, diverting, or conducting of open streams or drains intercepted by the Works and the Site, for the maintenance of the Temporary Works and waterways as required by the PDP, and for reinstating these to their original courses on Practical Completion of the whole of the Works, when and where in the opinion of the PDP such action is desirable.

(12) The Works Package Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent water entering upon or being discharged from the Site from entering upon the works of adjacent Other Works Contractors or adjacent properties.

(13) The Works Package Contractor shall provide where necessary temporary water courses, floodwalls, flood gates, ditches, drains, pumping or other means of maintaining the Works and the Site free of water.

Utilities and other services

G6.3

Location and protection of utilities

G6.3.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for locating the position of all public and other utility installations, including water mains, overhead and underground cables, pipes, sewers and drains and all service connections to buildings, and where necessary, shall adopt such methods of excavation as may required by the Relevant Authorities or owners to ensure that no damage is caused to them.

(2) The details of existing utilities where available, are given for information only and the accuracy of the details is not warranted. The Works Package Contractor shall make his




own enquiries and shall use underground services detection equipment to locate underground utilities. The Works Package Contractor shall take notice of the limitations of such equipment and shall carefully excavate hand‐dug trial holes to locate accurately the utilities indicated to him by the utility undertakings. Portable mechanical tools may be used but shall be restricted to the breaking of the pavement surface. Due care shall be exercised to prevent damage to underground cables, water pipes, gas pipes or other utility installations.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall make good, at his own expense, any damage caused by him to the existing services to the approval of and in accordance with the instruction of the appropriate authority or owner concerned.

(4) All such installations which are encountered in the course of the Works shall be adequately supported, slung‐up, strutted or otherwise protected from damage to the satisfaction of the Relevant Authority or owner.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall inform the PDP and the utility undertakings without delay of the following:

a) damage to utilities;

b) leakage of utilities;

c) discovery of utilities not shown on any records; and

d) diversion, removal, repositioning or re‐erection of utilities which is required to enable the execution of the Works.

(6) Smoking and use of naked flames shall be prohibited if gas pipes are present.

Diversion of utilities and services

G6.3.2 (1) Unless specified otherwise, the temporary diversion or relocation of any service within or outside the Works to permit the construction of the Works shall be the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor. Where a service is required to be interrupted or relocated, the Works Package Contractor shall inform and obtain the approval of the appropriate authority or owner, of the required removal and/or relocation.

(2) Temporary diversion shall mean works involved in the diversion of services that will be reinstated to their original position and condition on completion of the works in the affected areas. In planning his work for the diversion or relocation of services, the Works Package Contractor shall




make reasonable allowance for the time necessary to obtain the PDP’s approval for the work and for the appropriate authorities or owners to authorise the work, obtain the necessary materials and carry out the work.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time due to his failure to allow for a reasonable period of time necessary for obtaining approval and completing the work.

(4) The temporary diversion or relocation of any service within or outside the Works to permit the construction of the Works shall be the responsibility of the Works Package Contractor. The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with the Relevant Authority for all temporary diversions required in connection with the Works. He shall keep the PDP fully informed of his negotiations. No final arrangements shall be made without the approval of the PDP.

(5) All temporary diversions shall be subject to the approval of the PDP and the Relevant Authority or owner. The cost of all temporary diversions whether undertaken by the Works Package Contractor or a Service Authority or their contractor shall be borne or paid for by the Works Package Contractor.

(6) Maintenance of existing services shall also include street lights, traffic lights and road furniture.

Coordination of utilities related works

G6.3.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate the activities of the utility undertakings in connection with the diversion of utility services necessary for the execution of the Works and shall take all steps necessary to enable the utility undertakings to proceed in accordance with the programme agreed between the Works Package Contractor and the utility undertakings.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall monitor the progress of utility undertakings against the agreed programmes and shall notify the PDP of any slippage to these programmes. In the event of any such slippage the Works Package Contractor shall prepare and execute a plan of action with the relevant utility undertaking to redress the slippage. Such a plan may, if necessary, include provision of Works Package Contractor's labour resources, materials and/or plant to the utility undertaking.

Recording of utilities and services

G6.3.4 (1) Records of existing utilities encountered shall be kept by the Works Package Contractor on the Site and a copy provided for the PDP and the relevant owners. The records shall be




agreed by the PDP and shall contain the following details:

a) location of utility;

b) date on which utility was encountered;

c) nature and size of utility;

d) condition of utility with photographs and video survey recordings for drainage and sewerage systems; and

e) temporary or permanent supports provided.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall produce as‐built records of all newly laid utilities and services and all relocated utilities and services within the Site, and shall submit them to the PDP and the corresponding utility undertaking for record.

Condition survey of existing buildings and structures

G6.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out a pre‐construction condition survey of all existing buildings and structures located within the influence zone of the Works which may be within or adjacent to the Site, in accordance with the requirements of the Particular Specification (.

(2) The condition survey shall be undertaken by an independent surveyor engaged by the Works Package Contractor and who shall be approved by the PDP.

(3) Construction activities with the potential to cause damage or interference with any existing buildings and structures within the vicinity of the related works, shall not commence until the condition survey for those properties have been approved by the PDP.

Structures, roads and other property

G6.5 The Works Package Contractor shall immediately inform the PDP of any damage to structures, roads or other property which are not to be demolished as part of the Works.

Trees and other similar obstructions

G6.6 (1) Trees which are to be retained or which are not required to be removed in order to carry out the Works, shall be protected from damage at all times by methods approved by the PDP. Materials, including excavated materials, shall not be banked around such trees and they shall not be trimmed or cut without having been approved by the PDP.

(2) If any trees are to be removed during the execution of the Works, the Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit the necessary Tree Cutting Permit to the Relevant Authority for approval. Trees shall not be cut or relocated until such approval is granted.




(3) If any tree(s) which are to be retained or which are not required to be removed in order to carry out the Works are damaged by the Works Package Contractor and in the opinion of the Relevant Authority and the PDP cannot be rejuvenated to its original condition prior to the occurrence of the damage, the Works Package Contractor shall replace the tree(s) with similar species, size and form as approved by the PDP.

Avoidance of nuisance

G6.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid causing a nuisance with dust, noise or vibrations arising from his operations. The Works Package Contractor’s attention is also drawn to the related requirements contained in Section G11.

(2) All Works Package Contractor’s Equipment shall be effectively “sound‐reduced” by means of silencers, mufflers, acoustics linings or shields or acoustic sheds or screens to levels prescribed in the Environmental Quality Act and measured outside the nearest occupied property, or to the satisfaction of the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall provide details of proposed noise control measures to the PDP for review prior to the use of any Works Package Contractor’s Equipment on the Site.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide a noise level meter, approved by the PDP, for the exclusive use of the PDP at all times during the continuance of the Contract.

Protection of Existing Railways

G6.8

Works near existing railways

G6.8.1 It is imperative that the construction activities of the Works Package Contractor must not disrupt, interfere, or endanger the operations of the LRT, KTM, KL Monorail, and KLIA Ekspres railways and transit systems of the Klang Valley. References to railways in the Specifications shall also mean guideway based transit systems. Any works near or within the railways shall not commence without the necessary approval of the relevant Railway Operator for the Works Package Contractor’s protection proposals if required.

Designated Railway Protection Zone

G6.8.2 (1) Where any part of the Works or the Site fall within a designated railway protection zone of an existing railway or transit system, as defined under relevant railway related enactments, the Works Package Contractor shall comply with the safety and protection related requirements of the relevant Railway Operator. If no protection zone has been formally designated for a particular railway, a notional




protection zone of 30m either side of the railway lot boundary shall be assumed, or as agreed with the Railway Operator.

(2) No works including site investigation, shall be undertaken within the railway protection zone unless details of the proposed works including method statements and any protection measures if required have been approved by the Railway Operator and the PDP beforehand. Once approval has been granted, the Works Package Contractor shall abide by the requirements and conditions set by the Railway Operator.

Working within the Railway Protection Zone

G6.8.3 (1) When the Works Package Contractor is required to work within the railway protection zone or within areas of the operating railway therein, the requirements stated in the regulations of the railway and the associated Statutory Requirements shall be strictly followed.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that his works programme and method statements include the restrictions imposed by the operating railway (including the payment of any related fees) including:

a) The need for track possessions for all work within or adjacent to operating tracks;

b) Track access being under the control of the Railway Operator, with track related works only to be carried out in non‐traffic hours, as determined by the relevant Railway Operator;

c) The Works Package Contractor shall provide suitably trained staff to undertaken safety and coordination duties along the trackside;

d) Within stations, depots and ancillary buildings restrictions on access during to non‐operational hours;

e) Provision of trained fire marshalls and lookouts;

f) The need for multi‐stage working;

g) Impact assessment of the works on the operating railway and how disruption to train services and passengers will be mitigated in consultation with the Railway Operator;

h) Provision of contingency plans and materials in the event of a problem associated with the Works;




i) The need for gauge checking and line clearance before the commencement of revenue service each Day; and

j) Protection of existing railway infrastructure, cables and rolling stock.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

G6.9 Please refer to Chapter G19

Spoil Disposal G6.10

(1) The Works Package Contractor shall make his own enquiries and arrangements regarding the location and the availability of spoil disposal areas and reclamation and shall pay all costs of complying with all regulations and requirements of Relevant Authorities in connection with the use of such areas. These areas are not within the control of the PDP and no claims will be entertained in respect of non‐availability of a particular area or changes in the costs of arrangements for the use thereof.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall conform to all pertinent Environmental Protection Ordinances and be liable for any breach of such Ordinances committed by himself and/or his sub‐contractors during the disposal of surplus excavated material and water from the Site.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G7 – Temporary Electricity Supply


SECTION G7

TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY SUPPLY

Work on Site G7.1 (1) Temporary Electricity Supply shall mean the electricity power supply being distributed via temporary generators, Tenaga Nasional Berhad (TNB) energy meters (construction stage) or permanent energy meters for the Works and works of the Other Works Contractors until the permanent meter account is transferred to another party.

(2) 1 Month prior to the commencement of any related works, the Works Package Contractor shall nominate a representative whose name and qualifications shall be submitted in writing for approval by the PDP and who shall ensure the safety of all temporary electrical installations and equipment on Site.

(3) The name and contact telephone number of the representative having been approved shall be displayed at the main distribution board for the temporary electrical supply so that he can be contacted in case of emergency.

(4) Schematic diagrams and the details of the equipment for all temporary electrical installations shall be submitted by the Works Package Contractor, and these diagrams together with the temporary electrical equipment shall be submitted for approval by the PDP.

(5) All electrical installation work on Site shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements laid down in BS 7375 and this GS. All work shall be supervised and executed by qualified electrical workers of appropriate grade.

(5) For works outside depot buildings, temporary power supply

shall be provided by respective Works Package Contractorfor their own work

Electrical ‐ general

G7.2 Temporary electrical site installations and distribution systems shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards of the latest version:‐

a) TNB’s supply rules and requirements;

b) IEE Regulations for Electrical Installations;

c) BS 7375 Distribution of Electricity on Construction and Building Sites;

d) BS 4363 Distribution Assemblies for Electricity Supplies for Construction and Building Sites; and




e) BS 6164 Safety in Tunnelling in the Construction Industry except that the background lighting level of the tunnel shall follow Clause G7.13(2)(b)(ii).

Scope G7.3 The Works Package Contractor shall provide and maintain the temporary electrical installations from the load side of the points of supply, and shall ensure that all necessary precautions are taken with regard to the safety of persons on Site.

Materials, appliances and components

G7.4 All materials, appliances and components used within the distribution system shall comply with BS 4363 and BS 7375.

Design considerations

G7.5 (1) Distribution equipment utilised within the temporary electrical distribution system shall embody the following features:

a) Flexibility in application for repeated use;

b) Suitability for transport and storage;

c) Robust construction to resist moisture and damage; and

d) Safety in use.

(2) All cabling shall be run at high level whenever possible and firmly secured to ensure they do not present a hazard or obstruction to people and equipment. When cables are laid on ground, they must be waterproof and be protected from mechanical damage.

(3) The installation on Site shall allow convenient access to authorised and competent operatives to work on the apparatus contained within.

(4) For special equipment and plant requiring significant load requirements (eg. for tunnel boring machines), the Works Package Contractor is advised to negotiate with TNB as early as possible in order to secure a suitable temporary power supply in a timely manner.

Mains voltage G7.6 (1) The mains voltage shall be as for TNB’s supplies, 415Vac 3‐phase 50 Hz or 240Vac 1‐phase 50 Hz.

(2) Voltages shall conform to BS 7375.

Types of distribution supply

G7.7 (1) The following voltages shall be adhered to for typical applications throughout the distribution systems:

a) Fixed plant ‐ 415Vac 3‐phase 50 Hz;




b) Movable plant fed by trailing cable ‐ 415V 3‐phase 50 Hz (except for major plant such as tunnel boring machines); and

c) Installations in Site buildings ‐ 240Vac 1‐phase 50 Hz;

d) Fixed flood lighting ‐ 240V 1‐phase 50 Hz;

e) Portable and hand held tools ‐110V 1‐phase 50 Hz;

f) Site lighting (other than flood lighting) - 110V 1-phase 50 Hz;

g) Portable hand‐lamps (general use) - 110V 1-phase 50 Hz.

(2) When the low voltage supply is energised by TNB at the Power On Date, any power utilised from that source shall be either 415Vac 3‐phase 50 Hz or 240Vac 1‐phase 50 Hz as appropriate. The Works Package Contractor shall convert what may be necessary to enable him to use power from that source.

Protection of circuits

G7.8 (1) Protection shall be provided for all main and sub‐circuits against excess current, residual current and earth faults. The protective devices shall be capable of interrupting without damage any short circuit current that may occur.

(2) Discrimination between circuit breakers, circuit breakers and fuses shall be in accordance with:‐

a) BS 88;

b) BS EN 60898; and

c) BS 7375.

Earthing G7.9 (1) Earthing and bonding shall be provided for all electrical installations and equipment to prevent the possibility of dangerous voltage rises and to ensure that faults are rapidly cleared by installed circuit protection.

(2) Earthing systems shall conform to the following standards of the latest version:‐

a) IEE Regulations for Electrical Installations;

b) BS 7430;

c) BS 7375; and

d) IEEE Standard 80 Guide for safety in sub‐station




earthing.

Plugs, socket outlets and couplers

G7.10 Low voltage plugs, sockets and couplers shall be colour coded in accordance with BS 7375, and constructed to conform to BS 4343. High voltage couplers and 'T' connections shall be in accordance with BS 3905.

Cables G7.11 Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the conditions to which they will be exposed and the duties for which they are required. Supply cables up to 3.3KV shall be of armoured cables in accordance with the relevant British Standards corresponding to the required duties and usages. Separate circuit protective conductors (CPC) of appropriate type and size shall be installed for each circuit if the equivalent / effective size of the cable armouring is inadequate to perform as a CPC.

Transformers and switchgear in tunnels

G7.12 Transformers and switchgear to be used generally in tunnels shall be in accordance with BS 6164.

Lighting installation

G7.13 (1) Luminaries shall have a degree of protection not less than IP 54. In particularly bad environments where the luminaries are exposed to excesses of dust and water, a degree of protection to IP 65 shall be employed.

(2) Where the Works Package Contractor is the principal occupant of any Site, he shall provide temporary lighting for the Works and works by the Other Works Contractors until the lighting systems for the Permanent Works have been commissioned, as follows:‐

a) All Areas except Tunnels:

(i) All shafts including lift shafts, staircases, access routes, corridors, escape routes shall have a minimum lighting level of 50 lux at all times.

(ii) All areas where construction, installation or finishing works by the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors are in progress shall have a minimum lighting level of 100 lux at all times.

b) Tunnels:

Lighting will be provided by the Other Works Contractor responsible for Civil Works.

(3) Luminaries shall be provided with suitable enclosures to protect against accidental damage.




Electrical motors

G7.14 (1) Electrical motors for tunnelling plant shall be suitable for 415Vac 3‐phase supply. Earthing shall be in accordance with Clause G7.9(1).

(2) Motor control and protection circuits in all locations shall be as stipulated in BS 6164. Emergency stops for machinery shall be provided.

Inspection and testing

G7.15 Electrical installations on Site shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of the IEE Regulations and the statutory codes.

Identification G7.16 Identification and warning labels shall be affixed to all electrical switches, circuit breakers and motors to specify their purpose.

Maintenance G7.17 Strict maintenance and regular checks of control apparatus and wiring distribution systems shall be carried out by personnel of appropriate grade to ensure safety and efficient operation. The details of maintenance schedule and maintenance works record shall be made available for review as requested by the PDP.

Maintenance record

G7.18 All portable electrical appliances shall be permanently numbered (scarf tag labels or similar) and a record kept of the date of issue, date of the last inspection carried out and the recommended inspection period.

Electricity supply from Other Works Contractors trial operations

G7.19 (1) In certain cases, the Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works may provide and maintain temporary electricity supplies in the form of a supply kiosk for the works by the Other Works Contractors, including testing & commissioning, trial operations, in accordance with the following:

a) Total electrical loads in a station, depot, and/or an ancillary building shall be calculated on the basis of 16VA/sq.m. of the gross area.

b) Total number of kiosks shall be calculated on the basis of one (1) number for every 2,500 sq.m. for a station, an ancillary building and a depot.

c) For a station and a depot, there shall be at least five (5) number of LV power supply kiosks of minimum 60 amps 3 phase per level, and for an ancillary building, there shall be at least one (1) number kiosk of the same rating per level.

d) For tunnels there shall be at least one LV power supply kiosk of minimum 60 amps, 3‐phase for every 250 metres run of tunnel.




e) Electricity shall be supplied at the voltages specified in Subclause G7.6(1).

(2) Each of the supply kiosks shall comprise one 8‐way TPN (Triple Pole and Neutral) MCCB / MCB distribution board.

(3) To enable electricity to be tapped off easily by the Other Works Contractors, kiosks shall be distributed as follows:

a) 80% at station ends where most plant rooms are located with the remaining 20% at strategic locations in other areas of the station; and

b) At strategic locations in ancillary buildings and depots.

(4) Distribution diagrams of the electricity supply and layout drawings showing the kiosk locations shall be approved by the PDP prior to installation.

(5) The supply kiosk shall form a free standing but mobile distribution board at which an incoming 4 core armoured cable having been approved by the PDP shall be terminated. Other Works Contractors shall obtain their supplies from the kiosk via individual outlet sockets. The outlet sockets of the supply kiosk shall be of waterproof type.

(6) The kiosk shall form a robust, corrosion proof, splash proof metal clad enclosure for panel mounted moulded case circuit breaker (MCCBs) / miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) and busbars and shall be so constructed that normal access is restricted to the circuit breaker operating toggles only, via a catch but unlocked hinged panel.

(7) The distribution panel and busbar assembly shall conform to the requirements of SS4363 and BS EN 60439‐1, BS EN 60439‐3, BS EN 60947‐2 and BS EN 60439‐4 (including parts 12 and 13) and the latest edition of the IEE Wiring Regulations.

(8) Individual components, circuit breakers, earth leakage circuit breakers, sockets and the like shall comply with the relevant British Standard or equivalent approved by the PDP.

(9) The distribution board shall be complete with neutral and phase busbars suitably shrouded and insulated for a 415V 3‐phase rate voltage and an internal earth‐bar bonded to the kiosk metal cladding. The armouring of the incoming cable and earth‐pin of each outgoing socket shall be




effectively bonded to the earth‐bar. An external earth connection shall be provided.

(10) The kiosk shall be mounted on an integral frame to ensure cable entry/outlets are no less than 1000mm from floor level. All metal work shall be properly surface treated, primed and finish painted with a warning label and a circuit identification card.

(11) The incoming cable shall be secured to the kiosk via a terminating water‐proof gland.

(12) A complete set of spare plugs for the outgoing circuits shall be furnished for each kiosk.

(13) The temporary electricity supplies shall also include electricity consumed during opening trials before the Railway System is put into operation if this occurs prior to the date specified in Clause G7.21(2).

Metering G7.20 (1) For the purposes of these Clauses G7.20 and G7.21, "construction works" shall mean the Works including the works specified in Clause G7.9, but excluding both the Other Works Contractor's on and off site concrete batching plants, fabrication facilities, workshops, workyards, offices and stores.

(2) All electricity meters shall be applied for by the Other Works Contractor and in the name of the Other Works Contractor.

(3) The Other Works Contractor shall install a dedicated meter for the supply of electricity for the construction works.

(4) In addition to the dedicated meter for the construction works the Other Works Contractor shall install a separately metered and invoiced supply or supplies of electricity for:‐

a) Concrete batching plants;

b) Site fabrication facilities;

c) Site workshops and workyards; and

d) Site offices and stores.




Payment of electricity charge

G7.21 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall allow for and shall pay for all connection and consumption charges for electricity consumed by himself, and his subcontractors of any tier in the construction of the Works, from the commencement of the Works until the commissioning date for the permanent power supply system.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G8 – Materials, Equipment, and Spare Parts


SECTION G8

MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SPARE PARTS

Materials G8.1 (1) Materials for inclusion in the Permanent Works shall be new unless otherwise stated in the Contract or having been approved by the PDP.

(2) As stated in the Conditions of Contract, materials of Malaysian origin shall be used in preference to imported materials where they are available in sufficient supply, and which complies with the Specifications.

(3) Certificates of tests by manufacturers which are submitted to the PDP shall relate to the material delivered to the Site. Certified true copies of certificates may be submitted if the original certificates cannot be obtained from the manufacturer. A letter from the supplier stating that the certificates relate to the material delivered to the Site shall be submitted with the certificates.

(4) Materials which are specified by means of trade or proprietary names may be substituted by materials from a different manufacturer having been approved by the PDP provided that the materials are of the same or better quality and comply with the specified requirements.

(5) In addition to any special provisions in the Contract for the sampling and testing of materials, the Works Package Contractor shall submit samples of all materials and goods which it is proposed to use or employ in or for the Works. Such samples, if having been approved, shall be retained by the PDP and shall not be returned to the Works Package Contractor or used in the Permanent Works unless permitted by the PDP. No materials or goods of which samples have been submitted shall be used in the Works unless and until such samples shall have been approved by the PDP.

(6) The PDP may reject any materials and goods which in his opinion are inferior to the samples previously approved and the Works Package Contractor shall promptly remove such materials and goods from the Site.

(7) If any material required for this Contract is not available in metric specifications from any known sources, at the time material is required for the Contract, the PDP may, upon application from the Works Package Contractor, give permission to the use of an equivalent material in imperial specifications as a substitute, provided that:




a) no statutory specification shall be altered except in accordance with relevant legal provision, if any;

b) the PDP is satisfied that the Works Package Contractor has made every reasonable effort to obtain the material in metric specifications;

c) in the opinion of the PDP, the substitute material is suitable for the Works in all respects;

d) in the opinion of the PDP, the substitute material complies with all the specifications for the material substituted, allowing minor discrepancies between the specified metric measurements and the corresponding imperial measurements of the substitute, provided that such discrepancies can be effectively and satisfactorily compensated for by the provision of extra quantity of the material; and

e) the Works Package Contractor shall provide all extra quantity of the material required for meeting design and specification requirements of the Works due to the use of the substitute.

(8) At the time of placing his order for any material whatsoever, the Works Package Contractor shall furnish the PDP with copies of all orders for information when required by the PDP. The PDP shall also require evidence at the time of delivery that the materials come from the same sources as that stated in the order. This may be done by sending the PDP copies of the supplier's delivery note or invoice within three (3) Days of delivery. The provision of this clause shall not relieve the Works Package Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract.

(9) Hardwood shall not be used for Site hoardings, shoring of trenches and pits, falsework or formwork.

Materials and equipment provided by Other Works Contractors

G8.2 (1) Materials and equipment which are to be provided by Other Works Contractors to the Works Package Contractor will be as stated in the Contract.

(2) Materials and equipment provided and delivered by Other Works Contractors shall be off‐loaded from the delivery vehicles and stored by the Works Package Contractor, unless specified otherwise. The Works Package Contractor shall inspect the materials and equipment before taking receipt and shall immediately inform the PDP of any shortage or damage.




(3) Materials or equipment provided by Other Works Contractors which are damaged after delivery shall be repaired by the Works Package Contractor and submitted for approval by the PDP. Materials or equipment which are lost or which in the opinion of the PDP are not capable of being or have not been repaired satisfactorily shall be replaced by or at the expense of the Works Package Contractor.

(4) Crates and containers for materials or equipment provided by Other Works Contractors shall be disposed of by the Works Package Contractor.

(5) Equipment and materials provided by Other Works Contractors which are surplus to the requirements of the Works shall be returned to locations which shall be notified in writing by the PDP, upon notification by the Works Package Contractor of such surplus.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall protect and maintain equipment provided by Other Works Contractors while it is on the Site and shall provide operatives, fuel and other consumables required to operate the equipment.

Not used G8.3

Packing and Storage

G8.4

Storage G8.4.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare, protect and store in an agreed manner all parts to be incorporated into the Permanent Works so as to safeguard them against loss or damage from repeated handling, from climatic influences and from all other hazards arising during shipment or storage on or off the Site.

(2) Secure and covered storage shall be provided by the Works Package Contractor for all parts which are other than those having been approved by the PDP as being suitable for open storage.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall package, protect and store all Permanent Works, Works Package Contractor’s Equipment, equipment and materials so as to safeguard them against loss or damage from repeated handling, climatic influences and all other hazards arising during shipment or storage on or off the Site to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall protect all goods and materials provided by the PDP to the satisfaction of the PDP.




Crating G8.4.2 The Works Package Contractor shall provide all packing, crating and markings. In doing so, he shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) Each case, crate or package shall be waterproof, rot proof and insect proof, of robust construction and suitable for the intended purposes. The Works Package Contractor shall, in determining the package materials to be used, take cognisance of the climatic conditions likely to occur during the period of transport, shipment and storage.

(2) Each case, crate or package shall be legibly and indelibly marked in large letters with the site address, Contract, number, "right way up", opening points and other markings as necessary to permit materials to be readily identified and handled during transit and when received at Site.

(3) Each case, crate or package shall contain a comprehensive packing list showing the number, mark, size, weight and contents together with any relevant drawings. This list shall be delivered to the PDP prior to the delivery of the goods themselves. A second copy of the packing list shall be enclosed in a watertight enclosure on the outside of each case, crate or package. Distribution of additional copies of each packing list shall be in accordance with the PDP's instructions.

(4) All items heavier than 100 kg shall be marked on the outside of the case to show the gross and net weights, the points for slinging, and where the weight is bearing.

(5) Care shall be taken to prevent movement of items within cases, crates or packages by the provision of bracings, straps and securing bolts as necessary. Bags of loose items shall be packed in cases, and shall be clearly identified by well secured metal labels on which the quantity and name of the part and its index or catalogue number have been stamped.

(6) Plug connected electronic circuit boards shall be removed from their racks, packed and shipped separately.

(7) All packing shall be free from sharp edges to prevent injury to persons or other objects.

(8) Each bulky/heavy case, crate or package shall include wedge for easy loading and unloading by mechanical handling equipment such as forklift truck.

(9) Electronic circuit boards, integrated circuits (IC) and the like shall be well protected by using appropriate packing, e.g.




anti‐static bubble bag or similar.

(10) Rubber products and the like, shall be suitably packed to avoid damage including but not limited to hardening, deformation and peel‐off.

Packing precautions

G8.4.3 (1) Spare parts shall be tropicalised in their packing for prolonged storage in accordance with BS 1133 and shall be suitably and individually labelled to indicate:

a) shelf life;

b) type or condition(s) of storage and special handling information;

c) description of item and relevant part number;

d) serial number, if applicable;

e) inspection/test certificate number and batch number, that is, the number allocated by the PDP at the time of manufacture or packing; and

f) Contract number, variation order number and item number.

(2) Tube ends and other similar openings shall be blanked off to prevent ingress of dirt or moisture. Flanged ends shall be protected by adhesive tape or jointing material covered by a properly secured wooden blank not smaller than the flange itself. Plain tube ends shall be closed off with bungs or plugs or suitable materials firmly fixed in position.

(3) Particular care shall be taken to prevent mechanical transport related damage or corrosion of shafts and journals where they rest on timber or other supports which may contain moisture. At such points wrappings impregnated with anti‐rusting composition and of sufficient strength to resist chafing under the pressures and movements during transit shall be used.

(4) Spare ball and roller bearings and similarly protected items should not be removed from the manufacturer‘s wrappings or packing.

(5) Fragile materials, such as glass, shall be packed in such a way that they shall not be damaged during transit and when they are properly unpacked for quality inspection. Glass shall be easily re‐packable without removing the original wrappings or packing for long‐term storage within the same packing case.

(6) Appropriate precautions in accordance with the Works




Package Contractor’s safety regulations, the regulations of the Railway Operator, and statutory regulations shall be taken in respect of all materials which are hazardous, toxic, inflammable, etc.

Packaging procedures

G8.4.4 (1) All required inspection/test certificates shall be supplied and packed together with individual materials. All packaging materials and procedures shall be approved by the PDP.

(2) All empty cases, crates, or packages whether or not returnable shall be immediately removed from the Site by the Works Package Contractor or stored by the Works Package Contractor in such a way that they do not interfere with the progress of the works of Other Works Contractors, and do not cause fire or safety hazards.

Shipping and Delivery

G8.5

Shipping G8.5.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall notify the PDP ten (10) Days in advance of any expected shipment date and give further notification of the actual shipment date and routing when such information is subsequently established. This shall complement the inspection requirements prior to delivery as specified herein.

(2) Two (2) copies of packing lists and quality certificates shall be attached to each package to be shipped. One (1) copy shall be placed inside the package and the other copy outside the package. A copy of packing lists and quality certificates shall be sent to the PDP after each package of the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be shipped have been shipped.

(3) Without prejudice to any other provisions of the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for all legal requirements, duties, dues, taxes, insurance, storage charges and other such requirements and expenditures required for the importation of the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be supplied under the Contract into Malaysia.

(4) For imported goods, the Works Package Contractor shall clear the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be supplied under the Contract through Jabatan Kastam Diraja Malaysia (Royal Malaysian Customs Department) in accordance with the relevant Statutory Requirements.

Delivery G8.5.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall deliver the Works and all items to be supplied under the Contract to the Site.




(2) The Works Package Contractor shall unload the Works and all items to be supplied under the Contract at the designated delivery point and positioning or storing them.

(3) Any part of the Works or any item to be supplied under the Contract which is damaged in transit shall not be considered as delivered until repairs or replacements have been made and all necessary spare parts or items have been delivered to the Site.

(4) All documents, manuals, drawings and other similar deliverables shall be delivered to a location in accordance with the PDP’s written instructions.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall store and secure the Works, equipment, spare parts and other items until the same have been inspected and are considered delivered at the designated point by the PDP.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall remove temporary fittings required for shipment and re‐assembly of equipment shall complete this prior to the equipment or parts thereof being inspected and before they are considered delivered.

(7) An item shall be considered delivered when all damage has been repaired and all documentation and post delivery preparation have been completed to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(8) Spare parts shall be consigned to the Railway Operator and delivered in accordance with the PDP's instructions to a programme which shall ensure that sufficient spares are delivered to facilitate normal routine maintenance of the Permanent Works by the Railway Operator at all stages of completion.

PDP’s Right to Reject Subcontractors

G8.6 The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP for review evidence of the proposed subcontractor’s competency and ability to deliver the subcontracted works, including the proposed design documents of the subcontractors proposed by the Works Package Contractor. Without prejudice to the PDP’s rights or the Works Package Contractor’s obligations under CoC Clause 14 [Sub‐Contracting], the PDP shall have the right to reject any or all of the sub‐contractors, equipment, materials and/or systems if, in the opinion of the PDP, they do not meet the requirements of the Contract.




Notice of Place of Manufacture and/or Source of Supply

G8.7 The Works Package Contractor shall notify the PDP of the places of manufacture and/or the source of supply of all goods and materials to be incorporated into the Permanent Works and shall give reasonable notice (which shall not in any event be less than 56 Days) to the PDP before the start of any manufacturing and/or supply of goods and materials.

Certificates for Manufactured Goods or Materials

G8.8 Unless otherwise directed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall provide certificates for each batch of goods and materials incorporated into the Permanent Works. Each certificate shall certify that the materials comply with the requirements of the Contract and shall include all reports of inspections and/or tests carried out at the place of manufacture

Labelling of Equipment

G8.9 (1) Each and every individual item of equipment forming part of the Permanent Works shall be fitted with permanent identification labels in accordance with the requirements in the Design Standard of E&M Tagging and Labelling System, which will be issued at a later date by the PDP. In case of any inconsistency between these documents and/or the PDP’s Drawings, the Works Package Contractor shall seek clarification from the PDP.

(2) In this respect, the term “individual item of equipment” refers to a complete assembly of components and to each removable sub‐module within the complete assembly.

(3) The identification label shall be permanently attached in such a way that it shall not become detached or illegible during the lifetime of the system from any cause including wear and tear, environmental effects (such as rain, direct sunlight, etc.) or any other influence. Preference shall be given to embossed or engraved metallic labels mechanically fastened by riveting or similar means to the item to which they refer.

(4) All labels shall be easily cleaned to remove dirt and debris (including grease and oil) without disturbing the legibility properties.

Materials and Equipment Provided by the PDP

G8.10 (1) Materials and equipment which are to be provided by the PDP will be as stated in the Contract.

(2) Materials and equipment provided by the PDP shall be collected by the Works Package Contractor from the locations stated in the Contract and delivered by the Works Package Contractor to the Site. The Works Package Contractor shall inspect the materials and equipment before




taking receipt and shall immediately inform the PDP of any shortage or damage.

(3) Materials or equipment provided by the PDP which are damaged after collection shall be repaired by the Works Package Contractor and submitted for the PDP’s inspection and review. Materials or equipment which are lost or which in the opinion of the PDP are either not capable of being repaired or have not been repaired satisfactorily shall be replaced by the Works Package Contractor.

(4) Crates and containers for materials or equipment provided by the PDP shall be properly disposed of by the Works Package Contractor, as directed by the PDP

(5) Equipment and materials provided by the PDP which are surplus to the requirements of the Works shall be returned to the locations stated in the Contract

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall protect and maintain equipment provided by the PDP while it is on the Site and shall provide operatives, fuel and other consumables required to operate the equipment

END OF SECTION


General Specification for Railway systemsSection G9 – Safety & Health

KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 G9‐ 1 of 20 Revision: 03

SECTION G9

SAFETY & HEALTH

Works Package Contractor's Safety & Health Obligations

G9.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall have full andundiminished responsibility for safety and health on the Site,including the safety and health of workers engaged upon theWorks, and of all other persons working at or visiting the Siteincluding any employees of Other Works Contractors and forthe protection of the public in the vicinity of the Site.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall bear the cost ofcomplying with all Safety and Health requirements and thecost shall be deemed to have been included in the ContractPrice.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall bear the costs of anyinterruption and delays to work due to incidents involvingthe Works Package Contractor or their employees.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide a written Safety& Health Policy which demonstrates an understanding thatsafety & health concepts must be an integral part of hisbusiness strategy. The Safety & Health Policy shall beformally communicated to and fully understood by all levelsof the Works package Contractor’s organization.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall formulate andimplement a site specific Safety & Health Plan that detailsthe way that they will ensure the safety & health of allpersons at the Site and all others that may be affected by theWorks.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall implement an overallSafety & Health Management System that is compatible withOHSAS 18001 or MS 1722 standard. The system shall be inplace for all aspects of the Work for the duration of theContract.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall appoint sufficientnumbers of competent safety & health staff who shall havesufficient authority and control to ensure the effectiveimplementation and monitoring of the safety requirementsat all times.

(8) The Works Package Contractor’s Managers and Supervisorsshall be familiar with the all safety and health requirementsand take all necessary actions to ensure compliance with theSafety & Health Plan.




(9) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all workersemployed are fully conversant with the safety and healthrequirements.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall promptly rectify allsafety & health related deficiencies and uncontrolled hazardsthat are identified.

(11) Any Instruction issued by PDP relating to safety & healthrequirements shall be adopted by the Works PackageContractor who will be responsible for ensuring that theseinstructions are seen and understood by their employeesand subcontractors.

(12) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain a register of“sign‐off” sheets showing that each worker, sub‐contractoretc. has received applicable training in safety rules andprocedures.

(13) The Works Package Contractor shall be required to counter-sign the PDP's Safety charter as an acknowledgement of theircommitment to observe best working practice

Laws and Regulations

G9.2 The Works Package Contractor shall comply with all applicablesafety & health related legislation including, but not limited to:

a) Occupational Safety & Health Act 1994 (Act 514) Regulationand Orders.

b) Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act 139) , Regulationsand Rules

c) Employment Act 1955 ( Act 265) , Regulation and Orders

d) Uniform Building By‐Law 1984 ( Act 133)

e) Employee’s Social Security Act 1969 ( Act 4) Regulations andRules

f) Construction Industry Development Board Act 1994 ( Act520)

g) Electricity Regulation 1994 and its Rules

h) Fire Service Act 1988 & Regulation Act 341

i) Explosive Act 1957 ( Act 207) and Explosive Rules 1923 &corrosive and Explosive Substances and Offensive WeaponsAct 1958 ( Act 357)

j) Railway Act 1991

k) Safety & Health Guideline and Code of Practice issued by




relevant authorities such as DOSH, SOCSO and CIDB.

Works Package Contractor's Safety and Health Personnel

G9.3 (1) Within fourteen (14) Days from the Letter of Acceptance andat all times throughout the contract, the Works PackageContractor shall engage the following personnel to be basedfull time on the Site:

a) One Safety and Health Manager

b) One Safety and Health Officer

(2) The Safety & Health Manager shall have at least ten (10)years practical experience relevant to the Works.

(3) The Safety & Health Manager(s) shall report directly to theWorks Package Contractor’s Project Director/Manager andbe independent of the production team, with sufficientauthority to recommend suspension of works if safety &health rules and regulations are grossly flouted.

(4) The Safety & Health Officer shall be competent with validcertification from DOSH and at least five (5) years practicalexperience relevant to the Works.

(5) In addition to the minimum number of safety and healthpersonnel detailed above, the Works Package Contractorshall provide additional Safety & Health Officer and otherSafety & Health Supervisory staff necessary for the controland monitoring of safety and health requirements.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the curriculumvitae of the proposed Safety and Health Manager and theSafety & Health Officer to the PDP and obtain approval priorto any appointment.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall not remove theapproved Safety and Health Manager and any Safety andHealth Officer from the Site without obtaining approval fromthe PDP.

(8) Duties and responsibilities of all personnel shall be clearlyidentified in the Safety & Health Plan.

(9) The safety and health organization chart shall be included inthe Safety and Health Plan and show direct lines ofcommunication and reporting between the Works PackageContractor's Safety & Health Manager and the WorksPackage Contractor's board director and between the WorksPackage Contractor’s Safety & Health Manager and othermanagement staff.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall authorize all




management staff to instruct employees of the WorksPackage Contractor or it’s subcontractor of any tiers to ceaseoperations and take immediate action to make safe the Siteand in order to prevent unsafe working practices or otherinfringements of the safety requirements.

(11) Where a particular person or group of persons repeatedlyfails to achieve acceptable safety and health standards thenthe Works Package Contractor will take action to removesuch persons from the Site. Where the Works PackageContractor does not take such action the PDP may instructthe Works Package Contractor to do so.

Safety & Health Plan

G9.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP awritten site specific Safety & Health Plan within fourteen(14) Days from the Letter of Acceptance. No constructionactivities shall begin and no requests for payment from theWorks Package Contractor shall be processed until theWorks Package Contractor’s site specific Safety & HealthPlan is approved.

(2) The Safety & Health Plan shall include all safety & healthrequirements relevant to the Works and shall detail thearrangement of safety & health management systems andcontrol measures to be implemented.

(3) Before commencement of any work by his subcontractors onthe Site the Works Package Contractor shall require hissubcontractors to submit their written Safety & Health Planspecific to their scope of work. The Works PackageContractor shall review the plan to ensure compliance withthe Safety Requirements.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide hissubcontractors with copies of the approved site specificSafety & Health Plan and shall incorporate a requirement tocomply with it into all sub‐contracts

(5) Safety & Health Plan shall contain, but not be limited to thefollowing:

a) The Works Package Contractor’s Policy on Safety andHealth

b) An organization chart that shall identify all safety andhealth personnel and all Site staff with particularresponsibilities for safety & health.

c) Details of the authority allocated to the Safety &Health Manager and his staff, which would enablethem to take or instruct appropriate action.




d) Methodology of hazard identification, riskassessment and determining control (HIRADC).

e) The procedures, safe system of work, rules and workinstructions established to monitor theimplementation of safety & health at Site.

f) The means by which the Works Package Contractorshall ensure that sub‐contractors of all levels complywith the safety and health requirements.

g) A list of emergency preparedness and responseprocedures required under Clause G9.6.

h) Arrangements for the training of all staff of theWorks Package Contractor and his subcontractos onthe Site to enable them to properly undertake theirduties and responsibilities relating to safety & health.

i) The arrangements for monitoring of all safety andhealth standards at Site and in particular themonitoring of subcontractors’ safety & healthcompliance, plant and machinery safety, high risk andhazardous tasks.

j) Details of how safety & health related records shallbe kept and maintained.

k) Details of communication medium to be establishedwithin internal and external parties such as meeting,briefing and etc.

l) Details of the safety & health audit scheme to beimplemented by the Works Package Contractor.

m) Details on the reporting and investigation procedureon any incidents that occur in relation to the Works.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall review the Safety &Health Plan at least once every year. In addition, the WorksPackage Contractor shall review the Safety & Health Plan inthe event of any significant change to the Works, workmethods or following any safety & health related incident.The Works Package Contractor shall revise and resubmit theSafety & Health Plan to the PDP for approval within seven (7)Days of the completion of each review.

Safety & Health Risk Assessment

G9.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out a detailedSafety & Health hazard identification and Safety & Healthrisk assessment for the Works and particular conditions onthe Site. The Safety & Health hazard identification and Safety




& Health risk assessment shall include those Safety & Healthrisks related to the prevention of death, injury, health riskand material loss.

(2) The results of this process will be compiled into a Safety &Health Risk Register. The Safety & Health Risk Register shallbe endorsed by the Works Package Contractor’srepresentative, Construction Manager and Safety and HealthManager.

(3) The Safety & Health Risk Register shall be reviewed followingchanges to design, operating processes, specification,Management System, modification in equipment, incident,changes to legal and other requirements and other relevantchanges. The reviewed and revised Safety & Health RiskRegister shall be submitted to PDP for approval.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDPRepresentative the Safety & Health Risk Register before thecommencement of Work on Site.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a Job Safety &Health Analysis procedure which describes the methodologyof hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control forall works.

(6) Job Safety & Health Analysis shall be conducted by aqualified and experienced team. The documentation arisingfrom this process shall contain a comprehensive schedule ofall hazards, risks and the control measures necessary toeliminate or minimize the risks to acceptable levels.

(7) The control measures that are necessary to eliminate orminimize risk shall be put in place prior to commencing theassociated work and all personnel involved in the work shallbe made aware of the hazards, risks and necessary controlmeasures.

(8) Prior to work starting, a Supervisor or ganger shall brief allpersons involved with the work, on the safe work methodand the safety precautions stipulated in the methodstatement during their daily briefing.

Emergency preparedness and response

G9.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall develop an EmergencyPreparedness and Response Plan (ERP) before any workcommences at the Site. The Plan shall detail thearrangements for all potential emergencies associated withthe Works.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP theERP for review within fourteen (14) Days from the Letter of




Acceptance.

(3) The ERP shall provide clear instructions to be followed in theevent of all emergency incidents and shall include theprocess of evacuation from any areas that emergencyincidents may occur in.

(4) The ERP shall specify the emergency preparednessarrangements necessary to deal with all potential emergencyincidents and to restore normal Site conditions.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide relevanttraining to all personnel and periodically test his ERP.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall review his emergency procedures and carry out regular, at least every 3 Months, emergency evacuation exercises from his offices and site area. The Works Package Contractor shall provide adequate stand‐by plant to ensure the safety of personnel, the Works and the public. These measures shall include for the following: (a) generators and pumps for controlling flooding; (b) generators and lights for illumination of the Works andpublic areas; and (c) Generators and ventilation plant for underground andmarine works.

Incident notification and reporting

G9.7 (1) The PDP shall be notified by the Works Package Contractorimmediately if any incidents occur whether on‐site or off‐site in which the Works Package Contractor, his personnel orplant or those of his subcontractors are directly or indirectlyinvolved.

(2) Such initial notification shall be followed by a writteninvestigation report for all significant incidents.

(3) Within seven (7) Days of such incidents , the Works PackageContractor shall submit a copy of all incident investigationreports to PDP for review.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall implement all correctiveand preventive actions identified in the incidentinvestigation report at the Works Package Contractor’s owncost, to prevent any reoccurrence.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall develop a writtenprocedure which shows the process and responsibilities ofall personnel in relation to incident notification andreporting.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with thelegislation requirement on notification and reporting of




incidents in accordance with NADOPOD Regulations 2004(OSHA Act 1994) if any incidents occur at the Site resulting ininjury, ill health or serious damage involving his employeesor subcontractors who are directly or indirectly involvedwith the Works.

Control of Safety & Health Non‐Compliance

G9.8 (1) During the performance of the Works, if the PDP observesthat the Works Package Contractor is:

a) Not conducting the work in compliance with theapproved Safety & Health Plan, procedures, relevantlegislation or contractual requirements, and/or

b) Conducting the work in such a way cause danger tothe safety & health of employees, sub‐contractors,PDP’s staff, public or damage to plant, equipment ormaterials,

then the PDP may proceed with either one or more of thefollowings actions:

i) Issuance of inspection reports

ii) Issuance of non‐conformance reports

iii) Withhold Certification of the InterimCertificate and/or Withhold any payment dueor becoming due to the Works PackageContractor under any Interim Certificate

iv) Issuance of stop work orders

(2) The PDP may direct the Works Package Contractor tosuspend the work until such time as the Works PackageContractor satisfies the PDP that the work will be resumed inconformity with applicable safety & health requirements.

(3) The PDP may require immediate removal from Site of anyperson who in his opinion fails to observe the provisions ofapplicable safety and health requirements. Such personsshall under no circumstances be employed again withoutprior approval from the PDP.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a procedure tomonitor and control the noncompliance of subcontractorson safety & health requirements.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall implement a system forcontrolling any safety & health nonconformance at Site.

(6) The Works Package Contractor is required to notify andforward a detailed report to the PDP on any safety & health




nonconformance, notice or complaint received from anyRelevant Authority and shall take immediate action to rectifythe issue.

Traffic Management and Public Safety

G9.9 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with therequirements of Section G5 concerning works within andaround footways, accesses, private rights of way, roads andother rights of way.

(2) All traffic must be allowed to move in complete safety to andfrom existing roads and access tracks without hindrance.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure the safety &health of nearby residents and public road users.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure all emergencyaccess to all properties shall be maintained at all times.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide dedicated andprotected traffic and pedestrian routes through the Site andshall ensure that pedestrians are not struck by mobile plant,equipment or vehicles.

(6) The speed limit on Site is to be restricted and signs displayedadvising drivers of the limits imposed

General Safety and Health Requirements

G9.10

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

G9.10.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all personsworking on or visiting the Site wear, safety helmet, safetyboots, high visibility vest and appropriate PPE according tothe task.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall assess all works areasand specify the appropriate PPE for particularly hazardousareas.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure thatsubcontractor’s workers of any tier, including labor‐only, areissued with all necessary PPE.




Control of Noise and Substances Hazardous to Health

G9.10.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall take all necessarymeasures to prevent people working on Site or members ofthe public being exposed to unreasonable levels of noise.

(2) Such measures shall where necessary include the provisionof noise containment barriers and the issue of protectiveequipment to people working on Site.

(3) Works Package Contractor shall assess the use of allhazardous substances and identify the risk before they aretransported, stored or used on Site. Where hazardoussubstances are intended to be used consideration must begiven to the use of less hazardous substances.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall established inventorylevel, safe storage location, safe transportation and controlof access to all hazardous substances.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain the materialsafety data sheet (MSDS) and other relevant information forall hazardous substances.

(6) Controls shall be established and maintained to preventpersons under the influence of drugs or alcohol entering andor working on the Site. No alcohol or non‐prescription drugsshall be allowed on the Site.

Performing High Risk Tasks

G9.10.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a safe workingmethod for all identified high risk tasks.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure the use ofappropriate equipment, competent supervision and workersand the use of a permit‐to‐work system for the authorizationand control of high risk tasks.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall implement adequatecontrol on the entry and exit of personnel to high risk workareas.

(4) High risk tasks shall include but not be limited to thefollowing activities:

a) Hot Work;

b) Excavation;

c) Piling;

d) Lifting;

e) Blasting;




f) Confined Space Entry;

g) High Voltage Electrical Work;

h) Demolition;

i) Night Work; and

j) Any other activities rated as high risk in the WorksPackage Contractor’s Safety & Health riskassessment.

Radiation Protection

G9.10.4 (1) No operation involving ionizing radiation shall be carried outwithout approval from the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that Sitepersonnel and members of the public are not exposed toradiation.

(3) The manner in which radioactive substances are stored, usedor disposed shall be strictly in accordance with theEnactments.

Hoarding and Warning Signage

G9.10.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide hoarding for theworksite to protect public from danger and to preventunauthorized persons from entering into the Site.

(2) The hoarding shall provide adequate safe distance betweenthe Site and public areas and follow the specification of theRelevant Authority.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a safeentrance and exit from the Site, located in such a manner toprevent danger and inconveniences to the public.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide warning signageat the Site, storage areas and high risk activity areas.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall implement adequatecontrol on the entry and exit of personnel to the Site andwork areas.

Temporary Access

G9.10.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all necessarytemporary access facilities, which shall be constructed,installed and maintained in accordance with therequirements of the Relevant Authorities and the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure all thetemporary access be secured against movement, provide agood walking surface and incorporate fall protectionmeasures.




Blasting Work G9.10.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall obtain applicableapprovals and permits from the Relevant Authorities beforecommencing any blasting activity.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with all laws,ordinance and regulation governing the transportation,storage and use of explosives and shall ensure the safety ofall personnel, public and property.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that appropriatecontrol measures are implemented for the protection of lifeand property. Residents adjacent to any blasting area shallbe notified before the blasting operation commences.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for anydamage resulting from the use of explosives and no blastingshall be carried out which will damage subsurface conduitsor structures.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide proper warningsignage, adequate hoarding, red flags, security checks andsiren warnings before any blasting operation is undertaken.

Tunneling Operations

G9.10.8 (1) The safety & health requirements for tunneling operationsshall comply with the applicable laws and guideline or otherstandard as instructed by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall develop safetyinstructions and access control for all work in tunnels

(3) All persons employed for underground work must undergo aspecific orientation program and be given information onthe hazards, risks and risk control measures associated withthe works.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all tunnelsand shafts are equipped with mechanical ventilation systemsand that airborne contaminants tests are conductedregularly.

(5) Where any construction work in compressed air is carriedout, the Works Package Contractor shall appoint a medicalpractitioner to supervise all medical matters which mayarise. The Works Package Contractor shall also provide amedical lock within each works site where compressed airworking is to be carried out. The medical lock shall conformto the relevant requirements of the Health and SafetyExecutive’s (UK) Guide to the ‘Work in Compressed AirRegulations 1996’ (Document No. L96).

Plant, G9.10.9 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall undertake regular




Equipment and Vehicles

maintenance and repair of plant, equipment and vehicles toprevent any risk of failure during operation.

(2) The Works Package Contractor’s plant, equipment andvehicles shall be tested and licensed in accordance withapplicable laws. Copies of all test certificates and licensesshall be kept on Site and made available for inspection bythe PDP.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and update aMachinery Register for all plant, equipment and vehiclesused on Site. The register shall be available at Site forinspection by the PDP.

(4) To prevent workers entering the rear‐operating zone of plant which may slew during its normal operations, such as cranes, piling rigs and backhoes, a protection zone shall be established using: (a) a physical barrier to barricade the rear of the plant,which shall move with the plant; (b) a suitable, collapsible and soft fixture, such as plasticpipe, connected by plastic chain, secured to the plant by 2‐way hinges to be installed at the rear of the plant tomaintain a minimum safety distance between a person andthe plant; or (c) a reversing video device shall be installed in the cabto provide the operator with a clear view of the rear of thevehicle whilst reversing or manoeuvring.

Hoisting and Lifting Operations

G9.10.10 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide and maintainsafely all crane, hoist and conveying facilities for lifting andtransportation of materials. All the crane and hoist shall beequipped with overloaded warning devices.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure all cranes andhoists are operated only by competent persons holding validcertificates or licenses. They will be assisted by at least onebanks‐man.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide a trained andauthorized person to supervise every lifting operation.

(4) All lifting and hoisting equipment shall be tested to anapproved safety margin according to the Applicable Laws.The test certificate shall be submitted to the PDP before useof such equipment on Site.

(5) The Safe Working Load shall be clearly marked on all liftingequipment.

(6) The lifting or hoisting of persons is specifically prohibitedwithout written approval from the PDP.




(7) All cranes and hoisting equipment shall have validendorsement / certification from the relevant regulatorybodies.

(8) Where a number of tower cranes operate in an area, safetydevices shall be installed to prevent a clash

(9) A "tag line" system shall be used when lifting loads. Aminimum of 2 tag lines, at opposite corners of the load, shallbe used

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall implement a permit to move and permit to operate system for all cranes, piling rigs and similar machines operating or moving in the site.

(11) The permit systems shall ensure that a competent person, other than the plant operator, has inspected the area where the plant is to travel or operate to confirm that it is safe to do so.

(12) Crawler cranes and hydraulic cranes, other than those hired for a short duration (less than 3 Days) and for specific heavy lifts, are to be fitted with audible warnings and indicator lights outside the control cabin of the crane. These lights are to show that the automatic safe load indicator of the crane is functioning correctly.

(13) The indicator lights shall be green, amber and red. A green light is to show when the crane is working up to 80% of its maximum safe working load. An amber light is to flash when the load of the crane reaches 80‐85% of its maximum safe working load. A red light is to flash and an audible warning device shall alarm, when the load of the crane reaches 95% of the maximum safe working load. The size of the warning light shall be a minimum of 20cm x 20cm x 20cm for each colour.

(14) The audible alarm shall generate a sound of not less than 90 dB(A) at 1 metre, or a minimum of 3dB higher than the noise generated by the engine of the crane.

(15) Where the crane is fitted with a switch which is capable of bypassing or switching off the automatic safe load indicator of the crane during overload situations, the red light described in 4th bullet above shall flash if the switch is activated.

(16) The indicator lights shall be installed so that they can be easily seen by persons on Site, i.e. above the control cabin, above the ballast or at a conspicuous location on the crane.

(17) The Works Package Contractor shall inspect the visualindicator and audible warnings monthly to ensure that theyare functioning correctly

Working at G9.10.11 (1) All work at height in excess of 2.0 m shall be executed within




Height and Working Over Water

a properly secured and otherwise protected area. If suchenclosure and protection is impracticable, work shall only bepermitted with the use of well‐secured safety lines andsafety harness.

(2) The Works Package Contractor is to supply, install andmaintain all temporary scaffolding, shoring, staging,walkways and guard rails necessary for the execution of theWork.

(3) Where work is being carried out on, over or adjacent towater a safe system of work shall be devised to preventpersons from falling into the water. They shall becontinuously manned with appropriately trained staff andappropriate equipments for any emergency rescue needed.

Fire Prevention G9.10.12 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish provisions forfire prevention for all of the works under his control andshall provide all necessary and appropriate fire fightingequipment, facilities and trained personnel.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with all laws,regulations and contractual requirements with respect tofire hazard and prevention of fire.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide and maintain allthe fire fighting equipment and facilities at Site until all Workis completed and accepted by the PDP Representative.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall pay particular attentionand to control of hot works.

(5) Smoking and the use of naked flames are only permitted inareas designated for such purposes by the Works PackageContractor and as approved by the PDP. Smoking withinunderground, other enclosed spaces, and in areas whereflammable materials and gas pipes are present, shall not bepermitted. Naked flames associated with hot works withinenclosed areas may be permitted, provided that such workshave been approved by the PDP.

Storage of Flammable Material

G9.10.13 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall obtain a licence fromthe Relevant Authority for storage of highly flammablematerials on site.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall store all flammablematerials only in designated properly constructed storageareas that are kept away from ignition sources and providedwith signage and fire fighting equipment.

(3) Skid tanks shall be properly supported and placed within a




constructed bund.

Control of Employees and Visitors

G9.10.14 (1) All employees of the Works Package Contractor andsubcontractors who are working within the Site, and allvisitors to the site, including staff and agents of PDP, shall beobliged to conform to the provisions of the approved sitespecific Safety & Health Plan.

(2) Procedures shall be established to control the entry ofvisitors onto the Site. All visitors shall be issued withappropriate permits for entry.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide visitors viewingor inspecting any work site with personal protectiveequipment and shall provide appropriate safety instructionto the visitors. They shall be accompanied at all times by afull‐time site employee of the Works Package Contractor, orsubcontractor as the case may be.

(4) All employees of the Works Package Contractor who areworking within the Site shall at all time wear suitableidentification when on Site.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall establish andimplement a tag‐base entry control system, or other entrycontrol system, which shall clearly and accurately record thenumber of persons entering and leaving any tunnel, theirname and company

Housekeeping, Sanitary and Workers Welfare Facilities

G9.10.15 (1) The Site shall be kept clean and free of obstructions at alltimes. All materials and equipment that are not in use orintended for use, shall be removed from the Site

(2) The Site shall be free from potential mosquito breedingareas at all times and the Works Package Contractor shalltake action to prevent any infestation.

(3) The Works Package Contractor is required to provide,operate and maintain site welfare facilities for theemployees at all times.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide adequate andsuitable waste disposal, sanitary and washing facilities forthe use of his employees and maintain them in clean andsafe condition throughout the duration of the Contract.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a detailed SiteSanitation Plan outlining the arrangements for wastedisposal, sanitary and washing facilities at the Site for thePDP’s approval.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Site




Sanitation Plan to the PDP not less than fourteen (14) Daysprior to commencement of the work at the Site.

First Aid G9.10.16 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide first aid facilitiesat the workplace in accordance with legal requirements.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure adequatenumber of first aid boxes and adequate number of first aiderare available in accordance with legal requirements.

Safety and Health Publicity and Promotion

G9.10.17 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that safety andhealth matters are given a high degree of publicity on Site.

(2) Posters and signs, written in the languages understood bythe workers, which draw attention to safety, emergencyarrangements and occupational health, shall be displayedprominently in all areas of the Site.

Sub‐Contractors Safety Obligation

G9.10.18 (1) The requirements for safety and health shall apply to and bebinding upon all tiers of subcontractors employed by theWorks Package Contractor.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure proper andadequate provisions are included in all subcontracts.

Welding G9.10.19 (1) The metal casing of welding transformers shall be properly

earthed. Input and output terminals shall be insulated toprevent electric shock.

(2) Welding transformers shall be protected against floodingand rainwater. Welding shall not be carried out in the rain,unless adequate shelter is provided.

(3) Welding cables shall only be jointed using correct weldingcable joints.

(4) Welding return cables shall be clamped directly to the workpiece. Rebar and other steel structure shall not be used asthe return cable.

(5) Welding machines shall be checked and certified, by aregistered electrician every 6 Months. The inspectioncertificate shall be displayed on the welding machine.

(6) Whenever arc welding is being conducted, screens are to beerected to protect persons in the vicinity of the work,including motorists and pedestrians, from sparks or eyeinjury.

(7) When welding is to be carried out in an indoor environmentwhere there is a lack of ventilation openings, adequateventilation shall be provided by the Works PackageContractor to extract fumes generated by the weldingprocess and ensure the health of all persons.

Safety and Health

G9.11




Meetings

Works Package Contractor’s Site Safety & Health Committee Meeting

G9.11.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a Site Safety &Health Committee and the meetings shall be chaired by theWorks Package Contractor’s Representative. Attendanceshall include the senior construction personnel, safety andhealth representatives of each sub‐contractors and safety &health personnel.

(2) Site Safety and Health Committee meetings shall be held atleast once each Month and be scheduled to precede thePDP’s Safety and Health Management meeting. All suchmeetings and the agenda shall be notified in advance to thePDP who may attend.

(3) Minutes of meetings shall be produced and submitted to thePDP within seven (7) Days of the meeting for discussion atthe Safety & Health Management meeting.

PDP Safety & Health Management Meeting

G9.11.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall attend any Safety andHealth management meetings held by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP forapproval the names of his representative(s) to attend suchmeetings.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall act without delay uponany decisions or recommendations made by the PDP at suchmeetings.

Safety & Health Documentation

G9.12 (1) All safety and health related documentation shall be kept onSite and be legible, readily identifiable, retained andmaintained throughout the duration of the Works.

(2) All safety & health records such as inspections checklist,audit, incident investigation reports, audit reports, safetyviolation records, etc shall be updated and maintained on aregular basis, logs of such records will be updated at leastonce each Month.

Monthly progress report

G9.13 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide evidence ofongoing performance of the safety & health implementationand performance in the form of a monthly progress report,the content of which may be specified by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the monthlyprogress report to the PDP each Month on or before thedate specified by the PDP.

(3) Prior to submission of the monthly progress report to thePDP, the Works Package Contractor’s Representative shallendorse the report.




Training G9.14 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall develop a method ofpromoting awareness on safety and health risk, site safetyand health requirements and emergency responseprocedure among all persons directly or indirectly associatedwith the Works.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that allpersonnel are provided with appropriate training inaccordance with the competency need, their task and risk ofthe work activities.

(3) All persons working on Site must attend a Safety and HealthInduction Programme prior to commencement of work. TheWorks Package Contractor shall ensure that the attendanceof each person is recorded on a “sign‐off” sheet.

(4) All persons working on Site including subcontractors,vendors or any other personnel engaged by them for theproject shall poses a valid CIDB Green Card.

(5) Workers involved in skill work trades or machinery must betrained and certified as competent by the authorities. ThePDP Representative has the right to request proof fromWorks Package Contractor on the competency of theirworkers.

(6) The PDP or his representative may request the WorksPackage Contractor to send his respective workers to attendsafety & health trainings identified by the PDP as necessaryfor the Works.

(7) All training and competency assessment expenses shall beborne by the Works Package Contractors.

(8) Health and safety toolbox training shall be conducted for allworkers once a week for a minimum of 15 minutes. Thecontent of the toolbox training shall be applicable to thework being carried out by the worker. Records are to be keptshowing details of those attending and the topic given.

Safety and Health Inspection and Auditing

G9.15

Site Safety and Health Inspection

G9.15.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall conduct physical sitesafety and health inspections on a scheduled basis andsubmit the summary of inspection status to PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall take appropriatecorrective and preventive actions at the Works Package




Contractor’s own cost, for all identified deficiencies relatingto safety and health requirements.

(3) Where inspections identify a particular person or group ofpersons that repeatedly fail to achieve acceptable safety andhealth standards then the Works Package Contractor willtake action to remove such persons from the Site. Wherethe Works Package Contractor does not take such action thePDP may instruct the Works Package Contractor to do so.

(4) The PDP has the right to inspect the safety and healthperformance of the Works Package Contractor at any time.The Works Package Contractor shall co‐operate with suchinspections and take action to correct any deficienciesobserved at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all equipmentnecessary to facilitate site inspection activities including butnot limited to equipment for measuring noise, vibration, airquality, air flow and illumination levels.

(6) The Works Package Contractor’s representative shallconduct a dedicated site safety inspection at least once aweek. The PDP and the Works Package Contractor’s mostsenior members of staff shall attend the inspection

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a safetyinspection plan to the PDP each Month. The inspection planshall show the number of safety inspections to beconducted, the person(s) responsible for carrying out theinspections, and the areas to be inspected for the comingMonth

Auditing G9.15.2 (1) The PDP has the right to conduct safety and health audits atany time. Any such audits will be formally notified andsubsequently reported to the Works Package Contractor.The Works Package Contractor shall co‐operate with suchaudits and take action to correct any non‐conformitiesreported at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost.

(2) Within 2 weeks of receiving the audit report, the WorksPackage Contractor shall submit to the PDP a Post AuditAction Plan which details the actions to be taken to rectifythe auditor’s observations, the person(s) who will carry outthe actions and the date by which they will be completed

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G10 – Quality Assurance and Quality Control


SECTION G10

QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Introduction G10.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a documented quality management system that shall remain in effect during the execution of the Works. The Works Package Contractor’s quality management system shall comply with the requirements of the International Standard ISO 9001 “Quality management systems – Requirements” and the Contract, and shall be practically aligned with the day‐to‐day running of the Contract’s activities. The Works Package Contractor shall submit his quality system documents for review by the PDP as specified in this Chapter G10.

(2) The required quality system documents from the Works Package Contractor shall include but not be limited to the following:

a) A quality manual;

b) A Project Quality Plan; and

c) Quality procedures, work instructions and/or standard forms (supplemented by any contract specific documents as required).

These documents shall include a description of the Quality organisation showing the relationship of the Quality Manager, QA and QC engineers, inspectors etc.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall plan, perform and record all quality assurance and quality control activities to ensure that all work is performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract and the quality system documents which have been approved by the PDP. Such activities shall include, without limitation, the inspections and/or tests expressly or implicitly required by the Contract.

(4) Quality audits will be conducted by the PDP or the PDP’s staff to verify the Works Package Contractor’s maintenance and implementation as well as compliance of the quality management system as specified herein.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall be required to counter-sign the PDP's Quality charter as an acknowledgement of their commitment to observe best working practice

Quality G10.2 (1) The responsibility for and commitment to the Quality




Management Policy at company and project level begins with top management. The Works Package Contractor’s senior management must ensure that the corporate Quality Policy is clearly defined in accordance with ISO 9001:2008, understood, implemented and maintained throughout all appropriate levels of the organization, including at project level.

(2) The commitment of top management to the development and improvement of the Quality Management System should be demonstrated by:

a) Communicating to the project team the importance of meeting quality requirements stated in project plans and the Specifications as well as in applicable regulatory and legal documents.

b) Establishing and disseminating the Quality Policy and Quality Objectives.

c) Conducting management reviews at regular intervals.

d) Ensuring the availability of necessary resources.

Submission of Quality Documents

G10.3

(1) Within fourteen (14) Days of the Commencement Date, the Works Package Contractor shall submit a Project Quality Plan for approval by the PDP.

(2) The quality procedures and any associated work instructions and/or standard forms, which the Works Package Contractor proposes to use for the Contract, shall be made available for the PDP’s inspection.

(3) Within fourteen (14) Days of the Commencement Date, theWorks Package Contractor shall prepare and submit, forapproval by the PDP, the proposed submission numberingscheme and standard forms to be used for the Works. Thenumbering system shall conform to the PDP’s WorkBreakdown Structure shown in Appendix AG12.1

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall continuously review andupdate the quality system documents to meet therequirements and development of the Works throughoutthe duration of the Contract. For any amendment to thequality system documents, the Works Package Contractorshall as soon as practicable prepare and submit the




proposed amendment for approval by the PDP.

Controlled Copies of Quality System Documents

G10.4

(1) The Works Package Contractor shall promptly provide the PDP with two (2) controlled copies of his quality system documents upon such documents being approved by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall maintain such controlled documents throughout the duration of the Contract.

(2) In this context, a "controlled copy" means a document is maintained and kept up‐to‐date at all times with any subsequent amendments incorporated and is distributed to the PDP by the Works Package Contractor whenever the document is updated.

Format of Quality System Documents

G10.5 The quality system documents shall have a standardised format and show clearly on the document:

a) The document title, the document number (if any), the document revision status, and the page number on each page;

b) The approval signatures and the date of such approval; and

c) The identification of all amendments with appropriate amendment indicator against the amendments made within the document.

Not used G10.6

Project Quality Plan

G10.7 The Project Quality Plan shall define the Works Package Contractor’s management structure and the Quality Management System for the execution of the Works and shall, without limitation, define:

(1) The organisation of the Works Package Contractor's managerial staff with particular reference to any member of a partnership, consortium or joint venture, and the main sub‐contractors. Organisation chart(s) shall be produced to illustrate the subdivision of the Works into elements for effective technical and managerial control, the reporting structure and the interface relationship between all parties involved, in particular relating to the quality assurance and quality control teams and with respect to various geographical locations as appropriate;




(2) The specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to managerial and technical staff which shall include, but not be limited to, the quality manager; design staff responsible for design, checking, verification and validation for each type of design; staff responsible for monitoring and controlling his subcontractors as applicable; and site supervision staff for managing and controlling the quality of the Works;

(3) The hierarchy and structure of the overall quality system documents to be applied to the Contract, and clearly indicating any particular documents to be followed by individual key members of the Works Package Contractor if applicable;

(4) The contract specific procedural requirements, if applicable; and

(5) A full list of quality procedures, work instructions, and/or standard forms, including any contract specific documents, to be applied to the Contract.

Quality Procedures, Work Instructions and/or Standard Forms

G10.8 (1) The quality procedures, work instructions and/or standard forms shall define the specific ways to perform the related activities and the records to be generated as objective evidence of the activities performed or results achieved, and shall cover all the requirements of the International Standard ISO 9001 and the Contract including, but not limited to, the following activities:

a) The review, approval and updating of the quality system documents to ensure their continuing suitability and effectiveness;

b) Design control relating to all permanent works and/or temporary works, including design works carried out by subcontractors. The procedures to be applied to manage and control the quality of the design work shall make reference to, in particular, the following:

i. the design and performance requirements which shall be defined in terms of basic data and design assumptions made; relevant codes; standard and regulatory requirements; safety, security and environmental requirements; and commissioning requirements;

ii. the design methods and software applications to be used in the design, both proprietary and public domain, and any requirements for physical and mathematical model testing;




iii. the control and maintenance of software used for the design including their verification and validation;

iv. the control of design works that are to be conducted by the Works Package Contractor’s sub‐design offices, sub‐consultants and sub‐contractors;

v. the preparation, checking, issuing, distribution, indexing and filing of design supporting documents such as reports, calculations, and specifications along with the means of their revisions;

vi. the preparation, checking, issuing, approval and subsequent amendment of drawings;

vii. the recording and controlling of design changes;

viii. the design verification and validation; and;

ix. examples of the forms and formats to be used to record the activities for the design works.

c) Drawing management in all premises related to the execution of the Works, such as head office, design office and site office, including production, approval, updating, maintenance, storage, and distribution;

d) Project documents management in all premises related to the execution of the Works, such as head office, design office and site office, including registration, updating, indexing, filing, maintenance, storage, distribution and monitoring of status of action items arising from the project documents;

e) Monitoring and control of sub‐contractors including aspects on programme, submissions and quality of works;

f) Monitoring of the submission and re‐submission to the PDP;

g) Monitoring of the ordering and delivery of materials, plant and equipment;

h) Quality control of the Works, including the control and rectification of nonconforming items of works, in factory, off‐site and on site;

i) Quality audits on the Works Package Contractor and sub‐contractors of any tier;

j) Establishing and maintaining of a record office in




accordance with the requirements of the Contract;

k) Control and calibration of special tools, testing instruments, monitoring and measuring devices, including those provided or used by sub‐contractors of any tier, for the execution of the Works;

l) Monitoring and measurement of customer satisfaction;

m) Collection and analysis of appropriate data in demonstrating the suitability and effectiveness of the quality management system in meeting the requirements of the Contract; and

n) Continual improvement of the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.

Quality Manager

G10.9 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall appoint a suitably qualified and experienced full‐time person as the quality manager to be responsible for the task of establishing the documented quality management system and ensuring that the quality management system is implemented and maintained effectively.

(2) The Quality Manager shall be directly responsible to the senior level of management at Project Director level or equivalent and be able to discharge his duties without hindrance or constraint. In addition, the Works Package Contractor shall make available any such resources that are necessary to ensure the effective implementation of the Quality Management System.

(3) Within fourteen (14) Days of the Commencement Date, the Works Package Contractor shall submit for review by the PDP details of the qualifications and experience of the proposed quality manager.

(4) The Quality Manager shall have a minimum of five (5) years of working experience in the establishment, maintenance and monitoring of a quality management system for railway systems projects or equivalent.

(5) The Quality Manager shall be stationed on Site when installation activities commence.

(6) The Quality Manager and his team shall report directly to the Works Package Contractor’s Project Director/Manager and be independent of the production and construction team, with sufficient authority to recommend suspension of works activities if major quality non‐conformances are identified.




Monthly Progress Report on Quality Management System

G10.10 The Works Package Contractor shall continuously monitor theperformance of the quality management system and shall include ineach Monthly Progress Report:

(1) the submission status and review status of the quality system documents;

(2) an up‐to‐date annual audit schedule indicating audits completed, planned, re‐scheduled or cancelled;

(3) an up‐to‐date audit finding register providing status and full description of audit findings identified by the PDP and the Works Package Contractor within the reporting period and findings not yet satisfactorily closed;

(4) an up‐to‐date nonconformity report register providing the status of all nonconformity reports issued by the PDP and the Works Package Contractor within the reporting period and those nonconformity reports not yet satisfactorily closed;

(5) the review status of the proposals for using or retaining any items of Works which do not conform to the requirements of the;

(6) a summary of the number of corrective action requests and nonconformity reports that were issued since the Commencement Date, and of those closed within the reporting period and those not yet satisfactory closed;

(7) a narrative appraisal of the performance of the quality management system, including any nonconformities, shortcomings or problem areas identified and the corrective and preventive actions taken or proposed; and

(8) any other items as requested by the PDP

Quality Records G10.11 The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all the quality records as objective evidence of the implementation of the quality management system are properly indexed, filed, maintained, updated and stored

Failure to Perform

G10.12 (1) If, during PDP’s review of the Works Package Contractor’s QA/QC Program or during the execution of the Works, any material or work is found to be not in compliance with Contract requirements, the PDP will notify Works Package Contractor in writing. Thereupon, the Works Package Contractor shall, at his own expense, correct such non‐compliance within the period stated in the notification.

(2) In the event of non‐compliance with the terms of the




Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall carry out additional QC testing and pay for additional QA testing (if deemed necessary) and make all necessary repairs at his own expense.

(3) The PDP reserves the right to stop all works if materials provided and constructed works carried out by the Works Package Contractor show repeatedly non‐conformance with quality requirements stated in plans and the Specifications.

Document Control

G10.13

General G10.13.1 The Works Package Contractor shall establish and maintain documented procedures to control all documents and data that relate to plans and the Specifications of the Contract, including project QA/QC. Documents and data can be in the form of any type of media, including hardcopy or electronic media.

Document and Data Approval and Issue

G10.13.2 The documents and data shall be reviewed and approved for adequacy by the Works Package Contractor’s authorized personnel prior to issue. A master list or equivalent document control procedure identifying the current revision status of documents shall be established and be readily available. This control shall ensure that:

a) Current issues of plans, specifications, and other documents are available at all locations where operations essential to the effective functioning of the quality system are performed.

b) Invalid and/or obsolete documents are promptly removed from all points of issue or use.

c) Any obsolete documents retained for legal and/or knowledge preservation purposes are suitably identified.

Document and Data Changes

G10.13.3 Where applicable, the nature of the change shall be identified in the document or appropriate attachments.

Control of QA/QC Records

G10.13.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain current QA/QC records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include:

a) Factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed;

b) Type and number of inspections or tests involved;

c) Results of inspections or tests;




d) Nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection (if any);

e) Remedial action taken to comply with Contract requirements.

f) Preventive actions to prevent recurrence of such non‐compliance.

(2) Records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features; non‐conforming test results must not be altered or deleted from records. After all required tests and inspections are carried out and remedial actions (if needed) are taken, the QA/QC Manager shall prepare and file a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work, and the works itself, are in compliance with the terms of the Contract. Legible copies of all original QC records shall be furnished to PDP at agreed upon intervals. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to previously furnished and approved records and shall be verified and signed by the Works Package Contractor’s QA/QC Manager.

Product Identification and Traceability

G10.14 (1) The purpose of product identification and traceability is to ensure the control of materials, parts, components, equipment, and products, and the identification and traceability of these materials to prevent the use of incorrect or defective items. They must also ensure that only such items are used or installed, which meet the Specifications.

(2) These requirements apply to all materials, parts, components, equipment, and products, including partially fabricated or assembled components, produced for incorporation into the project.

(3) The PDP will conduct periodic audits at the Works Package Contractor’s facility and the Site to ensure that:

a) Materials, pre‐fabricated elements, and other items that are incorporated in permanent works are identified, by positive markings and/or certifications receipt inspections with segregated storage containing identification data for controlled issue, and checked when received:

b) Procedures exist and are in effect to assure that proper materials are drawn and installed in accordance with the approved design, including oversight by the manufacturer’s Quality staff;




c) Materials and parts that are received without satisfactory identification, that have lost that identification in process, or that are otherwise untraceable are segregated and not used unless re‐identified/re‐certified by Quality staff; and

d) Traceability of materials and manufactured items is maintained through clear identification.

e) All plant and equipment inspected by the SC and/or PDP is clearly marked and maintained in proper and safe operating conditions.

Non‐Compliance and Disposition of Non‐Conforming Materials and Constructed Works

G10.15 (1) The PDP will notify the Works Package Contractor of any identified non‐compliance by issuing a Non‐Compliance Report (NCR). The Works Package Contractor shall, after receipt of such notification, or in response to NCRs raised by the Works Package Contractor’s own Quality Department, take corrective and preventive action at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost.

(2) In cases where Quality activities do repeatedly not comply with Contract requirements, or where the Works Package Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Program as determined by the PDP, the PDP may:

a) Instruct the Works Package Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified QA/QC personnel

b) Instruct the Works Package Contractor to stop operations on a definable feature of work until appropriate corrective and preventive actions are taken.

(3) The responsibility for review and authority for the disposition of non‐conforming materials and constructed works shall be defined in the Project Quality Plan. Non‐conforming items shall be reviewed in accordance with documented procedures.

(4) A non‐conforming item may be:

a) Rejected and replaced

b) Reworked to meet the specified requirements

c) Accepted with or without repair if agreed in writing by the PDP

(5) The proposed use or repair of an item which does not




conform to the requirements of the Specifications shall be reported to the PDP. The description of the non‐conformity and of repairs shall be recorded.

(6) Repaired and/or reworked products shall be inspected by the PDP or SC in accordance with the approved disposition method.

Corrective and Preventive Actions

G10.16 (1) The Quality Programme shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a material or process is deemed to be out of control and shall detail corrective actions that will be taken to bring the process into control, and preventive actions that will be put in place to prevent recurrence of similar non‐compliance. Corrective action shall be applied to materials and items of work for which an NCR has been issued; corrective actions shall furthermore address operation of the Quality Program as a whole, to make any corrections necessary to avoid repeating similar errors. All corrective actions shall be at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost.

(2) When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Works Package Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for selected key performance indicators. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts.

Quality Audits and Training

G10.17

Quality Audits and Training by Works Package Contractor

G10.17.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish and maintain documented procedures for planning and implementing internal and external quality audits to verify whether quality activities and related results comply with plans, specifications and applicable quality management procedures, and to determine the effectiveness of the developed quality assurance system. The external audits shall be applied to all major subcontractors, vendors and designers. These should be at least on an annual basis or as and when directed by the PDP, at the Works Package Contractor’s cost, where systemic non‐conformances have been observed.

(2) Internal and external quality audits shall be scheduled on the basis of status and importance of the activity to be audited and shall be carried out by qualified and competent personnel who have been awarded a recognised certificate in the performing of internal quality audits to ensure compliance with ISO 9001:2008. The Works Package Contractor shall carry out the quality audit




at least once in every three (3) Months.

(3) The result of the audits shall be recorded, reviewed and approved by the Quality Manager. The responsible management personnel shall take timely corrective action on deficiencies found during the audit at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost. Follow up audit activities shall verify and record the implementation and effectiveness the corrective action taken.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall allow the PDP and SC to observe the Works Package Contractor’s internal quality audit.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall establish suitable in‐house or arrange external training programs to ensure that all personnel engaged in Quality work have the necessary knowledge of Quality procedures, so that all relevant works can be carried out in accordance with the Contract. The status of the training conducted shall be included in the Monthly Progress Report.

Quality Audits and Training by PDP

G10.17.2 (1) The results of the Works Package Contractor’s quality audits shall be made available for review by the PDP and SC, who will perform their own independent audits to verify the Works Package Contractor’s compliance with this requirement. The Works Package Contractor shall implement any recommendations made by the PDP based on the results of the internal and external quality audit.

(2) The PDP will prepare and arrange workshops on the importance of effective quality control and quality assurance, and will offer guidance as may be required from time to time.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G11 – Environmental Management


SECTION G11

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

General Environmental Management

G11.1 (1) In performing the Works, the Works Package Contractorshall comply with all statutory requirements, best industrypractice and the particular requirements set out in thisSection G11 in order to preserve and take due care of thelocal environment.

(2) Obtaining any necessary environmental approvals from theRelevant Authorities shall be the Works PackageContractor’s responsibility. Untimely receipt of approvalswhich may affect the Works Package Contractor’sconstruction programme shall not in any way be a basis forconsideration of time extension or variation to the Contract.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall take all necessaryactions to comply with all requirements for protecting theenvironment. Should the Works Package Contractor fail todo so, the PDP may appoint others to take the necessaryactions and all associated cost will be borne by the WorksPackage Contractor.

(4) Any complaints relating to environmental issues that arereceived by the Works Package Contractor should beimmediately attended to by them. A record of any suchcomplaint and the actions taken by the Works PackageContractor and a summary of such complaints will beprovided to the PDP.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a copy of allcorrespondence sent to or received from environmentalauthorities to the PDP upon transmission or receipt.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that allsubcontractors and service providers employed at the Sitecomply with all environmental requirements. The WorksPackage Contractor shall ensure that adequate provisionsare included in the contracts.

Legal Requirements

G11.2 Prior to and during the execution of the Works, the Works PackageContractor shall comply with the Environmental Quality Act 1974(Act 127 & Subsidiary Legislation) and other related environmentallegislation and associated guidelines including, but not limited to:

a) National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965)

b) Town and Country Planning Act 1976, (Act 172)




c) Street, Drainage and Building Act, 1974: Act 133 andAmendment, 1978

d) Protection of Wildlife Act, 1972 (Act 76)

e) Land Conservation Act 1960 (Act 385)

f) Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 (Act 514)

g) Solid Waste and Public Cleansing Management Act 2007 (Act672)

h) Federal Territory (Planning) Act 1982

i) Local Government Act 1976 (Act 171)

Environmental personnel

G11.3 (1) Prior to the commencement of works on the Site and at alltimes throughout the contract, the Works PackageContractor shall engage the following degree qualifiedpersonnel to be based full time on the Site:

a) One (minimum) Environmental Manager

b) One (minimum) Environmental Engineer

(2) The Environmental Manager shall have at least ten (10)years practical experience relevant to the works.

(3) The Environmental Engineer shall have at least five (5) yearspractical experience relevant to the works.

(4) The Environmental Manager(s) shall report directly to theWorks Package Contractor’s Project Manager/Director andbe independent of the production team, with sufficientauthority to recommend suspension of works if theEnvironmental Management Plan (EMP) rules andregulations are grossly flouted.

(5) In addition to the environmental personnel detailed abovethe Works Package Contractor shall provide all additionalstaff necessary for the control and monitoring ofenvironmental requirements.

(6) Works Package Contractor shall submit the curriculum vitaefor the proposed Environmental Manager andEnvironmental Engineer to the PDP and obtain approvalprior to any appointment.

(7) The Works package Contractor shall not remove theapproved Environmental Manager and EnvironmentalEngineer from the Site without obtaining approval from thePDP.




Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment (‘DEIA’)

G11.4 The Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment has been preparedon behalf of the Owner by the PDP as required in the EnvironmentalQuality (Prescribed Activities)(Environmental Impact Assessment)Order of 1987. Approval of the DEIA has been obtained by theOwner. The Works Package Contractor shall comply with all relevantDEIA approval conditions from the Department of Environment forthis Project.

Environmental Management Plan (‘EMP’)

G11.5 (1) The Environmental Management Plan for the overall Projecthas been prepared by the PDP and approval for it has beenobtained. The Works Package Contractor shall comply withthe EMP for this Project.

(2) Within sixty (60) Days from the Letter of Acceptance, theWorks Package Contractor shall prepare and submit for theapproval of the PDP a site specific EMP that details the wayin which they will comply with the environmentalrequirements that relate to the Works.

(3) No construction activities shall commence and no requestsfor payment from the Works Package Contractor shall beprocessed until the Works Package Contractor’s site specificEMP is approved by the PDP.

(4) The site specific EMP shall contain the Works PackageContractor’s Policy on the environment. The Policy willindicate that a pro‐active approach will be adopted by theWorks Package Contractor regarding environmentalrequirements.

(5) The role and responsibilities of both the EnvironmentalManager, Environmental Engineer and other supporting staffshall be clearly defined in the site specific EMP.

(6) The Works package Contractor’s site specific EMP shallinclude reference to the following:

a) The approved DEIA and related approval conditions

b) The approved EMP

c) The approved ESCP

d) DOE Guidelines on preparation of EMPs

e) ISO 14001 Environmental Management System

(7) The site specific EMP is a document for practical use on theSite and will at all times be concise, current and specific tothe Site.

(8) The site specific EMP shall be formally reviewed at least




once per year and revised after any changes in the design orconstruction of the works that may affect the environment.

Not used G11.6

Deliverables G11.7 The following documents shall be submitted by the Works PackageContractor to the PDP:

Documents No. of

copies Frequency Remarks

Site Specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

2 hard and 1 soft

Within 14 Days of Letter of Acceptance and after each revision.

Approval from the PDP shall be obtained.

Monthly Environmental Performance Report

2 hard and 1 soft

Monthly on or before a day to be specified by the PDP

Contents shall be as specified by the PDP

Closure Audit Report

2 hard and 1 soft

14 Days prior to the issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion

Environmental Protection Works

G11.8 The Works Package Contractor shall identify all environmentalaspects and impacts of the Site and Works and shall execute allmeasures necessary to control them. In particular the WorksPackage Contractor shall observe the requirements below.

Erosion and Sedimentation Control

G11.8.1 (1) Limit site clearing works to construction areas only.

(2) Conduct all earthwork activity in accordance with thesequence of the approved method statement.

(3) Transport and stockpile topsoil on Site only to designatedareas approved by the PDP. Transport and dispose of top soiland unsuitable materials only at approved landfill sites.

(4) Provide temporary erosion protection for exposed slopesunder construction until such time as the permanentprotection measures are provided.

(5) Provide permanent protection and landscaping work toslopes immediately upon reaching their formation levels.

(6) Construct berms and temporary earth drains for all slopesunder construction.

(7) Construct permanent drains for slopes which have reachedthe required formation levels.

(8) Take all necessary precautions to prevent debris, rubbish,silt, waste materials and pollutants from entering existingwaterways.




(9) Provide and maintain Site area sediment control measuressuch as silt fences, silt traps, gabion walls, check dams at alltimes.

(10) Reinstate the Site including landscaping where silt trapswere located and remove all other temporary measures forenvironmental control on completion of the works.

(11) Treat slurry from piling and tunneling work beforedischarging residual water to watercourses.

Waste Management

G11.8.2 (1) All types of waste are to be segregated, stored and disposedin accordance with the EMP.

(2) Wastes with sharp edges are to be stored in speciallydesigned containers that are specially manufactured for thatpurpose.

(3) Scheduled waste shall be kept in labelled containers drumsand stored in designated areas which shall both bemaintained and removed in accordance with theDepartment of Environment requirements.

(4) Scheduled waste shall be only be disposed of by the WorksPackage Contractor to a licensed service provider.

(5) Oil and grease from servicing of construction equipment,vehicles, machinery etc. shall be handled as scheduled waste

(6) Fuel, grease, engine oil storage and workshop facilities shallbe properly constructed and sited away from watercoursesto avoid contamination.

(7) Any water discharge from batching plants shall be treated ina water treatment pond system.

(8) Grout ponds shall be provided at batching plant areas tocollect discharge from the washing of the cement trucks.Grout ponds shall be well maintained and cleaned regularly.Hardened grout shall be disposed off as construction waste.

(9) Wastewater (sullage and sewage) from site offices and siteaccommodation shall be collected and treated at awastewater treatment plant prior to discharge intowatercourses.

(10) Temporary toilet facilities with septic tanks or portabletoilets shall be provided at the Site and they will be cleanedand maintained on a daily basis.

(11) Septic tanks and portable toilets shall be maintained andemptied by a licensed service provider.




(12) The Works Package Contractor shall obtain approval fromthe Relevant Authority for his proposed disposal sites withregard to his management of spoil and slurry disposal.

Air Quality Control

G11.8.3 (1) Vehicle washing facilities shall be provided at Site exits. Allwashing facilities shall be equipped with a motorized pumpand jetting hose to ensure that all vehicles are free of siltand mud prior to leaving the Site. The water in the washtrough shall be channelled into a silt trap.

(2) Vehicles transporting dusty materials shall have the loadcovered entirely by clean impervious sheeting, whichextends over the edges of properly fitting side and tailboards and materials will be dampened beforetransportation.

(3) All vehicles, plant and equipment with internal combustionengines will be maintained in good working order to ensurethat exhaust emissions are controlled to acceptablestandards.

(4) Traffic controls such as speed limits and traffic volumerestrictions shall be implemented to reduce dust churned upby vehicles, particularly attention will be paid at sensitiveareas such as hospitals and schools.

(5) Open burning is prohibited at the Site.

(6) The Works Package Contractor is required to obtain writtenapproval from the Department of Environment for fuelburning equipment, in particular generator sets used at theSite if the capacity of pulverized fuel or solid fuelconsumption is 30 kg or more per hour or any liquid orgaseous matter at 15 kg or more per hour.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall regularly spray accessroads, haul roads, and other dry surfaces with water in orderto control dust emissions such as to ensure compliance withair quality requirements, particularly during earthworksactivities.

Noise and Vibration Control

G11.8.4 (1) Movement of heavy vehicles shall be confined to daytimeworking hours and minimized during night time, weekendsand public holidays. Overall noise levels arising from themovement of heavy vehicles shall be controlled by usingroutes that will cause minimum disturbance in the vicinity ofthe Site.

(2) Construction Works that need to be carried out at night aresubject to the permit or approval from the local authorities.




No major disturbances are allowed near to the residentialareas for night works.

(3) Hoarding is recommended wherever required to isolate theunsightly construction activity from nearby sensitiveresidents/ building if required.

(4) Noise generating equipment and machinery shall beinspected regularly and maintained in good workingcondition to reduce noise generation at source.

(5) All noise generating equipment and machinery shall be shutdown when not in use.

(6) Where explosives are used on the construction processcontrolled blasting method shall be used to reduce the noiseand vibration.

(7) Vibration levels shall be monitored and recorded for blastingoperation conducted on the Site.

(8) Noise and vibration emitting construction equipment shallbe placed away from sensitive receptors.

(9) Piling works should be confined to daytime hours andactivities minimized during night time, weekends and publicholidays.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all work isconducted in accordance with the DOE Project ApprovalConditions which are transcribed in Appendix AG11.1.

Stormwater Management

G11.9 Stormwater management design and construction works shallconform with the requirements of “Urban Stormwater ManagementManual (MASMA) from DID and the approved ESCP.

Environmental Incidents

G11.10 (1) For any environmental incident caused by the WorksPackage Contractor or occurring at the Site, the WorksPackage Contractor is responsible for informing all relevantauthorities and the PDP.

(2) For any environmental incident caused by the WorksPackage Contractor or occurring at the Site, the WorksPackage Contractor shall implement the site specificEmergency Response Plan.

(3) The Works Package Contractor is responsible for rectificationof all damages caused by the environmental incidents.

(4) Should any environmental incident involve stakeholders thePDP shall be the spokesperson.

Environmental G11.11




Monitoring, Site Inspection and Auditing

Environmental Monitoring

G11.11.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall monitor silt trap andeffluent discharges. All samples taken must be tested by anaccredited laboratory. The Works Package Contractor shallsubmit to PDP monthly environmental performance reportconsisting in‐situ and laboratory results, samplingphotographs with weather charts and analyses of themonitoring data in terms of environmental performance andsummary of environmental inspection.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall engage an accreditedlaboratory to monitor control monitoring points proposed inthe EMP namely river water quality, air quality, noise andvibration level and others stated in the DEIA and associatedapproval conditions.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out the necessarybaseline monitoring to measure air quality, water quality,noise levels, and vibration levels at locations to be approvedby the PDP, prior to commencing the Works on the Site.

Site Inspection G11.11.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall conduct physical siteenvironmental inspections on a scheduled basis and submitthe summary of inspection status to the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall take appropriatecorrective and preventive actions for all identifieddeficiencies relating to environmental requirements at theWorks Package Contractor’s own cost.

(3) Where inspections identify a particular person or group ofpersons that repeatedly fail to achieve acceptableenvironmental standards then the Works PackageContractor will take action to remove such persons from theSite. Where the Works Package Contractor does not takesuch action the PDP may instruct the Works PackageContractor to do so.

(4) The PDP has the right to inspect the environmentalperformance of the Works Package Contractor at any time.The Works Package Contractor shall co‐operate with suchinspections and take action to correct any deficienciesobserved at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare, file, andmaintain all site inspection records, and which shall be madeavailable to the PDP for inspection upon request.




(6) The Works Package Contractor shall adopt ‘BestManagement Practices’ for erosion and sedimentationcontrol during earthworks and tunnelling works, and theassociated site inspections shall be carried out on a weeklybasis. The Works Package Contractor shall prepare theinspection reports in a format required by the Departmentof Environment, and which shall be posted to the relevantwebsite within twenty four (24) hours of the inspection.

Auditing G11.11.3 The PDP has the right to conduct environmental audits at any time.Any such audits will be formally notified and subsequently reportedto the Works Package Contractor. The Works Package Contractorshall co‐operate with such audits and take action to correct anynon‐conformities reported at the Works Package Contractor’s owncost.

Training, Promotion and Awareness

G11.12 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide environmentaltraining to all managers and supervisors who work on theSite. The training shall include details on legal requirements,environmental aspects and impacts and operational controlsincluding emergency preparedness and response. Thetraining shall be conducted within three (3) Months of thecommencement of employment on the Site.

(2) The Works Package Contractor’s Environment staff shallprovide environmental induction training for all persons thatwork on the Site before they commence their work.

(3) The Works Package Contractor’s Supervisory andManagement staff shall provide task specific environmentalbriefings to workers under their control before theycommence each new task and thereafter at intervals notexceeding one (1) week.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall organize environmentalpromotions and campaigns to enhance generalenvironmental awareness throughout the duration of theWorks.

Meetings G11.13 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure thatenvironmental issues are discussed at all seniormanagement meetings. In addition they will ensure thatthey deploy competent representatives to attend anyenvironmental meetings with stakeholders that they arerequired to attend.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall facilitate Site meetingson the environment with the PDP and other stakeholders asrequired. Arrangements for such meetings will include theprovision of adequately equipped meeting rooms, recording




and distribution of written minutes of the meeting withinthree (3) Days of the meeting taking place.

Non Compliance

G11.14 Where the PDP identifies deficiencies in the Works PackageContractor’s environmental performance the following actions maybe taken:

a) Issuance of inspection reports

b) Issuance of non‐conformance reports

c) Withhold certification of the Interim Certificate and/orwithhold any payment due or becoming due to the WorksPackage Contractor under any Interim Certificate

d) Issuance of stop work orders

Asbestos G11.15 The Works Package Contractor shall not use asbestos basedmaterial during the execution of the Works




APPENDIX G11.1: DEIA APPROVAL CONDITIONS The conditions are transcribed below for reference: DEIA APPROVAL CONDITIONS FOR SYARIKAT PRASARANA NEGARA BERHAD; KLANG VALLEY MASS RAPID TRANSIT: SUNGAI BULOH – KAJANG LINE A summary of the Approval Conditions as per letter Ref: dated 6 April 2011 is given below. A copy of the Approval letter with all the 38 approval conditions from DOE is enclosed in Appendix A. COMPLIANCE 1. All mitigation measures and controls as stated in the documents below, which were

prepared by the DEIA consultants, ERE Consulting Group Sdn Bhd must be fully complied with:

1.1 Detailed EIA Report titled “SYARIKAT PRASARANA NEGARA BERHAD; KLANG VALLEY

MASS RAPID TRANSIT: SUNGAI BULOH – KAJANG LINE; DETAILED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT; Prepared by ERE Consulting Group Sdn Bhd; February 2011” which was submitted by Syarikat Prasarana Negara Berhad on 14 February 2011 with letter Ref: GCD/PCD/npwc/hn/0055‐2011 dated 8 February 2011.

1.2 Supplementary information entitled ““SYARIKAT PRASARANA NEGARA BERHAD;

KLANG VALLEY MASS RAPID TRANSIT: SUNGAI BULOH – KAJANG LINE; DETAILED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)” which was submitted by Syarikat Prasarana Negara Berhad with letter Ref: ERE/EJ420/It(22)/2011‐131 dated 31 March 2011.

PROJECT CONCEPT 2. The Detailed EIA scope of approval is limited to the construction of tracks, tunnels, stations,

depots and operation of the ‘Mass Rapid Transit (MRT)’ for the 51 km stretch from the KTMB Sg. Buloh station to KTMB Kajang Station.

3. The components, layout plans and alignment layout for the Project as stated below should

as detailed and shown in the Detailed EIA Report titled “SYARIKAT PRASARANA NEGARA BERHAD; KLANG VALLEY MASS RAPID TRANSIT: SUNGAI BULOH – KAJANG LINE; DETAILED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT; Prepared by ERE Consulting Group Sdn Bhd; February 2011”

(i) Section 3.3, KEY PROJECT COMPONENTS (Page 3‐7 to Page 3‐15) (ii) Section 3.4, ROLLING STOCK (Page 3‐15 to Page 3‐18) (iii) Section 3.5, TRACKWORKS (Page 3‐18 to Page 3‐19) (iv) Section 3.6, SYSTEM OPERATIONS (Page 3‐20 to Page 3‐23) (v) FIGURE 3‐2, Segment 1 : Sg. Buloh Station to Semantan Station (vi) FIGURE 3‐3, Segment 2 : Semantan Station to Maluri Station (vii) FIGURE 3‐4, Segment 3 : Maluri Station to Kajang Station (viii) FIGURE 3‐5, Layout Plan for Proposed Kota Damansara and PJU Station




(ix) FIGURE 3‐6, Layout Plan for Proposed Dataran Sunway Station and One Utama Station (x) FIGURE 3‐7, Layout Plan for Proposed TTDI Station and Pusat Bandar Damansara Station

(xi) FIGURE 3‐8, Layout Plan for Proposed Tmn Bukit Mewah Station and Plaza Phoenix Station (xii) FIGURE 3‐9, Layout Plan for Proposed Taman Cuepacs Station and Balakong Station (xiii) FIGURE 3‐10, Layout Plan for Proposed Taman Mesra Station and Kajang Station (xiv) FIGURE 3‐11, RRI Depot Area (xv) FIGURE 3‐12, Taman Koperasi Depot Area (xvi) FIGURE 3‐16, Semantan Launch Shaft (xvii) FIGURE 3‐17, Cochrane Launch Shaft (xviii) FIGURE 3‐18, Warisan Retrieval Shaft (xix) FIGURE 3‐19, Maluri Retrieval Shaft

4. Any changes to the alignment, components and layout plans as per 3(i) to 3(xix) must

be notified to the Department of Environment in writing. CONTROL OF EARTHWORKS AND CONSTRUCTION 5. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) for the Project which incorporates Best

Management Practices (BMPs) must be prepared in accordance with Guideline for ErosionSediment Control in Malaysia – October 2010. The ESCP must be endorsed by a Professional Engineer and appoved by Department of Irrigation and Drainage (DID). Two (2) copies of the ESCP must be submitted to the DOE Selangor and two (2) copies to DOE Kuala Lumpur.

6. All erosion and sedimentation mitigatation measures outlined in the ESCP must be prepared

before commencement of earthworks. 7. Maintenance of BMPs must be carried out and maintenance records prepared and

maintained for inspection purpose. 8. Access roads and construction roads for construction of depot and launch shafts must be

designed according to specifications and built as per the alignment drawing in the ESCP. 9. Location and method of disposal for the overburden and waste slurry from tunnel

construction must be discussed in detail in the Project’s Environmental Management Plan. Dumping of wastes to waterways is prohibited. Approval from the Local Authority must be obtained for management of waste disposal.

CONTROL OF NOISE AND VIBRATION

10. Project owner must carry out baseline noise and vibration monitoring before construction works commence, during construction stage, before operational stage and during




operational stage. Monitoring and interpretation of data must be carried out by a known acoustics expert.

11. Noise and vibration level monitoring programme have to be approved by DOE.

12. Piling works and any activities during construction stage which may cause an increase of

noise levels must be controlled to ensure the levels adhere to Schedule 6 of “The Planning Guidelines for Environmental Noise Limits and Control” by DOE. Construction activities which have the potential to cause increase in noise levels and nuisances to the sensitive receptors will be restricted to 8.00 am – 7.00 pm. Construction works are not allowed on Sunday and public holidays.

13. Noise levels at residential areas and noise sensitive receptors located nearby the

construction sites must be controlled to ensure the levels do not exceed the following: a) Leq (day time) = 65 dB(A) b) Leq (night time) = 60 dB(A) c) Lmax (average over one hour during train pass‐bys) = 75 dB(A)

If the Leq levels measured before commencement of project is higer than the limits stated above, then the Leq must be controlled to ensure the levels do not exceed existing Leq + 3 dBA., using the baseline data as mentioned in Approval Condition No. 10.

14. Vibration levels at receiver locations such as buildings or vibration sensititive receivers during construction and operational stage must be controlled to ensure the levels adhere to Schedule 5 and Schedule 6 of “The Planning Guidelines for Vibration Limits and Control in the Environment” published by DOE.

15. Effective noise and vibration control measures such as noise barriers and others considered

during the Project’s detailed design stage. Control measures used must be able to decrease noise and vibration levels as stated in Approval Condition No. 13 and 14.

CONTROL OF AIR QUALITY AND MONITORING PROGRAMME

16. Construction works must be controlled to prevent air pollution particularly on Total

Suspended Particulates and cause nuisances to the nearby residents. Ambient air quality monitoring must be carried out from the start of earthworks until the end of construction works. Frequency and location of the monitoring programme must obtain approval from DOE.

17. Open burning of biomass and construction waste is strictly prohibited. 18. Wheels of vehicles and machineries must be washed before entering public roads. Wheel

washing facilities must be located nearby exit to public roads. The entry and exit road must be paved.

19. Access roads; especially haul roads, have to be sprayed with water to ensure no emission of

dust during earthworks activities.




CONTROL OF AIR QUALITY AND MONITORING PROGRAMME

20. Surface runoff on‐site and effluent from Slurry Treatment Plant must not exceed 100 mg/l of

suspended solids (SS). MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE AND SCHEDULED WASTE

21. A proper solid waste management plan must be established and disposal of wastes to water

courses is prohibited. Solid wastes must be disposed at designated disposal site approved by the Local Authority.

22. Scheduled wastes stipulated under First Schedule (Regulation 2), Environmental Quality

(Scheduled Wastes) Regulations 2005 have to be disposed at licensed premises under Section 18(1) Environmental Quality Act, 1974. Disposal of scheduled wastes to other waste disposal sites are prohibited.

23. Containment bund must be built for chemical and petroleum based material storage tanks.

The containment bund must be designed to cater for 110% of the capacity of the largest tank. The storage floor must be concreted and facilities to pump up spillages must be available.

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN

24. Traffic Management Plans must be prepared and approved by the respective Local

Authorities before commencement of construction works. The Traffic Management Plans must be reviewed and updated from time to time as deemed necessary.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

25. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which outlines all actions required for

compliance with the DEIA Approval Conditions and mitigation measures proposed in the DEIA must be prepared before commencement of earthworks and construction works. The EMP must be prepared in accordance with the format attached in LAMPIRAN A and submitted to DOE for approval. The EMP must be reviewed and updated from time to time as deemed necessary.

ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT

26. Environmental audit as required under Section 33A, Environmental Quality Act, 1974 (Act

127) must be conducted by an independent third party Auditor registered with DOE and is a certified Erosion, Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI) or possesses equivalent certification. The environmental audit must be carried out every 4 months during earthworks and construction stage or following DOE’s directive; from the start of earthworks until completed.

27. All auditing costs must be borne by the project developer.




28. Audit reports must be prepared in accordance with Environmental Audit Guidance Manual, published by DOE and submitted to DOE every 4 months.

REPORTS

29. On‐line reports for inspection of BMPs for erosion and sedimentation control during

earthworks and construction of tunnel must be carried out on a weekly basis. On‐line inspection reports using the format attached in LAMPIRAN B must be submitted to DOE within 24 hours of inspection.

30. The following reports must be submitted to DOE which includes:

(i) Brief report on progress of earthworks and construction which includes pictorial progress reports must be submitted using the BORANG EIA 1‐08 as attached in LAMPIRAN C, within 90 days from the date of the DEIA approval letter. This information must be submitted every 3 months until completion of earthworks and construction works.

(ii) DEIA Approval Conditions Compliance Report which shows compliance with all the conditions of approval and all prevention and control measures for all related activities as stipulated under Section 34A(7), Environmental Quality Act, 1974 must be submitted by completing BORANG EIA 2‐08 as attached in LAMPIRAN D. This information must be submitted every 3 months during earthworks, construction and operational stage.

31. The following Environmental Monitoring Reports must be submitted to DOE every 3 months

from the start of earthworks until completion of construction works: (i) Monitoring and assessment report for noise and vibration (ii) Monitoring and assessment report for ambient air quality on total suspended

particulates (TSP) (iii) Monitoring and assessment report for river water quality on suspended solids (iv) Monitoring report for effluent from silt trap on suspended solid and turbidity 32. Noise level monitoring must be carried out for a one year period from the start of

operational stage and the reports submitted to DOE every 3 months. ADMINISTRATION

33. The Project Developer must include the DEIA Approval Conditions and EIA Consultant’s

recommendations in the DEIA in the tender documents and contractual requirements for any contractors/sub‐contractors involved in the Project.

34. Environment Officer (EO) who is fully responsible for all environmental management

matters and implementation of all control measures during earthworks, construction stage and at least a year during operational stage must be engaged. The name, designation and contact details of the EO must be submitted to DOE not later than fourteen (14) days prior to commencement of earthworks and construction works. The EO scope of work includes:




(i) Supervise erosion and sediment control measures as outlined in the ESCP and EMP (ii) Inspect all mitigation measures and BMPs for erosion and sedimentation control

(includes perimeter drain, check drain, wash trough, silt trap, slope protection) (iii) Conduct fortnightly site meetings with Project developer and contractor (iv) Conduct in‐situ measurement for suspended solids and turbidity at silt trap discharge

35. One copy of the DEIA Approval Conditions must be displayed at an appropriate location which could be seen clearly at the management office. 36. Project developer must inform the DOE in writing if there is a change in company

management. Any ownership change or separation of ownership has to include the DEIA approval conditions to the new owner in the sale‐purchase/change in ownership transaction.

37. Project developer must comply with all directives and additional conditions imposed from

time to time by DOE Director General or representative. 38. Good house‐keeping rules must be practiced at construction sites at all times.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G12 – Planning, Programming and Progress Monitoring of the Works


SECTION G12

PLANNING, PROGRAMMING AND PROGRESS MONITORING OF THE WORKS

Planning and Programming

G12.1 The Works Package Contractor shall plan in detail the full scope of the Works taking into account the complex nature and different phases and aspects of the Contract and shall provide programmes which reflect the detailed planning undertaken so as to ensure that the programmes are realistic and achievable. All programmes developed by the Works Package Contractor are to be accompanied with the detailed supporting information.

Planning and Programming Organization

G12.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide a detailed organisation chart providing full definition of the responsibilities and qualifications of all personnel to be involved in the planning, programming, project management and progress monitoring of the Works.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall at the commencement of the Works appoint a full time Programme Manager with a minimum of 10 years relevant experience to manage the planning, programming, and progress monitoring of the Works.

Programme Submissions

G12.3 The Works Package Contractor shall provide the following programmes and their sub‐programmes:

(1) The Baseline Programme and the following sub‐programmes:

a) Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme;

b) Testing and Commissioning Programme; and

c) Co‐ordinated Installation Programme.

(2) The following supplementary programmes:

a) Three Month Rolling Programme;

b) Time Chainage Programme; and

c) Any other programmes required by the PDP.

Progress Monitoring

G12.4 The Works Package Contractor shall monitor his performance against those programmes or others as required by the PDP. His monitoring of the Works shall include for direct daily monitoring of the progress of the Works and the preparation of written and computerised reports (including all necessary supporting data)




submitted in the formats acceptable to the PDP and at period(s) determined by the PDP.

Programme Requirements

G12.5 (1) Programme activities shall be discrete items of work, which when combined produce definable elements, components, stages, specified parts or sections of the Works and clearly identify the completion obligations of the Works Package Contractor under the Contract.

(2) Activity descriptions shall clearly convey the nature and scope of the Works. Programmes shall take into account of the activities of Other Works Contractors. The Works Package Contractor shall also incorporate the PDP’s requirements for additional activities.

(3) Access dates, Milestones and completion obligations shall be an integral part of all programmes and all activities. In this respect, all the sequencing and interrelationships required to achieve each completion obligations shall be clearly shown on the programmes. Milestones shall not impose constraints which in any way affect the programme logic and float or limit the achievement of access dates and completion obligations. Milestones shall not be introduced into any programme as constrained dates. The critical path activities shall be clearly identified in the programme and fully described in the accompanying programme narrative.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall be required to provide any other programmes as required by the PDP.

(5) Unless otherwise stated in the Contract or unless subsequently approved by the PDP, all programmes to be submitted by the Works Package Contractor under the Contract shall, as a minimum, comply with the following requirements:

a) All programmes, except the Time Chainage Programme, shall be computerised Critical Path Method (CPM) networks developed using the Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM), and submitted in both hard copy and accepted electronic data format. Activity description shall clearly convey the nature and scope of the Works. All programme activities shall be logically linked to form a comprehensive network from the Contract commencement to completion;

b) All programmes shall take into account of the activities of the Other Works Contractors and shall clearly identify and contain all interfaces, with critical




sectional dates as may be required by the Related Works and by Other Works Contractors;

c) All programme activities shall be weighted in a form and format to be agreed with the PDP;

d) All programmes, except the Three Month Rolling Programme and the Time Chainage Programme, shall be prepared using Primavera P6, Version 7.0 or later;

e) Unless otherwise stated in the Contract or approved by the PDP, all programmes shall be accompanied by a Programme Analysis Report and a programme narrative, the contents and formats, of which are to be agreed with the PDP;

f) All programme submissions shall include the details of the Works Package Contractor's allowance for holidays and non work periods;

g) The planning unit for the duration of all programme activities shall be the Day and no activities shall have a duration greater than four (4) weeks unless the Works Package Contractor can demonstrate to the PDP of its necessity.

h) All programmes shall be fully resourced and shall include but not be limited to; major manpower trades, numbers of items of major plant and equipment, principle quantities i.e. numbers of drawings (other than the design deliverables and approvals), volume of excavation / concrete, tonnage of steelwork, reinforcement, area of formwork, block/brickwork, finishing works, numbers of components or parts, length of cabling, pipe, ductwork and equipment items etc.) as appropriate or required by the PDP, covering all stages and aspects of the Contract;

i) The Works Package Contractor shall provide the PDP with substantiation for each start, finish and float constraint entered by the Works Package Contractor into the programme. Mandatory constraints shall not be included in any programme. The number of constraints shall be kept to an absolute minimum in order that the CPM networks developed by the Works Package Contractor can be freely analysed by the PDP;

j) No “open ends” on activities or “negative leads” or




“lags” or “out of sequence” activities will be allowed;

k) Access dates, completion obligations and Milestones shall be coded so as to be separately identifiable. The Works Package Contractors may be required to assign additional activity codes as required by the PDP;

l) All programmes shall be organised in a logical Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) in accordance with the coding contained in Appendix AG12.1 and Organisation Breakdown Structure (OBS) including work stages or phases and each activity shall be coded to indicate, as a minimum, the work group or entity responsible for the activity, the area, facility or location and the Cost Centre. The Works Package Contractor shall gain agreement for the respective codes from the PDP. The WBS and OBS codes may be refined and expanded by the Works Package Contractor, as necessary, to manage the Project, subject to the PDP’s agreement. As a minimum, each task or activity in all programmes shall be coded, identified, and managed according to this structure;

m) The Works Package Contractor shall develop and maintain Progress and Workforce Profile Curves at the discipline or craft level for the design, interfacing, engineering, procurement, construction, testing and commissioning. The development of these Progress and Workforce Profile Curves shall be agreed with the PDP. The Progress and Workforce Profile Curves shall reflect the Early Start, Late Finish, Plan, Actual, and Forecast lines. The Early Start, Late Finish and Plan lines shall be established upon finalization of the baseline schedule and shall not be changed unless an accepted revision to a baseline schedule is necessary at a later date;

n) The Works Package Contractor shall also develop and maintain Quantity Installation Profile Curves reflecting the bulk quantity installation for the major construction activities e.g. linear metres of permanent way, track, cabling installed etc. The Quantity Installation Profile Curves shall be submitted to the PDP as an attachment to the baseline schedules.

o) The Works Package Contractor shall develop a S‐Curve for each individual or each respective sub‐system for the installation, testing and




commissioning activities. The S‐Curve shall be submitted to the PDP as an attachment to the baseline schedules.

G12.5(6) All planning information is presented in project Months,

calculated as the number of Months from the 1st January 2012. For example, a reference to “M1” means January 2012, “M2” means February 2012 etc. (see Project Month table below). Access and completion dates stated in the Contract shall mean the last day of the respective calendar month or the first working day thereafter if that day is a General Holiday.

Baseline Programme

G12.6 (1) In accordance with Conditions of Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP a fully coordinated detailed programme. It shall include activities for all the different phases and stages of the Contract and any other activity which constitutes a part of the Contract scope of works from Contract’s commencement to completion showing clearly all logical interdependencies and interfaces. This Baseline Programme shall:

a) Conform with the dates for achievement of access

dates, completion obligations and Milestones set out in the Contract;

b) Show the order of precedence and periods during which the Works Package Contractor proposes to carry out the Works, the relationship between the works and the information to be provided or the works to be carried out by the Works Package Contractor or Other Works Contractor and other interfacing parties and any other information required to be shown in the Specifications;

c) Show the time allowed for the design, the design approval process, manufacture and shipping;

d) The programme shall be accompanied by a schedule which shall clearly indicate the locations where activities are to take place;

e) The programme shall clearly identify all items included in the Schedule of Designs submitted in accordance with the Contract and shall include a summary listing of all components;

f) It shall include a separate breakdown of those items which are subject to long lead time or component parts which are manufactured from countries outside the country of assembly and test;

g) All activities shall be broken down to a level of detail




considered acceptable to the PDP and no longer than stated under G12.5(5)g; and

h) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a weighted bar chart for his activities. Each activity weight shall normally not be more than one percent (1%) of the total content of the Works.

(2) Further to sub‐clause (1) above, the Works Package

Contractor shall make full allowance in his programmes for the following:

a) obtaining the necessary approvals, licences and

permits from the Relevant Authorities;

b) the ordering, procurement of any special plant and equipment or long lead items;

c) routine maintenance and down‐time of construction plant during operation;

d) time taken to deal with any known obstructions or unusual construction methods;

e) the carrying out of any tests or inspections on the Works as required under the Contract or by Relevant Authorities;

f) obtaining the agreement of the Relevant Authorities for diverting existing utilities and services and for the implementation of such diversions;

g) any new utilities that may be ongoing at the time of award of Contract or planned during the Execution of the Works;

h) consulting with the Relevant Authorities and obtaining approval for TMP proposals;

i) satisfying any requirements stipulated in the approval conditions for the Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment, including allowing for the time required for making submissions and obtaining approvals for any amendments proposed to the DEIA;

j) liaising with Other Works Contractors and coordinating the Execution of the Works with the works of Other Works Contractors;

k) liaising with the owners, occupiers and managers of existing buildings and structures that are impacted by, or lie within the vicinity of the Works and holding briefing meetings (at intervals to be agreed) to




discuss the planned stages of construction works and all other related matters; and

l) the carrying out of any tests on or inspections of the Works.

Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme

G12.7 (1) The Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme shall be submitted within sixty (60) Days of the date for the Letter of Acceptance, or as required by the PDP.

(2) The Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme shall be a sub‐programme of, and be compatible to the other sub‐programmes, of the Baseline Programme. It shall include, as a minimum, activities on:

a) different stages in the development of the Works Package Contractor's design including activities relating to subcontract awards, preparation and submission of all design deliverables, review periods, and submissions for review by the PDP and review or approval, as necessary, by the Relevant Authorities;

b) preparation, submission and approval of design documents, preparation and submission for review of mock‐ups/prototypes, etc; allowance for the PDP’s approval cycle time shall be taken in to consideration;

c) any off‐site work such as manufacture or prefabrication of materials or components;

d) procurement of all major materials for the Permanent Works including date order to be placed, manufacture period and the expected delivery date to the Site for each item of the materials; and

e) any software development requirements and validation time frames.

(3) To support the Works Package Contractor's Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme, the Works Package Contractor shall prepare a detailed material control schedule which shall be a complete amplification of the Works Package Contractor's procurement strategy and equipment quantities, including those items which are subject to long lead time or component parts which are manufactured by others, in a data base format.

(4) The material control schedule shall have the following information for all relevant materials and significant components. The form and format of such a schedule is to be reviewed and agreed by the PDP, and shall include:




a) name, description, supplier/sub‐supplier details;

b) drawing information (where appropriate); title, drawing status, submission dates, shop drawings/ fabrication drawing preparation, etc.;

c) the manufacturing process, manufacturing of test pieces, trial production, PDP’s inspection, monthly production of components and monthly supply of components;

d) the assembly process, erection and assembly sequences (particularly for the first pieces) prior to shipment, test assemblies, monthly assembly requirement, PDP inspection, testing of assemblies; and

e) transportation process, quality release from factory, factory storage, transport to dock, shipment.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall continuously maintain this schedule and report upon the status of each item as part of the Works Package Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report. From this base data, the Works Package Contractor shall prepare an exception report detailing all components which are in delay. This report shall be annotated with the reason for the delay and indicate what action the Works Package Contractor is taking to recover the lost time.

Not used G12.8




Testing and Commissioning Programme

G12.9 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a preliminary Testing and Commissioning Programme, as a sub‐programme of the Baseline Programme, within sixty (60) Days of the Commencement Date, or as required by the PDP.

(2) The full version of the Testing and Commissioning Programme shall be submitted within sixty (60) Days from the commencement of E&M installation works on Site, or as required by the PDP.

(3) The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall be a sub‐programme of, and be compatible to the other sub‐programmes, of the Baseline Programme. The Programme shall be fully detailed, with activities individually identifying all tests for which a certificate will be issued, and shall include activities for preparation, submittal and review of the test procedures.

(4) The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall demonstrate the logic dependencies between the individual tests of the Works, and shall also show the interfaces and dependencies with all of the Other Works Contractors’ tests for the commissioning of the Works and in support of the commissioning of the Project.

Co‐ordinated Installation Programme

G12.10 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the initial version of the Co‐ordinated Installation Programme together with the Baseline Programme within sixty (60) Days of the Commencement Date, or as required by the PDP. The full version of the Co‐ordinated Installation Programme shall be developed after discussion with the Other Works Contractors. Each part shall be developed in sufficient time for the respective Other Works Contractor to meet his manufacturing or procurement programme. The overall Co‐ordinated Installation Programme shall be submitted not less than six (6) Months before the programmed commencement date for E&M installation works on Site.

(2) The Co‐ordinated Installation Programme shall be a sub‐programme of, and be compatible to other sub‐programmes, of the Baseline Programme.

(3) The purpose of the Co‐ordinated Installation Programme is to facilitate:

a) the co‐ordination of the timing for delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of the works of the Other Works Contractors with those of the Works Package Contractor; and

b) the efficient management of interfaces between the




Works and the works of the Other Works Contractors.

(4) Details of the time periods required by the Other Works Contractors for their various activities, and the programme windows when these should take place will be provided in the Contract. The Works Package Contractor shall use this information and any information obtained subsequently through co‐ordination with the Other Works Contractors, to prepare the Co‐ordinated Installation Programme and demonstrate how the works of the Other Works Contractors can be integrated with those of his own.

(5) The PDP shall review the Works Package Contractor’s Co‐ordinated Installation Programme to ensure that it is compatible with the requirement of the overall Project. He shall then approve, or advise the Works Package Contractor of any changes required to be made. Any approval, review or comment by the PDP shall not constitute a waiver nor relieve the Works Package Contractor of any of his duties, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities under the Contract. The Works Package Contractor shall note that any such revision on timing that is within the programme windows described in the preceding paragraph, shall not be construed as a variation under the terms of the Conditions of Contract.

Three Month Rolling Programme

G12.11 At regular monthly intervals, or as required by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall submit a computerised Three Month Rolling Programme showing in detail all activities that are in progress or are due to start. The Three Month Rolling Programme shall:

a) Provide details of all activities that are in progress or are due

to start within the forthcoming three (3) Months’ period. All activities shall be broken down to a level of detail considered acceptable to the PDP;

b) Each activity on the Three Month Rolling Programme shall be fully quantified in terms of its principal components, and each activity shall be resourced by way of manpower type and be a complete amplification of all programmes detailed herein giving detail of all of the Works Package Contractor’s planned activities;

c) It shall not be a direct reproduction of current items from the programmes but shall be a fresh re‐appraisal, each reporting period as detailed above representing the Works Package Contractor's short term programme for the Works and it shall meet the PDP’s requirements;

d) The window for the Three Month Rolling Programme shall




commence one (1) Month prior to the "Time Now" for the purpose of showing the progress achieved or delays incurred by the Works Package Contractor during the previous Month, together with his detailed plan of work for the period from "Time Now" until "Time Now plus three (3) Months";

e) The Three Month Rolling Programme of work shall highlight all required dates for transmittal or receipt of information to or from the PDP, sub‐contractor or Other Works Contractors;

f) The Works Package Contractor shall be required to obtain confirmation from the PDP fourteen (14) Days in advance of the due date for receipt of information that the requirement will be met. Should the Works Package Contractor fail to secure such confirmation he shall formally advise the PDP without delay giving his assessment of the need for the receipt of the information required.

g) Be updated every Month and be submitted with the Monthly Progress Report. Between updates, the current Three Month Rolling Programme shall be submitted with a “Time Now” line representing the progress achieved to the Month end;

Schedule of Designs

G12.12 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP a schedule showing the dates when he will submit the design details (“the Schedule of Designs”) which he is required to submit under the Contract.

(2) The Schedule of Designs shall comprise a complete listing of all design packages, drawings and other design deliverables that the Works Package Contractor intends to submit for his design on a progressive basis and to meet the programme requirements of the Contract. The Schedule of Designs shall be incorporated in and logically linked to the Works Package Contractor’s other programmes.

(3) The Schedule of Designs will provide the baseline against which the design progress is measured and reported. Each Month, the Works Package Contractor shall submit together with his Monthly Progress Report an updated hard and electronic copy of the Schedule of Designs stating the percentage completion for each design package, drawings and design deliverables.

(4) The Schedule of Designs shall include but not be limited to the following:

a) Specifications and design / criteria, e.g. flow sheets,

flow diagrams, calculations, philosophy, specifications, staging plans, schedules, certificates, computer data, safety studies, models and letters of




approval.

b) Drawings, e.g. plans, general arrangements, layout, cable/duct/pipe routing, sections/elevations, isometrics, fixing details, assembly and detail drawings.

c) Samples, patterns, methods of manufacture and testing.

d) Software management and control, e.g. instrument index, utilities estimates, instrument datasheets, instrument location drawings, control room layout drawings, logic diagrams, hook‐up drawings, block diagrams, connection diagrams, loop diagrams, schematics and specifications.

(5) The Schedule of Designs shall provide the following

information for each design package or design deliverable:

a) Works Package Contractor’s Submission Form

number.

b) Drawing number, equipment number, etc.

c) Revision.

d) Description and reference to the Specifications.

e) Geographical location, chainage, grid line, etc.

d) Planned submission and reply dates.

e) Actual submission and reply dates.

f) Status of approval.

g) Weighting factor.

h) Progress percentage.

(6) Each design package or design deliverable shall be weighted

in terms of percentage or agreed units of the whole scope of the design in order that the overall progress percentage of each major element, stage, phase of the design process can be accurately reflected.

(7) The Schedule of Designs shall be the basis of the Works Package Contractor’s Baseline Programme. It shall provide the baseline against which the design progress is measured and reported. The Works Package Contractor shall provide updates of the Schedule of Designs at the period(s) determined by the PDP.

Time Chainage G12.13 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP a




Programme Time Chainage Programme. The format and the content of the Time Chainage Programme shall be prepared by the Works Package Contractor in a format acceptable to the PDP.

(2) This programme shall be compatible in all respects with other programmes and must reflect all the details not limited to the planning of the works in a linear time/location manner, demonstrating how linear tasks interrelate with time, access points, construction switches, access / handover dates and planned production outputs for the different linear tasks.

(3) The Time Chainage Programme shall include a summary level network diagram to form a road map to completion. This shall demonstrate, at summary level, the required interrelationships between all elements of the Works. This road map to completion shall be updated on a monthly basis or other period as determined by the PDP, to show progress and slippage against the baseline dates taken from other programmes. The format, scope and content of this road map to completion shall be agreed with the PDP prior to the submission.

Track Related Installation Programme (TRIP)

G12.14 (1) The Track Related Installation Programme will co‐ordinate all installation, testing and commissioning, statutory inspections and other activities that require the track as a means of access (including pedestrian), or that are within three metres of the track centreline on which trains may run from time to time and other areas which may be designated in the Specifications or on the PDP’s Drawings.

(2) The PDP will prepare, maintain and manage the TRIP.

(3) The TRIP for a particular area will commence after the Works Package Contractor for the Trackworks has completed the trackworks to the specified degree of completion and when access is available to the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors for that area.

(4) A preliminary master TRIP will be issued to the Works

Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors. The allocation of track access and General Works Trains will be in accordance with the overall project sequence and criticality of each work activity as determined by the PDP.

(5) Works Trains are intended to support the Works Package Contractor’s installation, delivery of materials, and works where no other means of transportation are practicable.

(6) A detailed weekly TRIP for the day‐by‐day allocation of time




for entry and exit, occupancy of works area, and the usage of PDP’s General Works Trains (if available), will be determined by the PDP from inputs received from the attending Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors prior to the weekly Works Train meeting. The allocation will be for works planned in the following week.

(7) The PDP may grant entry to more than one Other Works

Contractor to sections of the track at the same time provided, in the opinion of the PDP, it is safe to do so and the work of the Other Works Contractors can be reasonably considered not to interfere with the work of another.

(8) The Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors shall note that where multiple contractors are allocated areas of work and/or General Works Trains, the train movements for an individual Other Works Contractor will be restricted by the Other Works Contractors involved. While this will vary depending on the track layout, it will generally require that General Works Trains enter the section at the beginning of a shift, and exit at the end of the shift, in a single co‐ordinated move.

(9) The Works Package Contractor and all Other Works

Contractors shall note that multiple entries and exits to a particular area within a working shift will not be allowed, the Works Package Contractor shall plan on the basis that the General Works Trains are to be loaded to support a full shift’s work.

(10) After the commencement of TRIP, all personnel working in the Defined or Restricted Areas shall be suitably trained. All workers accessing the track area shall be required to attend a general track safety course conducted by the Works Package Contractor’s safety supervisor based on training information provided by the PDP. As work progresses, additional operational and safety requirements will be imposed and site supervisors will need to be trained and qualified by the PDP accordingly. Training courses for various categories of qualifications will be offered by the PDP on a regular basis to address these training needs. A maximum of twenty training spaces will be offered to the Works Package Contractor, free of charge, for each category of qualification considered essential for their work.

(11) Due to the extremely tight programme and interface with a

live Operating Railway, works within the TRIP may have to be carried out during periods outside the normal working hours, depending on whether a valid statutory permit can be obtained. For works that are to be carried out in an area where Trial Operation has commenced or in sections of the




Operating Railway, the working hours will be limited to periods during the non‐traffic hours. The Works Package Contractor shall be prepared to work outside the normal working hours as directed by the PDP.

Construction Equipment & Labour Returns

G12.15 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP on weekly basis or at such other times as may be determined by the PDP, concise weekly returns of all constructional equipment and labour on site categorised respectively by plant type and trade. The weekly returns shall be prepared in a format to be provided by the PDP.

(2) If required by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall also supply a weekly report detailing quantities of major items of work completed on a daily basis.

Monthly Progress Meeting and Report

G12.16 (1) The PDP will chair progress meetings with the Works Package Contractor. These meetings will be held at dates, intervals and times as determined by the PDP. The agenda for the monthly progress meeting shall follow the contents of the Monthly Progress Report.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a Monthly

Progress Report to the PDP on the day of each Month specified in the Contract or as directed by the PDP. The Monthly Progress Report shall be prepared in accordance with the PDP’s requirements and shall include, but not be limited to, the following items:

a) Executive Summary

A summary of major events, overall progress, delay and recovery, and financial matters.

b) Contract Summary

Contract particulars and Variation Orders. This section shall contain detailed information about the financial and commercial status of the Contract, including details of the actual and anticipated claims covering cost and time extensions.

Appendix A – List of Consultants

Appendix B – List of Subcontractors

c) Construction and Installation Progress

A summary of construction and installation progress with details of any areas of concern or delay and any areas of technical difficulties incurred or expected shall be specifically highlighted together with details of the Works Package Contractor's proposals for corrective actions. A summary of manpower and plant and equipment on site shall also be included.




Appendix C ‐ Hard copy of the current Three Month Rolling Programme in bar chart format with a time now line representing progress achieved up to the end of the Month in accordance with G12.11d.

Appendix D ‐ A turnaround document comprising a listing of ongoing, forthcoming (next 3 Months) and recently completed programme activities showing actual start and finish dates, percentage completion, forecast start and finish dates, remaining duration and a status in terms of +/‐ weeks. The format is to be in accordance with the PDP’s requirements.

Appendix E ‐ Layout plans marked up to identify the extent of work completed in the reporting period and, cumulative to date for each major activity.

Appendix F ‐ Comparative production curves and histograms showing actual versus planned performance in respect of major quantities as required by the PDP.

Appendix G ‐ Details of actual manpower on Site for the period compared to that planned in the Works Package Contractor's programmes.

Appendix H ‐ Work programmes. Separate sheets shall be supplied for each sub‐contractor, as well as an overall summary. The format is to be in accordance with the PDP’s requirements.

d) Design

A design summary, including critical design issues and interfaces, and status of design submissions.

Appendix I ‐ An Updated Permanent Works Material Control Schedule in soft and hard copy format

Appendix J ‐ A Schedule of Designs in soft and hard copy format

e) Manufacturing Status

This section shall contain detailed descriptions of all manufacturing achievements of the Month including any problems encountered, comparing the planned works with the actual works.

f) Procurement and Delivery Status

This section shall contain the detailed progress of all procurement items and delivery activities




(constructional and permanent plant), both planned and actual. The Works Package Contractor shall submit an updated version of the materials control schedule described in G12.7 (3) in this section.

g) Testing and Commissioning Status

This section shall contain the detailed progress of all testing and commissioning activities, both planned and actual. The report shall include Appendix K with details of:

i) Commissioning activity

ii) Planned vs. actual table with S‐Curve for each individual or respective sub‐system

iii) Remedial works

iv) System Integration Tests

v) Documentation

h) Operation and Maintenance

This section shall contain the detailed progress of all operation and maintenance activities, both planned and actual. The report shall include Appendix L with details of:

i) Operation manuals

ii) Maintenance manuals

iii) Training manuals

iv) As‐built drawings

v) Spares/special tools/test equipment

vi) Training

vii) Certificate of Practical Completion

viii) Maintenance issues

ix) Defects Liability

i) Land and Liaison

Land acquisition status and encumbrances. Liaison activities and meetings.

Appendix M ‐ List of Liaison Activities

j) Safety and Health

A summary of the status of the implementation of safety and health requirements. Details of planned significant safety and health activities for the forthcoming Month. Details of external parties




inspection and audits. Details of the significant issues arising from the Works Package Contractor’s safety and health committee meeting. Details of Safety and Health Rewards and Penalties. Details of any significant incidents, non‐conformities trends and the associated corrective and preventive measures.

Appendix N ‐ Safety and Health Statistics for Incidents (frequency, severity and lost time injury rates), Status of all internal and external Non‐Conformities (observations, non‐conformance reports & stop work orders), Training Completion (induction, tool box, job safety analysis briefings, plant operator and other formal training).

k) Environmental Management

A summary of the status of implementation of environmental requirements. Details of planned significant environmental activities for the forthcoming Month. Details of external parties inspection and audits. Details of any significant environmental incidents, non‐conformities trends and the associated corrective and preventive measures.

Appendix O ‐ Environmental Monitoring Statistics and Reports for Air Quality, Silt Trap & Effluent, River Quality, Noise and Vibration, and Waste Disposal.

l) Quality Assurance and Quality Control

This section shall contain the status and progress reports on Quality Assurance and Quality Control programme activities, such as works inspection status, testing status, works non‐conformities trends, system audit activity highlights, findings and corrective actions, problems discovered during inspections and testing and how these problems were/will be resolved, programme implementation issues, etc.

Appendix P – Works non‐conformance statistics and Corrective Action Report

m) Progress Photographs

Programme Analysis Report

G12.17 The Works Package Contractor shall submit a Programme Analysis Report to the PDP together with the Monthly Progress Report and all related programme submissions which shall comprise a narrative statement that identifies the basis of the Works Package Contractor's assumptions as to, inter alia:




a) The content required to be included in any programme or

supporting document needs to be clearly identified and described to ensure a clear understanding of the scope / requirements of each document is provided, i.e. activity detail and activity durations, sequence of working etc;

b) The critical path of the Contract;

c) Daily and weekly working hours, holidays and shift patterns;

d) Assumed production outputs for all major activities and areas of the Works;

e) An overall manpower forecast detailing individual trades and other sub‐contract / indirect labour, commissioning teams etc to illustrate the build up of manpower resources. The format is to be in accordance with the PDP’s requirements;

f) Details of the total quantities and planned production outputs, i.e. basis of durations and fully detailed typical cycle time analyses;

g) List of major items of plant or equipment that are required to be procured identifying the required lead times;

h) S‐curves and histograms showing the planned weekly figures for each principle quantity, major items of equipment and major manpower trades;

i) Any programme constraints, giving details of the constraints and the substantiation thereto;

j) When supplied with a Three Month Rolling Programme or current Baseline Programme, it shall include a summary of progress achieved in the previous period in terms of principle quantities (planned versus actual) and time gain / loss in terms of Days for each activity;

k) All computerized network diagram and barchart updates shall be accompanied by the following output reports:

i) a complete listing of activities sorted by sub‐network early start / early finish with total “float time” calculated for each;

ii) a tabular report of design submittals;

iii) a tabular report of tests, demonstrations inspections, materials submissions, materials test results;

iv) S‐curves indicating the “scheduled” and “actual” progress in a cumulative fashion. The scheduled




progress curve shall be prepared to show early and late profiles.

l) Outline construction method statement;

m) Details of access and working arrangements, in particular with interfacing parties;

n) Details of temporary works;

o) Assumed periods for dealing with third party works such as utility companies, interfacing Other Works Contractors or statutory bodies;

p) Details of the proposed sub‐contract arrangements;

q) Coding libraries and structures.

r) programme recovery / suggested mitigation analyses.




APPENDIX AG12.1 WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE CODE WBS CODE WBS NAME

KVMRT KVMRT SBK Line

MIP2‐6 SBK LINE ‐ MASTER IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAMME (MIP)

MIP2‐6.1 PHASE 1 COMPLETION ‐ SG. BULOH TO SEMANTAN

MIP2‐6.1.1 KEY MILESTONES

MIP2‐6.1.1.1 EFFECTIVE DATE

MIP2‐6.1.1.2 COST ESTIMATE

MIP2‐6.1.1.3 PDP AGREEMENT

MIP2‐6.1.1.4 NOTICE TO PROCEED

MIP2‐6.1.1.5 GROUND BREAKING CEREMONY

MIP2‐6.1.1.6 SCHEDULE OF ACCESS DATES FOR WORKS CONTRACTORS

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1 STATION ACCESS DATES

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.1 SG. BULOH STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.2 KG.BARU. SG. BULOH STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.3 SG. BULOH DEPOT

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.4 KOTA DAMANSARA STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.5 TMN. INDUSTRI SG. BULOH STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.6 PJU 5 STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.7 DATARAN SUNWAY STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.8 THE CURVE STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.9 ONE UTAMA STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.10 TTDI STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.11 SECTION 16 STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.12 PUSAT BANDAR DAMANSARA STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.1.13 SEMANTAN STATION

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2 TRACK ACCESS DATES

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2.1 PACKAGE V1 ‐ SG. BULOH TO KOTA DAMANSARA

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2.2 PACKAGE DPT1 ‐ SG. BULOH DEPOT

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2.3 PACKAGE V2 ‐ KOTA DAMANSARA TO DATARAN SUNWAY

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2.4 PACKAGE V3 ‐ DATARAN SUNWAY TO SECTION 17

MIP2‐6.1.1.6.2.5 PACKAGE V4 ‐ SECTION 17 – SEMANTAN PORTAL

MIP2‐6.1.1.7 REVENUE SERVICE DATE

MIP2‐6.1.2 APPROVALS FROM GOVERNING AUTHORITIES

MIP2‐6.1.2.1 LAND PUBLIC TRANSPORT MASTERPLAN (RAIL CORRIDORS)

MIP2‐6.1.2.2 VMS

MIP2‐6.1.2.3 EIA

MIP2‐6.1.2.4 EMP

MIP2‐6.1.2.5 RAILWAY SCHEME

MIP2‐6.1.2.6 DEVELOPMENT ORDER AND BUILDING PLAN

MIP2‐6.1.2.6.1 SBK ALIGNMENT

MIP2‐6.1.2.6.2 SG. BULOH TO KOTA DAMANSARA

MIP2‐6.1.2.6.3 TMN INDUSTRI TO DATARAN SUNWAY

MIP2‐6.1.2.6.4 THE CURVE TO TTDI

MIP2‐6.1.2.6.5 SEKSYEN 16 TO SEMANTAN

MIP2‐6.1.2.7 FINALIZATION OF SCOPE OF WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.2.8 AGREEMENT ON INTEGRATION OF SCOPE WITH DEVELOPERS

MIP2‐6.1.2.9 LAND ACQUISITION

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1 SUBMISSION

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.1 LAND ACT: SECTION 4

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.2 LAND ACT: SECTION 8 & 57 (PRIORITY LOTS)




MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.3 LAND ACT: SECTION 8 & 57 (BALANCE OF SBK LINE)

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.3.1 UNDERGROUND STAGE 1 (KL AREA)

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.3.2 ELEVATED/UNDERGROUND STAGE 2 (KL AREA)

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.1.3.3 ELEVATED STAGE 1 (SELANGOR AREA)


MIP2‐6.1.2.9.2 GAZZETTE / ACQUISITION

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.2.1 LAND AQUISITION PROCESS

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.2.1.1 UNDERGROUND STAGE 1 (KL AREA)

MIP2‐6.1.2.9.2.1.2 ELEVATED/UNDERGROUND STAGE 2 (KL AREA)



MIP2‐6.1.3 ADVANCE WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.3.1 SITE INVESTIGATION

MIP2‐6.1.3.2 ADVANCE WORKS FOR GROUND BREAKING

MIP2‐6.1.3.2.1 SG. BULOH (EARTHWORKS PHASE 1)

MIP2‐6.1.3.2.1.1 TENDER & AWARD

MIP2‐6.1.3.2.1.2 ADVANCE WORKS AT SG. BULOH DEPOT

MIP2‐6.1.4 CIVIL WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.0 CENTRALISED LABOUR QUARTERS (CLQ) ‐ NORTHERN

MIP2‐6.1.4.0.1 CONSTRUCTION ‐ CLQ SG BULOH

MIP2‐6.1.4.1 DEPOT WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1 PACKAGE DPT1 ‐ SG. BULOH DEPOT

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.1 TENDER DESIGN


MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.3 LAND AVAILABILITY

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4 DEPOT CONSTRUCTION

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.1 EARTHWORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2 BUILDING WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.1 ROLLING STOCK MAINTENANCE OFFICE & ET WORKSHOP

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.2 ADMINISTRATION BLDG & OPERATION CONTROL CENTRE (OCC)

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.3 INFRASTRUCTURE WORKSHOP & WORKS TRAIN STABLING

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.4 COVERED STABLING YARD

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.5 SURAU

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.6 CANTEEN

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.7 DETENTION POND

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.8 SIGNAL EQUIPMENT ROOM

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.9 HEAVY & LIGHT STORE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.10 PAINT SHOP

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.11 CARBODY WASH PLANT

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.12 UNDERFLOOR WHEEL LATHE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.13 VEHICLE CLEANING/INSPECTION FACILITY 1/TRANSITION ZONE PLATFORM

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.14 TRANSITION ZONE PLATFORM

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.15 GUARD HOUSE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.16 TNB SUBSTATION (33KV)

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.17 DC RECTIFIER BUILDING

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.18 HV STORAGE AREA

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.19 DIESEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING AREA

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.20 FLUSH BUTT WELDING WORKSHOP

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.21 LWR STORAGE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.22 TRACKWORK STORAGE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.23 GENSET ROOM

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.24 SPRINKLER TANK/DOMESTIC TANK & PUMP ROOMS

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.25 SEWERAGE PUMP STATION




MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.26 DANGEROUS GOODS & SCRAP BAY

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.27 REFUSE CENTRE

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.28 TRANSITION ZONE PLATFORM

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.2.29 TASKA & MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.1.1.4.3 EXTERNAL WORKS/INFRASTRUCTURE WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.2 ELEVATED WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.2.1 PACKAGE V1 ‐ SG. BULOH TO KOTA DAMANSARA




MIP2‐6.1.4.2.1.4 SITE PREPARATION

MIP2‐6.1.4.2.1.5 PIER CONSTRUCTION

MIP2‐6.1.4.2.1.6 SEGMENTAL BOX GIRDER (SBG) WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.2.2 PACKAGE V2 ‐ KOTA DAMANSARA TO DATARAN SUNWAY






MIP2‐6.1.4.2.2.7 UNDERPASS CONSTRUCTION AT DATARAN SUNWAY


MIP2‐6.1.4.2.3 PACKAGE V3 ‐ DATARAN SUNWAY TO SECTION 17






MIP2‐6.1.4.2.3.7 RELOCATION OF TRANSMISSION LINE


MIP2‐6.1.4.2.4 PACKAGE V4 ‐ SECTION 17 – SEMANTAN PORTAL






MIP2‐6.1.4.2.4.7 MONSOON DRAIN AND ROAD WIDENING RETAINING WALL



MIP2‐6.1.4.3 STATION WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1 PACKAGE S1 ‐ STATIONS (SG. BULOH, KG.BARU SG. BULOH, KOTA DAMANSARA)



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3 CONSTRUCTION

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1 SG. BULOH STATION

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1.1 SUB‐STRUCTURE

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1.2 SUPER‐STRUCTURE

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1.4 BUILDING SERVICES

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.1.5 EXTERNAL / ANCILLIARY WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.2 KG. BARU SG. BULOH STATION






MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.3 KOTA DAMANSARA STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.1.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2 PACKAGE S2 ‐ STATIONS (TMN. INDUSTRI SG. BULOH, PJU 5, DATARAN SUNWAY)




MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.1 TMN. INDUSTRI SG. BULOH STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.2 PJU 5 STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.3 DATARAN SUNWAY STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.2.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3 PACKAGE S3 ‐ STATIONS (THE CURVE, ONE UTAMA, TTDI)




MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.1 THE CURVE STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.2 ONE UTAMA STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.3 TTDI STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.3.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS






MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4 PACKAGE S4 ‐ STATIONS (SECTION 16, PBD, SEMANTAN)




MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.1 SECTION 16 STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.2 PUSAT BANDAR DAMANSARAR STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.3 SEMANTAN STATION



MIP2‐6.1.4.3.4.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.1.4.4 MULTI‐STOREY CAR PARK (Park n Ride)

MIP2‐6.1.4.4.1 PACKAGE MSPR‐1 ‐ (SG. BULOH)




MIP2‐6.1.4.4.2 PACKAGE MSPR‐2 ‐ (ONE UTAMA)




MIP2‐6.1.4.4.3 PACKAGE MSPR‐3 ‐ (TTDI)




MIP2‐6.1.4.4.4 PACKAGE MSPR‐4 ‐ (SECTION 16)




MIP2‐6.1.4.4.5 PACKAGE MSPR‐5 ‐ (PBD)




MIP2‐6.1.4.5 LONG LEAD ITEMS

MIP2‐6.1.4.5.1 SEGMENTAL BOX GIRDERS ‐ PACKAGE 1



MIP2‐6.1.4.5.1.3 MANUFACTURING & DELIVERY

MIP2‐6.1.4.5.1.4 INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.1.4.5.1.5 TESTING & COMMISSIONING

MIP2‐6.1.4.5.2 LIFTS ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)









MIP2‐6.1.4.5.3 ESCALATORS ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.4 LED ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.5 LV (TRANSFORMER) ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.6 UPS ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.7 ECS ‐ PACKAGE 1 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.8 ECS ‐ PACKAGE 2 (ELEVATED)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.9 FIRE PROTECTION ‐ PACKAGE 1 (DPT1)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.10 FIRE PROTECTION ‐ PACKAGE 2 (S1‐S3)






MIP2‐6.1.4.5.11 NOISE BARRIER ‐ PACKAGE 1 (V1‐V4)









MIP2‐6.1.5 PERMANENT POWER SUPPLY FROM TNB

MIP2‐6.1.5.1 CONCEPT DESIGN

MIP2‐6.1.5.2 TENDER & AWARD

MIP2‐6.1.5.3 CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.1.5.3.1 SG. BULOH DEPOT SUB‐STATION

MIP2‐6.1.5.3.1.1 CONSTRUCTION OF SUBSTATION STRUCTURE

MIP2‐6.1.5.3.1.2 INCOMING EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.1.5.3.1.3 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION


MIP2‐6.1.5.3.2 TMN. INDUSTRI SG. BULOH SUB‐STATION





MIP2‐6.1.5.3.3 SEKSYEN 16 SUB‐STATION





MIP2‐6.1.6 SYSTEM WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.6.1 ELECTRIC TRAINS

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.1 TENDER DESIGN

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.2 PRE‐QUALIFICATION

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.3 TENDER & AWARD

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.4 DETAILED DESIGN

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.5 PROCUREMENT & MANUFACTURING

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.6 DELIVERY

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.7 CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.1.6.1.8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING

MIP2‐6.1.6.2 DEPOT EQUIPMENT & MAINTENANCE VEHICLES









MIP2‐6.1.6.3 SIGNALLING AND TRAIN CONTROL















MIP2‐6.1.6.3.7.4 PACKAGE V4 ‐ SECTION 17 TO SEMANTAN PORTAL


MIP2‐6.1.6.4 POWER SUPPLY & DISTRIBUTION (PS&D)














MIP2‐6.1.6.5 TRACKWORKS & POWER RAIL









MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.1.1 TRACK WORKS

MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.1.2 POWER RAIL

MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.1.3 CROSS‐OVER

MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.1.4 MAINTENANCE WALKWAY

MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.14 PACKAGE DPT1 ‐ SG. BULOH DEPOT




MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.14.4 MAINTENANCE WALKWAY (DEPOT CONNECTION TRACKS)














MIP2‐6.1.6.5.7.4.3 CROSS‐OVER NO.1








MIP2‐6.1.6.6 TELECOMMUNICATIONS









MIP2‐6.1.6.6.7.2 PACKAGE S1 ‐ STATIONS (SG. BULOH, KG. BARU SG. BULOH, KOTA DAMANSARA)


MIP2‐6.1.6.6.7.4 PACKAGE S2 ‐ STATIONS (TMN. INDUSTRI SG. BULOH, PJU5, DATARAN SUNWAY)


MIP2‐6.1.6.6.7.6 PACKAGE S3 ‐ STATIONS (THE CURVE, ONE UTAMA, TTDI)


MIP2‐6.1.6.6.7.8 PACKAGE S4 ‐ STATIONS (SECTION 16, PBD, SEMANTAN)


MIP2‐6.1.6.7 FACILITY SCADA









MIP2‐6.1.6.7.7.2 KG. BARU SG. BULOH STATION









MIP2‐6.1.6.7.7.10 SECTION 16




MIP2‐6.1.6.8 AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC)





















MIP2‐6.1.6.8.7.10 SECTION 16




MIP2‐6.1.6.9 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL (EAC)









MIP2‐6.1.6.10 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)


















MIP2‐6.1.6.10.7.10 SECTION 16




MIP2‐6.1.7 O&M: TRAINING TO OPERATORS

MIP2‐6.1.7.1 WHOLE LINE

MIP2‐6.1.8 GAUGING CHECK, AUTHORITY INSPECTION, SECTION PROOFING

MIP2‐6.1.8.1 PACKAGE V1 ‐ SG. BULOH TO KOTA DAMANSARA

MIP2‐6.1.8.2 PACKAGE V2 ‐ KOTA DAMANSARA TO DATARAN SUNWAY

MIP2‐6.1.8.3 PACKAGE V3 ‐ DATARAN SUNWAY TO SECTION 17

MIP2‐6.1.8.4 PACKAGE V4 ‐ SECTION 17 TO SEMANTAN PORTAL

MIP2‐6.1.9 PARTIAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST

MIP2‐6.1.9.1 PACKAGE V1 ‐ SG. BULOH TO KOTA DAMANSARA

MIP2‐6.1.9.2 PACKAGE V2 ‐ KOTA DAMANSARA TO DATARAN SUNWAY

MIP2‐6.1.9.3 PACKAGE V3 ‐ DATARAN SUNWAY TO SECTION 17




MIP2‐6.1.9.4 PACKAGE V4 ‐ SECTION 17 TO SEMANTAN PORTAL

MIP2‐6.1.10 SYSTEM WIDE ACCEPTANCE TEST

MIP2‐6.1.10.1 PHASE 1 ‐ SG. BULOH TO SEMANTAN

MIP2‐6.1.11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST & COMMISSIONING / TEST RUNNING

MIP2‐6.1.12 TRIAL RUNNING / PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION

MIP2‐6.1.13 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

MIP2‐6.1.14 PERIOD FOR ENDEMIC FAILURES

MIP2‐6.2 WHOLE OF THE WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.1 KEY MILESTONES

MIP2‐6.2.1.1 SCHEDULE OF ACCESS DATES FOR WORKS CONTRACTORS

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1 STATION ACCESS DATES

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.14 KL SENTRAL STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.15 PASAR SENI STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.16 MERDEKA STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.17 BUKIT BINTANG CENTRAL STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.18 PASAR RAKYAT STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.19 COCHRANE STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.20 MALURI STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.21 TMN. BUKIT RIA STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.22 TMN. BUKIT MEWAH STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.23 LEISURE MALL STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.24 PLAZA PHOENIX STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.25 TMN. SUNTEX STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.26 TMN. CUEPACS STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.27 BDR. TUN HUSSEIN ONN STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.28 BALAKONG STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.29 TMN. KOPERASI STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.30 KAJANG DEPOT

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.31 SAUJANA IMPIAN STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.32 BANDAR KAJANG STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.1.33 KAJANG STATION

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2 TRACK ACCESS DATES

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.6 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM SEMANTAN TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.7 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM PASAR RAKYAT TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.8 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM COCHRANE TO PASAR RAKYAT

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.9 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM COCHRANE TO MALURI RETREIVAL

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.10 PACKAGE V5 ‐ MALURI PORTAL TO PLAZA PHOENIX

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.11 PACKAGE V6 ‐ PLAZA PHOENIX TO BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.12 PACKAGE V7 ‐ BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN TO TAMAN MESRA

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.13 PACKAGE V8 ‐ TAMAN MESRA TO KAJANG

MIP2‐6.2.1.1.2.14 PACKAGE DPT2 ‐ KAJANG DEPOT

MIP2‐6.2.1.2 REVENUE SERVICE DATE

MIP2‐6.2.2 APPROVALS FROM GOVERNING AUTHORITIES

MIP2‐6.2.2.1 DEVELOPMENT ORDER AND BUILDING PLAN

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.6 KL SENTRAL

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.7 PASAR SENI

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.8 MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.9 BUKIT BINTANG CENTRAL

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.10 PASAR RAKYAT

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.11 COCHRANE

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.12 MALURI

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.13 TMN BUKT RIA TO PLAZA PHOENIX

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.14 TMN SUNTEX TO BDR TUN HUSSEIN ONN




MIP2‐6.2.2.1.15 BALAKONG TO TMN KOPERASI

MIP2‐6.2.2.1.16 SAUJANA IMPIAN TO KAJANG

MIP2‐6.2.2.2 UTILITIES RELOCATION & TMP APPROVALS

MIP2‐6.2.3 ADVANCE WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.1 ADVANCE WORKS FOR GROUND BREAKING

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.1 PACKAGE A (DILAPIDATION SURVEY)


MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2 PACKAGE C1 &C2 (EARTHWORKS FOR SEMANTAN & COCHRANE)


MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2 CONSTRUCTION WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2.1 SEMANTAN LAUNCH SHAFT

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2.1.1 EXCAVATION WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2.1.2 RETAINING WALL

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2.1.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.2.2.6 EXTERNAL WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.3 PACKAGE D1 & D2 (UTILITIES RELOCATION FOR COCHRANE)



MIP2‐6.2.3.1.4 PACKAGE E (INSTRUMENTATION AND MONITORING FOR SEMANTAN & COCHRANE)



MIP2‐6.2.3.1.5 PACKAGE F1 & F2 (SECANT BORED PILE FOR SEMANTAN & COCHRANE)




MIP2‐6.2.3.1.5.3.1 ADVANCE WORKS AT COCHRANE

MIP2‐6.2.3.1.5.3.2 ADVANCE WORKS AT SEMANTAN

MIP2‐6.2.3.2 ADVANCE WORKS FOR UTILITIES RELOCATION

MIP2‐6.2.3.2.1 GAS PIPELINE PACKAGE GPL‐1 (KL SENTRAL)


MIP2‐6.2.3.2.1.2 CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.2.3.2.2 SYABAS PACKAGE SYB‐1 (KL SENTRAL)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.3 SYABAS PACKAGE SYB‐2 (MALURI)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.4 TELEKOM PACKAGE TEL‐1 (KL SENTRAL)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.5 TELEKOM PACKAGE TEL‐2 (MERDEKA)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.6 TELEKOM PACKAGE TEL‐3 (MALURI)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.7 TELCO PACKAGE TCO‐1 (KL SENTRAL)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.8 TELCO PACKAGE TCO‐2 (MALURI)






MIP2‐6.2.3.2.9 TNB PACKAGE TNB‐1 (KL SENTRAL, MERDEKA)



MIP2‐6.2.3.2.10 TNB PACKAGE TNB‐2 (MALURI)



MIP2‐6.2.3.3 ADVANCE WORKS FOR UNDERGROUND WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.3.1 REMOVAL OF IPK CHILLER ROOM & PUMP HOUSE



MIP2‐6.2.3.3.2 EXCAVATION & GROUTING WORKS AT COCHRANE



MIP2‐6.2.3.3.2.3.1 RETAINING WALL

MIP2‐6.2.3.3.2.3.2 EXCAVATION WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.3.3.3 DEMOLITION WORKS OF SUPER‐STRUCTURE AT PASAR SENI




MIP2‐6.2.3.3.4 SITE PREPARATION AT PASAR RAKYAT



MIP2‐6.2.3.3.5 GROUTING & SECANT BORED PILE WORKS AT PASAR RAKYAT




MIP2‐6.2.4 CIVIL WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.6 CENTRALISED LABOUR QUARTERS (CLQ) ‐ SOUTHERN

MIP2‐6.2.4.6.1 CONSTRUCTION ‐ CLQ PLAZA PHOENIX

MIP2‐6.2.4.6.2 CONSTRUCTION ‐ CLQ KAJANG DEPOT

MIP2‐6.2.4.1 ELEVATED WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.1.1 PACKAGE V5 ‐ MALURI PORTAL TO PLAZA PHOENIX








MIP2‐6.2.4.1.2 PACKAGE V6 ‐ PLAZA PHOENIX TO BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN







MIP2‐6.2.4.1.3 PACKAGE V7 ‐ BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN TO TAMAN MESRA










MIP2‐6.2.4.1.4 PACKAGE V8 ‐ TAMAN MESRA TO KAJANG






MIP2‐6.2.4.1.4.7 NEW MPKJ HALL & DEMOLITION OF OLD MPKJ HALL AT BANDAR KAJANG STATION

MIP2‐6.2.4.1.4.8 KAJANG SIDING TRACKWORK


MIP2‐6.2.4.2 STATIONS WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1 PACKAGE S5 ‐ STATIONS (TMN. BKT RIA, TMN BKT MEWAH, LEISURE MALL, PLAZA PHOENIX)




MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.1 TMN. BKT RIA STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.2 TMN. BKT MEWAH STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.3 LEISURE MALL STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.4 PLAZA PHOENIX STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.1.3.4.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2 PACKAGE S6 ‐ STATIONS (TMN SUNTEX, TMN CUEPACS,BDR TUN HUSSEIN ONN)




MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.1 TMN. SUNTEX STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.2 TMN. CUEPACS STATION






MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.3 BDR TUN HUSSEIN ONN STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.2.3.3.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.3 PACKAGE S7 ‐ STATIONS (BALAKONG, TMN KOPERASI)




MIP2‐6.2.4.2.3.3.1 BALAKONG STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.3.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.3.3.2 TMN KOPERASI STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.3.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4 PACKAGE S8 ‐ STATIONS (SAUJANA IMPIAN, BDR KAJANG, KAJANG)




MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.1 SAUJANA IMPIAN STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.1.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.2 BDR KAJANG STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.2.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.4 KAJANG STATION



MIP2‐6.2.4.2.4.3.4.3 ABWF WORKS



MIP2‐6.2.4.3 DEPOT WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1 PACKAGE DPT2 ‐ KAJANG DEPOT







MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4 DEPOT CONSTRUCTION

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.1 EARTHWORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2 BUILDING WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.1 ROLLING STOCK MAINTENANCE OFFICE & ET WORKSHOP

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.2 INFRASTRUCTURE WORKSHOP & WORKS TRAIN STABLING

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.3 COVERED STABLING AREA

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.4 DETENTION POND

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.5 DIESEL STORAGE

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.6 REFUSE CHAMBER

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.7 GUARD HOUSE

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.8 DANGEROUS GOODS & SCRAP BAY

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.9 DC RECTIFIER BUILDING

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.2.10 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.3.1.4.3 EXTERNAL WORKS/INFRASTRUCTURE WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.4.4 MULTI‐STOREY CAR PARK (Park n Ride)

MIP2‐6.2.4.4.1 PACKAGE MSPR‐6 ‐ (TMN BKT MEWAH)




MIP2‐6.2.4.4.2 PACKAGE MSPR‐7 ‐ (PLAZA PHOENIX)




MIP2‐6.2.4.4.3 PACKAGE MSPR‐8 ‐ (TMN KOPERASI)




MIP2‐6.2.4.4.4 PACKAGE MSPR‐9 ‐ (KAJANG)




MIP2‐6.2.4.5 LONG LEAD ITEMS

MIP2‐6.2.4.5.1 SEGMENTAL BOX GIRDERS ‐ PACKAGE 2






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.2 LIFTS ‐ PACKAGE 2 (UNDERGROUND)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.3 ESCALATORS ‐ PACKAGE 2 (UNDERGROUND)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.4 LED ‐ PACKAGE 2 (UNDERGROUND)









MIP2‐6.2.4.5.5 LED ‐ PACKAGE 3 (UNDERGROUND)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.6 LV (TRANSFORMER) ‐ PACKAGE 2 (UNDERGROUND)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.7 UPS ‐ PACKAGE 2 (UNDERGROUND)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.8 NOISE BARRIERS ‐ PACKAGE 2 ‐ V5 TO V8 (SOUTH)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.9 FIRE PROTECTION ‐ PACKAGE 3 (S4‐S6)






MIP2‐6.2.4.5.10 FIRE PROTECTION ‐ PACKAGE 4 (S7‐S8+D2)






MIP2‐6.2.5 UNDERGROUND WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.5.1 UNDERGROUND DESIGN SPECIFICATION

MIP2‐6.2.5.2 PRE‐QUALIFICATION FOR SWISS CHALLENGE

MIP2‐6.2.5.3 TENDER DESIGN & DOCUMENTS

MIP2‐6.2.5.4 TENDER & AWARD

MIP2‐6.2.5.5 CONSTRUCTION

MIP2‐6.2.5.5.2 KL SENTRAL STATION



MIP2‐6.2.5.5.2.2.1 DEMOLITION



MIP2‐6.2.5.5.2.2.5 BUILDING SERVICE AND ABWF

MIP2‐6.2.5.5.2.2.4 RC STRUCTURE





MIP2‐6.2.5.5.3 PASAR SENI STATION









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.4 MERDEKA STATION









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.5 BUKIT BINTANG CENTRAL STATION









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.6 PASAR RAKYAT LAUNCH SHAFT



MIP2‐6.2.5.5.7 COCHRANE STATION & LAUNCH SHAFT









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.8 MALURI STATION & CROSS OVER









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.9 MALURI RETRIEVAL PORTAL












MIP2‐6.2.5.5.14 PASAR RAKYAT STATION









MIP2‐6.2.5.5.10 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM SEMANTAN TO MERDEKA



MIP2‐6.2.5.5.10.2.1 TUNNEL VENTILATION

MIP2‐6.2.5.5.11 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM PASAR RAKYAT TO MERDEKA




MIP2‐6.2.5.5.12 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM COCHRANE TO PASAR RAKYAT




MIP2‐6.2.5.5.13 TUNNEL DRIVE FROM COCHRANE TO MALURI RETRIEVAL




MIP2‐6.2.6 PERMANENT POWER SUPPLY FROM TNB

MIP2‐6.2.6.1 SEMANTAN & COCHRANE SUB‐STATION

MIP2‐6.2.6.1.1 CONSTRUCTION OF SUBSTATION STRUCTURE

MIP2‐6.2.6.1.2 INCOMING EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

MIP2‐6.2.6.1.3 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION


MIP2‐6.2.6.2 TMN.CUEPACS SUB‐STATION





MIP2‐6.2.6.3 KAJANG SUB‐STATION





MIP2‐6.2.7 SYSTEM WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.7.2 DEPOT EQUIPMENT & MAINTENANCE VEHICLES





MIP2‐6.2.7.3 TRACKWORKS & POWER RAIL







MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.1 TUNNEL ‐ SEMANTAN TO MERDEKA




MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.2 TUNNEL ‐ PASAR RAKYAT TO MERDEKA




MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.3 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO PASAR RAKYAT




MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.4 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO MALURI RETRIEVAL










MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.5.6 CRIPPLE SIDING












MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.8 PACKAGE DPT2 ‐ KAJANG DEPOT




MIP2‐6.2.7.3.1.8.4 MAINTENANCE WALKWAY (DEPOT CONNECTION TRACKS)










MIP2‐6.2.7.4 POWER SUPPLY & DISTRIBUTION (PS&D)
















MIP2‐6.2.7.5 TELECOMMUNICATIONS
















MIP2‐6.2.7.5.1.13 PACKAGE S5 ‐ STATIONS (TMN BKT RIA, TMN BKT MEWAH, LEISURE MALL, PLAZA PHOENIX)


MIP2‐6.2.7.5.1.15 PACKAGE S6 ‐ STATIONS (TMN SUNTEX, TMN. CUEPACS, BDR TUN HUSSEIN ONN)


MIP2‐6.2.7.5.1.17 PACKAGE S7 ‐ STATIONS (BALAKONG, TMN KOPERASI)


MIP2‐6.2.7.5.1.19 PACKAGE S8 ‐ STATIONS (SAUJANA IMPIAN, BDR KAJANG, KAJANG)


MIP2‐6.2.7.6 PLATFORM SCREEN DOORS











MIP2‐6.2.7.6.7.4 BUKIT BINTANG STATION








MIP2‐6.2.7.7 SIGNALLING AND TRAIN CONTROL













MIP2‐6.2.7.8 AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC)

















MIP2‐6.2.7.8.1.14 BANDAR TUN HUSSIEN ONN STATION







MIP2‐6.2.7.9 FACILITY SCADA



























MIP2‐6.2.7.10 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL (EAC)
























MIP2‐6.2.7.11 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)



MIP2‐6.2.8 GAUGING CHECK, AUTHORITY INSPECTION, SECTION PROOFING

MIP2‐6.2.8.1 TUNNEL ‐ SEMANTAN TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.8.2 TUNNEL ‐ PASAR RAKYAT TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.8.3 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO PASAR RAKYAT

MIP2‐6.2.8.4 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO MALURI RETRIEVAL

MIP2‐6.2.8.5 PACKAGE V5 ‐ MALURI PORTAL TO PLAZA PHOENIX

MIP2‐6.2.8.6 PACKAGE V6 ‐ PLAZA PHOENIX TO BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN

MIP2‐6.2.8.7 PACKAGE V7 ‐ BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN TO TAMAN MESRA

MIP2‐6.2.8.8 PACKAGE V8 ‐ TAMAN MESRA TO KAJANG

MIP2‐6.2.9 PARTIAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST

MIP2‐6.2.9.1 TUNNEL ‐ SEMANTAN TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.9.2 TUNNEL ‐ PASAR RAKYAT TO MERDEKA

MIP2‐6.2.9.3 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO PASAR RAKYAT

MIP2‐6.2.9.4 TUNNEL ‐ COCHRANE TO MALURI RETRIEVAL

MIP2‐6.2.9.5 PACKAGE V5 ‐ MALURI PORTAL TO PLAZA PHOENIX

MIP2‐6.2.9.6 PACKAGE V6 ‐ PLAZA PHOENIX TO BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN

MIP2‐6.2.9.7 PACKAGE V7 ‐ BANDAR TUN HUSSEIN ONN TO TAMAN MESRA

MIP2‐6.2.9.8 PACKAGE V8 ‐ TAMAN MESRA TO KAJANG




MIP2‐6.2.10 SYSTEM WIDE ACCEPTANCE TEST

MIP2‐6.2.10.11 WHOLE OF THE WORKS

MIP2‐6.2.11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST & COMMISSIONING / TEST RUNNING

MIP2‐6.2.12 TRIAL RUNNING / PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION

MIP2‐6.2.13 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

MIP2‐6.2.14 PERIOD FOR ENDEMIC FAILURES




APPENDIX AG12.2 PROJECT MONTHS TABLE

Project Month

Month / Year Project Month

Month / Year Project Month

Month / Year

M1 January 2012 M25 January 2014 M49 January 2016

M2 February 2012 M26 February 2014 M50 February 2016

M3 March 2012 M27 March 2014 M51 March 2016

M4 April 2012 M28 April 2014 M52 April 2016

M5 May 2012 M29 May 2014 M53 May 2016

M6 June 2012 M30 June 2014 M54 June 2016

M7 July 2012 M31 July 2014 M55 July 2016

M8 August 2012 M32 August 2014 M56 August 2016

M9 September 2012 M33 September 2014 M57 September 2016

M10 October 2012 M34 October 2014 M58 October 2016

M11 November 212 M35 November 2014 M59 November 2016

M12 December 2012 M36 December 2014 M60 December 2016

M13 January 2013 M37 January 2015 M61 January 2017

M14 February 2013 M38 February 2015 M62 February 2017

M15 March 2013 M39 March 2015 M63 March 2017

M16 April 2013 M40 April 2015 M64 April 2017

M17 May 2013 M41 May 2015 M65 May 2017

M18 June 2013 M42 June 2015 M66 June 2017

M19 July 2013 M43 July 2015 M67 July 2017

M20 August 2013 M44 August 2015

M21 September 2013 M45 September 2015

M22 October 2013 M46 October 2015

M23 November 2013 M47 November 2015

M24 December 2013 M48 December 2015

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G13 – Liaison With Others


SECTION G13

LIAISON WITH OTHERS

Liaison with others

G13.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with and obtain all necessary approvals, permits and consents from Relevant Authorities, utility undertakings and other duly constituted authorities for the design, execution, commissioning and handing over of the Works. The Works Package Contractor is deemed to be fully aware of the requirements and procedures of all Relevant Authorities, utility undertakings and other duly constituted authorities. All correspondence, meeting minutes and submissions made pursuant to this sub‐clause shall be submitted to the PDP for information.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain close liaison with all Other Works Contractors, utility undertakings and Relevant Authorities who are carrying out work on or adjacent to the Site. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure as far as possible that the progress of the Works is not adversely affected by the activities of such other parties and vice versa. In the event of potential disruption, the Works Package Contractor shall inform the PDP at once.

(3) In accordance with Clause 15 of the Conditions of Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate with Relevant Authorities and Other Works Contractors in the execution of the Works.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall interface and liaise with Other Works Contractors to ensure the effective and compatible co‐ordination of all aspects of the design, installation and testing of the Works. The PDP shall be kept fully informed at all stages of the Works.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall interface and liaise with the Other Works Contractors for all interfacing systems in accordance with the requirements of this Section G13 and of the Interface Specifications included as appendices to the Particular Specification. The Works Package Contractor shall note that Interfacing systems include, but are not limited to, those listed in the Specifications and/or Interface Specifications. This process will be monitored and reviewed by the PDP but the Works Package Contractor shall work directly with the interfacing Other Works Contractors to develop designs which are mutually acceptable to all parties. The PDP will provide details of the Other Works Contractors




as contracts are awarded.

Work by Other Works Contractors

G13.2 (1) The works which may be proceeding on various adjacent areas by others include, but not exhaustively, those listed in the Contract. The PDP will keep the Works Package Contractor informed of forthcoming work by Other Works Contractors in the proximity of the Site.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall allow for providing access to the site and shall where necessary liaise with the Other Works Contractors, utility undertakers and Relevant Authorities on the details of all coordination and access issues. The Works Package Contractor shall notify the PDP and Other Works Contractors utility undertakers and Relevant Authorities at least fourteen (14) Days in advance should he wish to alter these access arrangements during the course of his works.

(3) Respective Key Dates generally depict the completion of works for a collection of rooms or areas. Notwithstanding this, the intent of the liaison and coordination process is that rooms or areas shall be made available to follow‐on Other Works Contractors at the earliest possible date and in a flexible manner to facilitate continuity of their works. The Works Package Contractor shall therefore make his best endeavours to meet the dates and the degrees of completion preagreed in the development of the Coordinated Installation Programme and shall not unreasonably withhold access to rooms or areas without justification. Such justification must be agreed with the PDP.

Coordination and Cooperation

G13.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall give the PDP a minimum of 7 Days’ notice of all, meetings to be held for interfacing with Other Works Contractors, or 14 Days’ notice if the meeting is outside Malaysia, and the PDP may, at his discretion, attend such meetings. If insufficient notice is given to the PDP, he may require the meeting to be postponed to a later date to enable him to attend. The Works Package Contractor shall provide the PDP with two copies of the minutes of all meetings within 14 Days of each meeting, and also two copies of all correspondence with any Other Works Contractor.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall arrange regular meetings to facilitate coordination and cooperation between the PDP, the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors. These meetings, which shall typically be at one month intervals during the planning phase and weekly during the installation phase, shall in particular facilitate:




a) discussion and timely determination of all relevant requirements relating to the coordination and progress of the Works;

b) review of and timely decisions in relation to submissions by the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors on matters relating to the design, coordination and progress of the Works (including programming, quality and procedural matters);

c) review of actual progress by the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors and the need, if any, for instructions to be given by the PDP to rectify any programming anomalies;

d) protection of the Works Package Contractor’s and Other Works Contractors’ works from the effects of subsequent activities; and

e) efficient usage by the Other Works Contractors of the Works Package Contractor’s facilities, e.g. temporary scaffolding, refuse collection etc.

(3) The representatives of the PDP and of the Works Package Contractor attending all such meetings shall be duly authorised to make binding decisions on the behalf of the PDP and the Works Package Contractor respectively on all design and coordination issues which may arise. If any decision is not made expeditiously, for any reason, the Works Package Contractor shall ensure that the issue is brought to the attention of his senior management and the PDP.

(4) Unless otherwise specified in the Specifications or directed by the PDP, during the development of interface documentation and the subsequent installation and testing stages, the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors shall take turns in chairing the meeting, determining the meeting location and preparing meeting minutes. The Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors shall also attend special meetings chaired by the PDP to ensure timely resolution in the event of dispute on interface issues.




(5) The Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate his installation activities with the Other Works Contractors and attends regular meetings chaired by the PDP. These meetings will typically be at monthly intervals during the planning phase and weekly during the installation phase. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that there is no interference with the work of the Other Works Contractors and shall maintain close co‐ordination with Other Works Contractors working on or adjacent to the Works to ensure that their work can progress in a smooth and orderly manner.

(6) The Works Package Contractor’s responsibility shall include provision of and receipt from Other Works Contractors or the PDP of information required for the installation of the Works. Where the execution of work by any Other Works Contractor depends upon information to be given by the Works Package Contractor, the Works Package Contractor shall provide the Other Works Contractor with the information required to enable the Other Works Contractor to meet its programme for the installation of its works. In the event of any disagreement as to the extent of information required to be exchanged between the Works Package Contractor and any Other Works Contractor, the PDP shall determine the requirements and this determination shall be final and binding on the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor. To ensure proper co‐ordination of the preparation of Combined Services Drawings and Structural E & M Drawings by the Other Works Contractors responsible for civil works, the Works Package Contractor shall adopt the standardised approach in accordance with this Chapter G13 and its appendices.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate his testing and commissioning activities with the Other Works Contractors. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that there is no interference with the work of the Other Works Contractors and shall maintain close co‐ordination with Other Works Contractors working on or adjacent to the Works to ensure that their testing and commissioning work can progress in a smooth and orderly manner

Other Project Contracts and Co‐ordination

G13.4

Other Works Contractors

G13.4.1 (1) Other Works Contractors are detailed in the Contract, either by name and relevant details, contract number and description or by contract number and description. Where the names and relevant details, such as addresses, of the




Other Works Contractors are not identified, the PDP will inform the Works Package Contractor in writing when such contracts have been awarded. The PDP may add Other Works Contractors to the list. The Works Package Contractor shall use his best endeavours to keep himself informed of the activities of Other Works Contractors and to identify actual and potential interfaces with the Works.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall liaise and co‐ordinate with Relevant Authorities and Other Works Contractors.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall note that the Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will supply and install temporary doors complete with temporary heavy duty locksets for all rooms immediately before they are accessed by the Works Package Contractor, unless directed otherwise by the PDP, and shall remove the same when permanent doors and locks are installed complete with permanent lock cylinders. The Other Works Contractor will be responsible for the managing of control of access by the Works Package Contractor to the rooms. The Other Works Contractor will replace all temporary lock cylinders with permanent lock cylinders before handover of the rooms to the PDP.

(5) The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will arrange joint inspections with the Works Package Contractor to check positions of the structural E&M openings and cast‐in items provided for the related Works Package Contractor prior to concreting.

(6) The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will arrange joint inspection and testing of the cast‐in items provided for the Works Package Contractor before their handover to the Works Package Contractor.

(7) Unless otherwise specified, the Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will be responsible for the sealing up of all structural E&M openings upon completion of the works by the Works Package Contractor.

Appointment of the Interfacing Manager

G13.4.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall at the commencement of the Works appoint a full time Interfacing Manager (with a minimum of ten (10) years of experience in project management), who is familiar with all aspects of the execution of the Works and who shall be responsible for all co‐ordination and interface matters related to the Contract. The person appointed as Interfacing Manager shall chair and minute all coordination meetings whether called by the Works Package Contractor or by the PDP.




(2) The Interfacing Manager shall report directly to the Works Package Contractor’s project manager or other authorised representative and shall be in attendance full time on Site from the commencement of the Works on Site until Practical Completion of the whole of the Works. He shall be supported by a team of suitably qualified and experienced staff and he shall ensure all works related programmes are prepared and updated to incorporate all constraints identified through co‐ordination with all relevant parties.

(3) The Interfacing Manager shall ensure the compatible integration and co‐ordination of the Works and the works of Other Works Contractors.

(4) The Interfacing Manager shall on behalf of the Works Package Contractor, direct and control the Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents specified in clause G13.5

Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents

G13.5 (1) The interfacing contractors may be assigned either a leading role (referred to as the “Lead Contractor”) or matching role (referred to as the “Match Contractor”) by the PDP in the preparation of the interface documentation. The roles and responsibilities of the Lead Contractor and Match Contractor are summarised in Appendix AG13.2

(2) The Works Package Contractor when assigned as the Lead Contractor shall incorporate input from the Match Contractor, and prepare the required interface documentation based on the interface requirements stipulated in the Contract. The Works Package Contractor when assigned as the Match Contractor shall provide design input as deemed necessary to the Lead Contractor. A common set of interface documentation shall be used between the Lead Contractor and the Match Contractor to ensure consistency and compatibility.

(3) When the Lead Contractor and the Match Contractor have agreed on the content of a particular interface document, the Lead Contractor shall prepare a clean copy for sign‐off between himself and the Match Contractor. The signed off interface document shall be submitted separately by the Lead Contractor and the Match Contractor on a date agreed by both parties prior to the submission, but within the time specified in this clause G13.5.

(4) The assignment of the role as Lead or Match Contractor may be altered as directed by the PDP.

(5) Within sixty (60) Days of notification from the PDP of the




identity of each Other Works Contractor, the Works Package Contractor shall develop and submit for review by the PDP an Interface Management Plan for each Other Works Contractor. The Interface Management Plan shall be a common document between the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractor and shall be signed off by both the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor prior to submission. The submission date of each Interface Management Plan shall be coordinated with that of the respective contractors. The Interface Management Plan shall:

a) identify the sub‐systems as well as the civil works and facilities with interfacing requirements;

b) define the authority and responsibility of the Works Package Contractor’s and Other Works Contractors’ (and any relevant sub‐contractors’) staff involved in interface management and development;

c) identify the information to be exchanged and identify the management and technical skills required for the

associated development work at each phase of the Works Package Contractor’s and Other Works Contractor’s (and any relevant sub‐contractors’) project life‐cycles;

d) specify the configuration and version control procedures in accordance with the Works Package Contractor’s and Other Works Contractor’s (and any relevant sub‐contractors’) quality management system;

e) specify the process for managing interface requirement changes and verification of interface requirement; and

f) specify the process for exchange of information and interface hazard management.

(6) Once the Interface Management Plan has been approved by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall execute the Works in accordance with the Interface Management Plan. The Works Package Contractor shall advise the PDP immediately of any difficulty in developing a mutually acceptable Interface Management Plan.

(7) Within four (4) Months of notification from the PDP of the identity of each Other Works Contractor and following approval by the PDP of the Interface Management Plan (IMP), the Works Package Contractor shall develop and




submit for approval by the PDP an Interface Control Document for each Other Works Contractor. The Interface Control Document shall be a common document between the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractor and shall be signed off by both the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractor prior to submission. The submission date of each Interface Control Document shall be coordinated with that of the respective Other Works Contractor. The Interface Control Document shall:

a) Identify the scope of work and responsibilities of the

Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor;

b) Provide a schematic diagram showing the

interconnections and demarcation boundary between the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor;

c) Identify the detailed mechanical, electrical, functional and

control and monitoring data interfaces such as protocol, software and data structure between the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor;

d) Identify the safety requirements to be taken into account

in the interface design; e) Identify the environmental conditions of operation such

as temperature, humidity, EMC, noise, vibration, etc; f) Identify the system response time for the interface

showing the detailed breakdowns of processes and time calculations;

g) Identify the degraded functionalities, failure modes and

redundancy management for each system during degraded operation;

h) Identify the information to be exchanged and how the

dates identified in the IMP shall be achieved; i) Address the design, supply, installation, testing and

commissioning programme of the contracts to meet the key dates of each contract, and highlight any programme risks requiring management attention;

j) Specify the proposed method and schedule for verifying

interface integrity along with any requirements, whether




temporary or permanent, relating to the physical installation of each party's equipment or materials used for Temporary Works or the Permanent Works;

j) Include test procedures and programme to demonstrate

the performance and integrity of the integrated systems.

l) Identify detailed functional interface such as protocols, software and data structure between the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor;

(8) The requirements of the PDP’s Drawings and the Interface Specification shall form the basis of the Interface Control Document (ICD), but shall not relieve the Works Package Contractor of his obligation to identify and address any new interface issues to meet the Contract requirements.

(9) Any revision to the ICD shall be mutually acceptable to all interfacing Works Package Contractors and submitted to the PDP for approval. The ICD shall be a 'live document' and revised and re‐submitted at completion of final design, prior to commencement of installation and prior to commencement of Partial Acceptance Tests by the Works Package Contractor to ensure it remains current and at other times as directed by the PDP.

(10) Any intermediate dates as agreed by all interfacing parties in the interfacing meeting shall be reflected in the ICD and the Three Month Rolling Programme accordingly.

(11) Minimum requirements for the IMP and ICD are provided in Appendix AG13.1.

Coordination with Other Works Contractors in preparing CSDs and SEMs

G13.6 (1) In addition to the requirements specified earlier in this section, the Works Package Contractor shall liaise and coordinate with the Other Works Contractors responsible for civil works, in accordance with the following sequence, in preparing the CSDs and SEMs required under Section G13.

a) STEP 1 ‐ The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will prepare and submit to the PDP and the Works Package Contractor the Stage I CSDs and SEMs for review. These Stage I CSDs and SEMs shall be based on the Other Works Contractor's Structural, Architectural and Building Services designs/works and on the information provided in the Other Works Contractor’s Contract in relation to the railway systems facilities.

b) STEP 2 ‐ Within six (6) weeks of receipt of the Stage I




CSDs and SEMs, the Works Package Contractor shall mark their proposed service routings, plant locations, penetrations through the structure and all other pertinent information onto the CSDs / SEMs and submit to the PDP and the relevant Other Works Contractor.

c) STEP 3 ‐ The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will liaise and convene meetings with the Works Package Contractor in order to resolve any conflicts, discrepancies or other problems with the Works Package Contractors' proposed service routings and/or structural requirements. The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will provide the PDP with advance notice of any meetings and permit the PDP to attend such meetings.

d) STEP 4 ‐ In the event the Works Package Contractor is unable to satisfactorily resolve any conflicts or problems, he shall forthwith notify the PDP of such conflicts and seek the PDP's direction on the resolution of the conflict. The PDP shall subsequently convene meetings, as appropriate, with a view to resolving such conflicts or problems. The Works Package Contractor shall attend such meetings and provide any support as required by the PDP.

e) STEP 5 ‐ Subsequent to the coordination under steps 2, 3 and 4 and not later than ten (10) weeks prior to the programmed date for commencement of the relevant structural works, the Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will incorporate the Works Package Contractors' requirements into the Stage I CSDs and SEMs and resubmit these as Stage II drawings to the PDP and the Works Package Contractor.

f) STEP 6 ‐ Within two (2) weeks of receipt, the Works Package Contractor shall review the Stage II CSDs / SEMs and shall submit any proposed amendments / comments to the PDP and the relevant Other Works Contractor.

g) STEP 7 ‐ The Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will review any comments and amendments proposed by the Works Package Contractor on the Stage II CSDs and SEMs and immediately advise the PDP of any disagreement with such comments and proposed amendments. In the event of any disagreement the relevant Other Works




Contractor will seek direction from the PDP to resolve the conflict.

h) STEP 8 ‐ Not later than four (4) weeks prior to the programmed date for the commencement of the relevant structural works the Other Works Contractor responsible for civil works will incorporate the amendments arising from steps 6 and 7 and shall issue the final CSDs / SEMs to the PDP and the Works Package Contractor.

(2) All drawings and other information submitted to Other Works Contractors and all communications, including records of conversations and minutes of meetings, between the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractors shall be copied to the PDP for information.

Coordination Meetings

G13.7

Meetings with external parties

G13.7.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall attend, and shall arrange for the representatives of sub‐contractors, Government departments, transport companies, utility undertakings and Other Works Contractors to attend coordination meetings if required by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall inform the PDP within 48 hours, or such shorter period agreed by the PDP, before meetings with Government departments, transport companies, utility undertakings and Other Works Contractors are to be held and shall give the PDP the opportunity to attend such meetings.

Quarterly review meetings

G13.7.2 (1) The PDP may convene at his discretion but on providing reasonable notice to the Works Package Contractor, any meeting, either on or off the Project Site, to discuss and address any aspect of the Works or the Contract. The Works Package Contractor shall attend any such meetings convened by the PDP.

(2) The PDP may convene quarterly review meetings to be held in Malaysia at approximately three monthly intervals. The PDP shall notify the Works Package Contractor of the date of such meetings not less than twenty eight (28) Days before they are to be held.

(3) Quarterly review meetings shall be held over a period of up to three (3) Days in order to review the overall progress of the Works in the context of the Project as a whole, and to address and resolve any issues relevant to the execution and progress of the Works. Such meetings will be chaired by a member of the PDP’s directorate or other senior manager,




and the Works Package Contractor shall have in attendance one senior representative of director level from each of the companies comprising the Works Package Contractor, together with the managing director of the company acting as a leader of the Works Package Contractor if it is a joint venture, consortium or partnership.

(4) The persons whom the Works Package Contractor proposes should attend each quarterly review meeting shall be subject to approval by the PDP. The names of such proposed attendees shall be notified by the Works Package Contractor to the PDP not less than seven (7) Days prior to each meeting.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a Quarterly review report 7 Days prior to each Quarterly meeting

Internet Access Capability

G13.8 The Works Package Contractor shall maintain, at his own cost, Internet access capability so as to be able to communicate with the PDP/Railway Operator/Other Works Contractors, and others. Over the Internet, communication includes, but is not limited to, exchange of e‐mail, electronic forum discussion, data exchange, and access to computers as may be required in the Contract.

Code of Practice in Using PDP / Owner Computer Systems

G13.9 (1) Where the Works Package Contractor is required to use the PDP’s or Railway Operator’s computer system to fulfil the requirements of the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall observe the proper code of practice as applicable to the Laws of Malaysia and international laws, as well as any particular requirements as stipulated in the Contract.

(2) The Works Package Contractor will be required to register with the PDP if access to the PDP’s or Railway Operator’s computer system is required. Use of such computer systems shall be strictly confined to the works in relation to the Project and restricted to the registered personnel only.

(3) On any system user accounts and passwords for access to the PDP’s or Railway Operator’s computer the Works Package Contractor shall observe the PDP’s or Railway Operator’s password policy for computer systems, which will be advised by the PDP in due course. The PDP reserves the rights to revoke access and change user passwords to these computer systems without advance notice as and when deemed necessary.




APPENDIX AG13.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENT 1. Interface Management Plan

The Interface Management Plan shall cover the contents in the following table. The

intention of each section is described by the text inside the angle brackets.

Interface Management Plan (Typical Table of Contents)

1 Introduction

1.1 Purpose of Document

<Describe the methodology to be adopted by the Works Package Contractor in managing all interface issues >

1.2 Overview

<Project overview of the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractor>

2 Resource Management

2.1 Organisation and Roles & Responsibilities

2.2 Resource Requirement

<Detailed description of the manpower, tools, logistics shall be included in this section>

3 Process Management

3.1 Change of Interfacing Requirement

<The process for the management of interface requirement change shall be addressed in this section.>

3.2 Verification of Interfacing Requirements

<The approach to be adopted by the Works Package Contractor to manage verification of interfacing requirements shall be addressed in this section.>

3.3 Software Version Control

<The process for the management of software changes over the project life cycle>

3.4 Interface Trouble shooting

<The approach to be adopted for interface trouble shooting >




3.5 Inspection, testing and commissioning on Interfaces

<The approach to be adopted by the Works Package Contractor for the management of interface in the inspection, testing and commissioning stage shall be addressed in this section.>

3.6 Areas of Concern

<The process for managing interface concerns.>

4 Document Management

4.1 Reference Documents

<All applicable reference documents shall be listed in this section.>

4.2 Structure of Reference Documents

<The Structure of reference documents shall be addressed in this section.>

4.3 Version Control of Interface Documents

<Configuration management of interface documents shall be addressed in this section.>

5 Communication

5.1 Terms of Reference of Interface Meetings

<The terms of reference of interface meetings shall be addressed here.>

5.2 Exchange of Information between Works Package Contractors

<The process for the exchange of information between the two interfacing Works Package Contractors shall be stated here.>

5.3 Submission to PDP

<The approach to be adopted by the two Works Package Contractors on the submission of the Interface Management Plan to the PDP shall be described here.>

5.4 Request for the PDP’s Attention

<The criteria and methodology for requesting the PDP’s attention shall be mentioned here.>

6 Interface Hazard Management

6.1 Strategy and Approach




2. Interface Control Document The Interface Control Document shall cover the content set out in the following table

wherever applicable. The demarcation of works to be provided by each Works Package Contractor shall be clearly stated.

Interface Control Document (Typical Table of Contents)

1 Introduction

2 Reference Documents

3 Abbreviations and Definitions

4 Interface Task Allocation

4.1 Interface Task Allocation Table

5 Interface Details:

5.1 System Configuration

5.1.1 Interface Demarcation Diagram

5.2 Physical Interface

5.2.1 Nature, Naming Convention, Location and Quantity Nature, Location and Quantity

5.2.2 Electrical Interface

5.2.3 Mechanical Interface

5.3 Functional Interface

5.4 Protocols

5.5 Software and Data Interface

5.6 Design Constraints

5.7 Environmental conditions and Electromagnetic Compatibility

5.8 Operational Constraints

6 Scope of Supply

7 Delivery and Installation

8 Inspection and Testing

8.1 Test Methodology

8.2 Protocol Tests

8.3 Independent Tests

8.4 Point‐to‐Point Tests

8.5 Integrated System Functional Tests

8.6 Logical sequence and dependence of the Tests

8.7 Simulators and Special Equipment to be used

9 Interface Requirement Verification Matrix




10 Programme

Appendices and Drawings

App 1 Detailed Data Interface Schedules

App 2 Cables Termination Schedules / Drawings

App 3 System Start‐up parameters

App 4 Access dates, Key dates and schedule for information exchange

App 5 List of critical interface items

App 6 Table of Deliverables

App 7 Time Schedule for Inspection and Testing




APPENDIX AG13.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF LEAD CONTRACTOR AND MATCH CONTRACTOR The roles and responsibilities of the Lead Contractor shall be as follows:

a ) To identify and establish all the necessary interfaces and their requirements, jointly and mutually with the Match Contractor.

b ) To provide the necessary information, material, technical expertise and manpower required for the interface design.

c ) To plan, coordinate and finalise the interfacing design with the Match Contractor and every third party or Statutory Authority that are necessary in the course of interface design development.

d ) To produce jointly with the Match Contractor all the required interface document submissions to the PDP for acceptance.

e ) To appoint a competent and experienced person who shall be the single point of contact on interface design and management with the other Match Contractors and the PDP.

f ) To prepare and submit all interface design meeting minutes, monthly interface design progress report and interface design data to the PDP for information.

g ) To produce the required integrated test procedures and test reports for submission to the PDP for approval.

h ) To lead the required integrated tests and all test related activities, including but not limited to test readiness review, software release co‐ordination for testing, defects tracking and retests.

The roles and responsibilities of the Match Contractor shall be as follows:

a ) To identify and establish all the necessary interfaces and their requirements jointly and mutually with the Lead Contractor.

b ) To provide the necessary information, material, technical expertise and manpower required for the interface design works.

c ) To collaborate fully with the Lead Contractor in finalizing the interface design, joint production of the interface documents, interface design progress reports and all test related documentations and activities.




d ) To appoint a competent and experienced person who shall be the single point of contact on interface design and management with the affected Other Package Contractors and the PDP.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G14 – Document Management


SECTION G14

DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT

Documents, Submissions and Correspondence

G14.1 (1) All documents which shall be submitted to the PDP in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, shall be provided in the standards established by the PDP. Documentation and drawings shall consist of a series of diagrams, schematics, drawings, layouts, plans, tables, method statements, handbooks, manuals etc. which together shall comprehensively describe and detail the whole of the Works in every respect. Such documentation and drawings shall contain sufficient information and details so as to facilitate provision of the Works and to permit the Railway Operator to eventually maintain, operate and carry out engineering modifications to the Works.

(2) Copies of correspondence relevant to the execution of theWorks and received from or dispatched to RelevantAuthorities, utility undertakings and Other WorksContractors shall be provided to the PDP for information assoon as possible but in any case not later than one (1) Dayafter receipt or dispatch.

(3) All documents shall be submitted to the PDP in both hardand soft copy format. For soft copies, the associatedelectronic files shall be submitted as a Portable DocumentFormat (PDF) file converted either from a scanned copy ofthe printed document or directly from the original nativeelectronic file. Each document shall be submitted as a singlePDF file, except in cases where the file size exceeds 100MB inwhich case the document may be submitted as multiple files.For the submission of deliverables, a copy of the originalnative electronic files used to create the document shall alsobe provided. Files converted directly from the original“native” files in searchable format are preferred to“scanned” files; in such cases the original “native” files shallbe included in the submission. Drawings in documents shallbe printed at A3 size unless fully legible at A4.

(4) All documentation shall be clearly legible, comprehensivelyindexed, fully cross referenced, set out logically andconsistent in the use of symbols, texts, layouts, title boxesetc. Each and every sheet of documentation and drawingsshall contain at least but not limited to the following:

a) Project title;

b) Originator;




c) Main title;

d) Sheet Number;

e) Sheet Title;

f) Issue Type e.g. Preliminary, Inspection, Approval,Construction, Testing, As‐Built etc.;

g) Modification Status;

h) Document Number, Revision Number and Date; and

i) Signature in respect of preparation, checking,approval of originating organisation.

(5) The hard copy of all documents shall be the contractualcopy. Before electronic files of documents are submitted tothe PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall verify that theelectronic files exactly match the hard copy documents.

(6) Unless otherwise specified or as instructed by the PDP, theWorks Package Contractor shall submit the number of copiesof documentation and drawings to the PDP based on thefollowing:

For Document Submissions:

Issue No. of Copies

Inspection / Approval 3 (A4 or A3 size)

Testing Records / Reports 2 (A4 or A3 size)

Monthly / Weekly Reports 3 (A4 or A3 size)

Commissioning / Maintenance Copies 2 (A4 or A3 size)

Final As‐Built Records 4 (A4 or A3 size)

Final Manuals, Handbooks etc. (including operational manuals)

6 (A4 or A3 size)

General submissions other than the above 3 (A4 or A3 size)

All of the above shall also include one (1) electronic copy onCD ROM in pdf format and in the native file format.

For Drawing Submissions:

One (1) A1 size original, three (3) sets of A1 prints, six (6)unbound sets of A3 size prints reduced from the A1 sizeoriginal, six (6) electronic copies (AutoCAD and pdf fileformats), and a drawing list in hard copy and soft copy(WORD or EXCEL file).




Electronic File Formats

G14.2

Standard format for electronic files

G14.2.1 For deliverables which are to be submitted in electronic format, thesubmission shall be in English version and shall comply with thefollowing formats compatible with Intel®/Windows® based personalcomputers, or their natural successors, unless otherwise specified inthe Contract:

Text documents – Microsoft Word (.doc or .docx format)

Spreadsheets – Microsoft Excel (.xls or .xlsx format)

Presentations – Microsoft PowerPoint (.ppt or .pptx format)

Databases – Microsoft Access (file format to be agreed with thePDP)

Programming / Scheduling – Primavera P6, version 7.0 or later

CAD produced drawings – Refer to the PDP’s CAD Guidelines

Digital Photographs (as individual files) – JPEG format (minimumsize of 5 megapixels and minimum resolution of 300dpi)

Scanned documents – PDF format at a minimum resolution of300dpi

Document layout standard

G14.2.2 To ensure consistency and to enable automatic uploading ofsubmitted electronic data, where applicable and specified in theContract, the Works Package Contractor shall:

a) use the electronic document templates provided by the PDPin preparing his submissions; and

b) use the application systems provided by the PDP in, but notlimited to, entering and uploading project data, data analysisand report generation.

Copy protection G14.2.3 The Works Package Contractor shall provide, together with thesubmission, any applicable decryption key, password or certificateto enable the PDP to review the submitted electronic data.

Submission media G14.2.4 Electronic files shall be submitted on CD‐ROM discs or other mediaapproved by the PDP. All media shall bear clearly printed labelscontaining the contract reference and title, submission number, andfile references.

Submissions Programme

G14.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall, within thirty (30) Daysof the Commencement Date, submit a programme coveringall proposed submissions to the PDP.




(2) The submissions programme shall include each submissionstated in the Contract as being required to be submitted.

(3) The submission programme shall ensure that all submissionsare properly co‐ordinated with the Works PackageContractor’s overall programme, particularly in respect ofthe following:‐

a) Progress of design, manufacture, installation andtesting work;

b) Co‐ordination with Other Works Contractors;

c) Including due allowance for the PDP’s review processto be undertaken and including the time needed forany re‐submissions.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall include in the monthlyreport, a full list of all submissions and their current status incomparison to the submissions programme. Reasons shallbe provided for any delayed submission and the proposedcorrective action that will ensure that the delay does notaffect any overall or stage completion dates, particularlythose that interface with other parties.

Submission and Review Procedure

G14.4 (1) Except where specific procedures are given for certain items,all submissions shall be submitted and reviewed according tothe procedure laid down in the following clauses. The WorksPackage Contractor shall demonstrate that individualsubmission documents have been subject to his internalreview process prior to submission to the PDP.

(2) Each submission shall be made under cover of a submissionform and include a brief introduction to explain to whichsub‐system, part or section of the Works the submissionrefers, listing the documents enclosed with the submission,and describing in outline how all relevant requirements ofthe Specifications are achieved by the proposals.

(3) Within thirty five (35) Days of receipt of the submission, thePDP shall respond to the Works Package Contractor in one ofthree codes:

a) CODE 1: Approved (Work May Proceed);

b) CODE 2: Approved With Comment; and

c) CODE 3: Resubmit (Physical Work Cannot Proceed).

(4) If the PDP, having reviewed the submission, has notdiscovered any non‐compliances under the Contract, he shall




respond with the review status ‘Approved’, and which shallentitle the Works Package Contractor to proceed to the nextstage of the programme of work.

(5) If the PDP discovers minor non‐compliances, discrepancies,or omissions etc. that, in his opinion, are not of afundamental nature, he shall respond with ‘Approved WithComments’, including a list of the features that require to beamended, included or improved to comply with the Contract.Issue of such a response serves as a notice of Approval whichentitles the Works Package Contractor to proceed to thenext stage of the programme of work provided that all of thePDP’s comments are adequately addressed within fourteen(14) Days from the issue of the PDP’s comments.

(6) If the PDP discovers major non‐compliances, discrepancies,or omissions etc. that, in his opinion, are of a fundamentalnature, he shall respond with ‘Resubmit’, including a list ofthe features that require to be amended, included orimproved to comply with the Contract. Issue of suchresponse serves as a notice of rejection which does notentitle the Works Package Contractor to proceed to the nextstage of the programme of work until all of the PDP’scomments are adequately addressed and a re‐submissionhas been approved by the PDP.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall attend meetings toreview submissions and related activities on a regular and/orad hoc basis, upon receiving reasonable notice from the PDP.

(8) Any approval, check, certificate, consent, examination,inspection, instruction, notice, proposal, request, test, orsimilar act by the PDP (including absence of disapproval)shall not constitute a waiver nor relieve the Works PackageContractor from any responsibility, obligations or liabilitieshe has under the Contract, including responsibility for errors,omissions, discrepancies and non‐compliances.

Project Records G14.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall use a database programfor registering all the Project documents following thedocument numbering schemes approved by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure the full andtimely submission of the Contract Deliverables.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall establish and maintainthe Project records containing the originals. The index forthe Project records shall be kept up to date and shallindicate the location of the files for ease of access.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain the Project




records files in good condition, and filed in accordance withthe prescribed document numbering system, if applicable, orany other established indexing system.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall control access to theProject records and removal of the records temporarily orpermanently until the Project records, in part or in theirentirety, are handed over to the PDP on an on‐going basis orat the Practical Completion of the whole of the Works.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a checklist toidentify the types of records to be handed over for review bythe PDP ninety (90) Days in advance of the intended handover of any Project records or earlier as required by the PDPincluding those at the time when the Works PackageContractor applies for a Certificate of Practical Completion ofthe whole of the Works. The final documents handed overto the PDP shall be in hard copy and include software copyon ROM disc media or hard disk format. The hard copies andelectronic files shall bear document numbers and revisionidentifications.

(7) Site Records Office:

a) The Works Package Contractor shall establish andmaintain at the Site a records office which containsthe Project documents until such time the documentsare all handed over to the PDP.

b) Site Records ‐ The Works Package Contractor shall fileand store in the Site records office all documentswhich relate to the quality and as‐constructedcondition of the Works including, without limitation:

i) Controlled copies of quality systemdocuments;

ii) Progress records or progress reports notpreviously submitted to the PDP;

iii) Certificates for manufactured goods andmaterials;

iv) Records of sampling, inspections and tests;

v) Records of inspections by RelevantAuthorities;

vi) Reports of nonconformities and theirdisposition;

vii) Reports and data relating to concessions;




viii) Records of surveys of the Permanent Works orE&M parts of the Permanent Works;

ix) Any construction or manufacturing drawingscontaining marked up details of as‐builtdimensions or properties;

x) Any other data relevant to the as‐constructedPermanent Works; and

xi) Any other related documents or records asrequired by the PDP.

c) The documents stored at the Site shall be the originalversions and not photocopies unless the originalversions have been dispatched to the PDP or thirdparties and are no longer in the Works PackageContractor's possession.

d) Filing and storage:

All documents shall be filed, indexed and suitablystored to permit easy identification and access on afrequent basis. Media containing master copies ofelectronic files of all deliverables and Contract datashall be stored in a safe with a four (4) hour firerating.

e) Each records office shall be suitably sized, have a firerating of at least 2 hours and, as a minimum, 24‐hourair conditioning for humidity and temperaturecontrol.

f) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that eachrecords office is provided with adequate colourphotocopying facilities and shall provide the PDP withsuch photocopies of the stored documents as he mayrequest.

g) Take over of documents:

The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that theProject records are properly filed and indexed and ina fit condition to be taken over by the PDP at thetime that the Works Package Contractor applies for aCertificate of Practical Completion for the whole ofthe Works. The Works Package Contractor shallprovide the Site records documents for finalhandover. The Works Package Contractor shallprovide detailed filing indexes to the records to behanded over when the PDP notifies his intention to




takeover the documents or the Works PackageContractor shall, not later than thirty (30) Daysbefore the anticipated date of applying for aCertificate of Practical Completion for the whole ofthe Works, notify the PDP that such documents willbe available for collection.

h) At the appropriate time as determined by the PDP, orwithin fourteen (14) Days of receipt of an applicationfor a Certificate of Practical Completion for the wholeof the Works, or upon termination of the WorksPackage Contractor's employment under theContract, the PDP may notify the Works PackageContractor that the PDP intends to take over theProject documents, in which case the Works PackageContractor shall allow the PDP immediate access tosuch documents and shall provide a detailed filingindex, provide the materials and labour in packagingand transferring all the records, as agreed by the PDP,certify completeness of the records and do all otherthings necessary for the purpose of transferring themto the custody of the PDP.

i) Upon notice being given by the PDP or WorksPackage Contractor the Project documents shall vestin the PDP.

k) PDP's custody of documents:

i) The PDP shall establish and maintain premisesin which he shall store any documents of theWorks Package Contractor taken over for aperiod of not less than six (6) years from thecompletion of the Defects Liability Period forthe whole of the Works.

ii) The PDP shall not, without the consent of theWorks Package Contractor, otherwise destroyor part with possession of any such documentsprior to expiration of the period referred to insub‐clause i) above.

iii) The PDP shall, upon reasonable notice, allowthe Works Package Contractor access to alldocuments taken over and shall providecopies of any such documents as the WorksPackage Contractor might reasonably request.

l) Works Package Contractor's custody of documents:

The Works Package Contractor shall maintain in




Malaysia his archive of all documents in connectionwith and arising out of the Contract, excluding anydocuments taken over by the PDP, for a period of six(6) years from the completion of the Defects LiabilityPeriod for the whole of the Works.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G15 – Not Used


SECTION G15

NOT USED

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G15 – Not Used




General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G16 – Software Management and Control


SECTION 16

SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

General G16.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a software management system to the requirements of ISO 9000‐3 for ensuring that all software supplied under the Contract shall comply with the required quality and safety standards.

(2) For non‐safety related software (software with SIL of zero) supplied under the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall comply with the requirements of ISO 12207 in addition to the requirements in sub‐clause (1) above.

(3) For the safety related software (software with SIL greater than zero) supplied under the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall comply with the requirements of EN 50128 in addition to the requirements in sub‐clause (1) above.

(4) Each package of software shall be identified with a development level according to the following: The Development Level can be A, B or C. The Development Level of a Software Workpackage is defined as C if the Software Workpackage is a commercial, off‐the‐shelf software package with a demonstrable installation base, release history, and proper user documentation. The Development Level of a Software Workpackage is defined as B if the Software Workpackage is an existing software with changes less than 20% of the functional or technical requirements. An existing software is one which has been used in a similar project at least 6 Months prior to the commencement of this Contract, and which has not been changed since then. The Development Level of a Software Workpackage is defined as A if neither B nor C is applicable.

Software Quality Assurance Plan

G16.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a Software Quality Assurance Plan to the PDP for approval not later than one (1) Month after the completion of Software Requirement Specification Phase or four (4) Months after the date of the Letter of Acceptance whichever is earlier.

(2) A typical contents list for the Software Quality Assurance Plan is contained in Appendix AG16.1. The Plan shall define, but not be limited to:




a) the organization of the Works Package Contractor’s software development and testing personnel including his subcontractors of any tier to illustrate the division of the works among the team members, and full details of the qualifications and experiences of all software team leaders shall be included in the plan;

b) the Works Package Contractor’s software development lifecycle processes including those of his subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of ISO 12207 and/or EN 50128 and/or IEC 61508, whichever is applicable; the Works Package Contractor shall explain in the plan the reason(s) for any specific development lifecycle processes and/or documents that are to be combined or further split;

c) the software verification and validation processes in accordance with the requirements of ISO 12207 and/or EN 50128 whichever is applicable, indicating clearly the parties involved for each process;

d) the Works Package Contractor’s configuration management processes in accordance with the requirements of ISO 10007 for the configuration management of software and documentation; the Works Package Contractor’s configuration management processes shall be extended to manage the software configuration of his subcontractors of any tier;

e) an automated tool proposed by the Works Package Contractor for keeping track of software changes and full history of software versions;

f) the proposed format for recording configuration status of each software configuration item which shall be reported in the Monthly Progress Report;

g) the proposed format for recording the software installation status of all software after the commencement of Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT) which shall include, but not be limited to, system/subsystem name; software name; software version/baseline number, installed locations, and key software changes. A softcopy of the software installation status shall be provided to the PDP monthly and/or as requested by the PDP;




h) the proposed format of software release note for notifying the PDP on release of each new version of software for Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) and/or on‐site tests; the note shall include, but not be limited to, reference to baseline document, software configuration items and versions, dependent software packages, implemented changes, operational restrictions, and installation procedure;

i) the proposed format of a defect register showing the status and full description of all software defects identified from the commencement of FAT up to the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works; the defect register shall be in electronic format and provided to the PDP for information on monthly basis and/or as requested by the PDP; and

j) the proposed list of software development lifecycle documentation for submission to the PDP for review.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall, at least once every six (6) Months and/or as requested by the PDP, review and update the Software Quality Assurance Plan to meet the requirements and development of the Works throughout the Contract. For any amendments to the plan, the Works Package Contractor shall as soon as practicable submit the proposed amendments for approval by the PDP.

(4) For any replacement of the software team leader(s), the Works Package Contractor shall submit full details of the qualifications and experience of the proposed replacement to the PDP for approval. The replacement shall report for full time duty at least one (1) Month prior to the departure of the original team leader(s).

(5) The Software Quality Plan shall also include the following information in respect of each main software package:

Identification of baseline of previous usage (e.g used on “x” project)

Identification of percentage of similarities and differences compared to previous application

Which simulators to be used and what validation method

The process to enable the PDP to add observed defects to the defect tracking list




Software Release Control

G16.3 (1) After the commencement of PAT on the equipment and/or system on Site, requests for any new installation and/or amendment to the software already installed in the equipment and/or system concerned shall be made by means of a “software installation/modification request” form or other documentation as directed by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall submit his request together with a copy of the software release note and other supporting documents, including ITP, at least two (2) Days prior to the installation. Unless otherwise directed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall not proceed with the installation or modification of software until an “Approved” response has been obtained from the PDP.

(2) After the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works, requests for any new installation and/or amendment to the software already installed in the equipment and/or system concerned shall be made by means of a “software installation/modification request” form or other documentation as directed by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall submit his request together with a copy of the software release note and other supporting documents as requested by the PDP, at least seven (7) Days prior to the installation. The proposed date of software installation shall be subject to the availability of the concerned system to be advised by the railway operator or the Owner. Unless otherwise directed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall not proceed with the installation or modification of software until an “Approved” response has been obtained from the PDP. In addition, the Works Package Contractor shall provide the results of internal validation, installation method, fall‐back procedures and assessment of the impact on the system operations for the new software.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that the version number of each software for the Works shall be auditable without additional software or hardware tools. For all computer software, facilities shall be provided within the software for enquiring the software version. For all firmware and PLC equipment, unless an indication of the version number is built into the equipment, a label showing the software version shall be securely affixed on the firmware or equipment.

Software Progress Tracking

G16.4 (1) Prior to the conclusion of each phase for software requirements specification and software architecture design, the Works Package Contractor shall make a presentation on the results of the Works Package




Contractor’s software requirements analysis and architectural design to the PDP in Malaysia. The Works Package Contractor’s presentation shall be in sufficient detail to enable the PDP to obtain a clear understanding of the software scope, software architecture and the planning of development activities.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall elaborate the entire software development efforts in detail in the Works Programme, highlighting the critical path for the activities. The Works Programme shall include, but not be limited to, the following activities:

software activities of all software components at each development lifecycle phase;

software related Milestones;

internal software audit and software assessment; and

any other details as directed by the PDP.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall establish and implement metrics for the measurement of the quality and progress of software activities. All metrics shall be based on auditable data. The metrics which shall be reported in the Monthly Progress Report, which as a minimum, shall include:

number of total, passed and failed FAT cases;

number of total, passed and failed PAT cases;

number of total, passed and failed SAT cases;

number of passed test cases per month for FAT, PAT and SAT;

number of outstanding software defects;

number of software defects rectified per month;

age of each defect; and

time taken for closure / resolution.

Software Audit G16.5 (1) For the development of non‐safety related software, the Works Package Contractor shall assign an internal software auditor to conduct internal software audits at least at quarterly intervals to ensure the Works Package Contractor’s processes are compliant with the




requirements of the ISO 12207 standard and the Contract requirements.

(2) For the development of safety related software, the Works Package Contractor shall assign a software assessor to conduct software assessment at least at quarterly intervals to ensure the Works Package Contractor’s processes are compliant with the requirements of the EN 50128 and/or IEC 61508, standard, whichever is applicable.

(3) A copy of the internal software audit report or the software assessment report shall be submitted to the PDP for information within fourteen (14) Days of completion of each software audit or assessment.

(4) The internal software auditor and software assessor shall have at least five (5) years of experience in the establishment, maintenance and monitoring of software quality assurance systems based on international software quality assurance standards. The software assessor must be independent from the development organisation in accordance with the EN 50128, and shall in addition have at least two (2) years of experience in the establishment, maintenance and monitoring of software quality assurance systems conforming to the EN 50128 Standard. The Works Package Contractor shall submit full details of qualifications and experience of the software assessor and software auditor to the PDP for approval before carrying out the software audit and/or assessment. If the software auditor and/or the software assessor become unavailable, the Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP for approval the details of qualifications and experience of the replacement.

(5) The Works Package Contractor and his subcontractors of any tier shall be subject to software audits conducted by the PDP or his delegates to examine the compliance with the software management and control requirements. The audits will be conducted at six (6) Month intervals, or at such other intervals as may be required by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor and his subcontractors shall afford to the auditor timely access to all personnel, activities, software, source code, documentation, procedures and records in connection with the software development activities during the audits.

(6) A Software Corrective Action Request (CAR) or Software Observation Report (OBS) will be raised respectively by the auditors for each non‐conformity or potential non‐conformity identified during the audits. The Works Package




Works Package Contractor shall submit proposed corrective and preventive actions, within seven (7) Days from the receipt of the CAR or OBS, to the PDP for review. The Works Package Works Package Contractor shall take timely corrective and preventive actions to rectify the CAR or OBS and to prevent re‐occurrence. Evidence to demonstrate effective implementation of corrective and preventive actions shall be submitted to the PDP. The Works Package Works Package Contractor shall maintain communication with the auditor to ensure all CAR/OBS to be closed in a timely manner.

Software Documentation

G16.6 (1) For any customized or newly developed software, the Works Package Contractor shall submit the software development lifecycle documentation of the software to the PDP for review.

(2) For safety related software, the Contactor shall include a requirement traceability matrix in each of the software lifecycle documents to show the requirement traceability at individual requirement levels between the document concerned and the associated input documents.

(3) A diagram of the hardware configuration and a list of applicable software shall be included in the test specifications for all software related tests. Each test case together with the sequence of actions and the expected results shall be clearly defined.

(4) For all software related tests, the version of applicable software and site‐specific data configuration shall be clearly recorded in the test record.

(5) Where safety related software is within the scope of the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate that the software quality assurance system and development methods implemented throughout the software development lifecycle conform to the Contract requirements.

Safety Integrity Level

G16.7 Unless the Safety Integrity Level of software is specified in the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of software requirement phase, assess the Safety Integrity Level (SIL) for the software in accordance with EN 50128 and IEC 61508. Each software component within a system shall by default have the same SIL as that of the system. The assessment result together with justification shall be recorded in a SIL assessment report and submitted to the PDP for review.




Software Deliverables and Licenses

G16.8 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the following items to the PDP for review at least three (3) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works as indicated on the Baseline Programme:

a) inventory list(s) of all software components installed for the Works;

b) licences of software;

c) a backup copy of all delivered software in secondary storage media together with installation instructions to enable complete and/or partial re‐installation of all software components for the Works;

d) the required software source code together with all necessary development tools;

e) a backup copy of the required software source files in secondary storage media; and

f) configuration instructions for use when building or re‐building equipment.

(2) For any further modifications on the items stipulated in Clause 16.8(1) after the items have been approved by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall re‐submit the revised items to the PDP by the end of the Defects Liability Period or as requested by the PDP.

(3) The railway operator shall be granted a royalty‐free, non‐exclusive and irrevocable licence to use all software delivered for the Contract for an unlimited period.

(4) In allowing future software maintenance by the railway operator, the Works Package Contractor shall deliver to the PDP the software source files of project specific software as required by the Specifications. As a minimum, the source files of the following project specific software shall be delivered:

a) PLC programme and data;

b) all software associated with the configuration for the operational user interface of the computer‐based application;

c) system parameters; and

d) operational parameters database.




(5) For the software source files to be delivered, the Works Package Contractor shall also deliver the associated hardware and software development tools, documents and training courses to the railway operator to facilitate future modification of such software. In addition, the railway operator shall be vested with the right to modify, enhance, and regenerate any part or whole of the software for his own use.

Backup G16.9 The Works Package Contractor shall perform at least bi‐weekly backup for the outputs of software development works including those in progress, and shall also maintain backup copy of all software baseline produced in the past six (6) Months. The back‐up copies shall be stored securely in an off‐site location.




APPENDIX AG16.1 TYPICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

Software Quality Assurance Plan (Typical Table of Contents)

1. Purpose

2. Reference Documents

2.1 Internal procedures, plans and standards (e.g. document review procedure, documentation standard and coding standards)

2.2 International standards

3. Management

3.1 Organization (name of key staff shall be included.)

3.2 Roles and Responsibilities

4. Deliverables

4.1 List of Software Work Packages and Development Status

4.2 Submission Requirements

5. Software Development Lifecycle

5.1 Mapping to the Standard and Contract requirements

5.2 Input and Output Document for Each Phase

5.3 Requirements Management

6. Metrics

7. Reviews and Audits

8. Test and Validation

9. Software Configuration Management

10. Problem Reporting and Corrective Action

11. Tools, Techniques, and Methodologies

12. Software Supplier Control

13. Records Collection, Maintenance, and Retention

14. Training

*END OF SECTION*

PROJEK MASS RAPID TRANSIT LEMBAH KELANG

Jajaran Sungai Buloh - Kajang


Section G17 – System Safety

KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 G17-1 of 20 Revision: 03

SECTION G17

SYSTEM SAFETY

Applicable

Standards

G17.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall practise a system

assurance process compliant with the EN50126 standard. This

shall include the assurance activities to be performed at each

of all the system lifecycle phases, and the tools, techniques

and procedures mandated and/or recommended in the

standard.

Mandatory

Requirements

G17.2 (1) Mandatory requirements are applicable to the Works Package

irrespective of whether it has a safety-related function or not.

(2) As a minimum, the system assurance process shall cover the

following activities and generate the deliverables as required

in the clauses below.

(3) Submit a System Assurance Plan for approval.

(4) Perform a study to identify and record all the potential safety

hazards associated with the Works Package, the

corresponding causes for each hazard, the sequence of events

that a hazard is manifested, and measures for protecting

against / mitigating each identified hazard. It shall cover all

construction risks, occupation and health risks, and safety

risks associated with the systems / equipment of the Works

Package during the whole lifecycle stages.

(5) The study shall be done by the date specified in the General

Specification or Particular Specification or before the start of

the preliminary design whichever is earlier.

(6) The result of the study shall be recorded in a Hazard Log (HL)

with all information essential for demonstrating the proper

management and traceability of the identified hazards.

(7) The HL shall be regularly reviewed and updated in accordance

with the formal design and O&M reviews throughout the

design, implementation, test, commission, and Defect Liability

Period of the Works Package.

(8) Submit a Project Safety Report for approval four weeks before

the commencement of the Test Running Period as indicated

in the Key Dates for the Works Package.

(9) Design Safety Analysis shall include consideration of Human

Factor Analysis.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare a Fault Schedule






for their systems, showing the impact of functional failures of their

system on the service performance of the railway. Functional failures

shall be classified according to the categories below:

• D0: Negligible: Non-service affecting, delay less than 2

minutes

• D1: Minor: (equal or greater than 2 minutes but less than 5

minutes delay, train withdrawal / replacement)

• D2: Major: (equal or greater than 5 minutes but less than 30

minutes delay; manual intervention between stations) • D3: Serious: (equal or greater than 30 minutes delay; push-

out or detrainment to track-way)

Exemptions G17.3 (1) Except the mandatory requirements detailed in G17.2, the

Works Package Contractor may apply for partial or full

exemptions of some of the system assurance activities in this

General Specification in accordance with the clauses below.

However, the approval, whether in part or whole, of the

application will be subject to the discretion of the PDP.

(2) The Works Package meets one or more of the following:

a) the Works Package imposes no safety hazard on staff

of the operator or that of all contractors working on

the project, passengers and the general public;

b) the Works Package has only very limited number of

safety-related functions; and, by nature of such

functions, the failure of which do not directly lead to

any major injuries or fatality. In addition, the integrity

of such functions are generally governed by Code of

Practice / international standards for the industry, and

that mature products with well proven track records in

similar operating environments are used to form the

Works Package;

c) systems / equipment which shall meet regulatory /

statutory requirements and that similar

systems/equipment in the market generally do not

have a safety integrity level;

d) the safety-related function(s) involved is protected by

measures external to and independent of the

system/equipment involved.

(3) The PDP will give due consideration to the following when

considering the application:

a) track record of the equipment / system in terms of

maturity and working environment of the product,






b) worst case and typical severity of the associated safety

hazards;

c) adequacy and robustness of built-in measures in the

Works Package for mitigating the relevant hazards.

Construction

Risk

Management

G17.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall place the highest

importance on safety in the Execution of the Works. In this

regard and further to the requirements of Section G9, the

Works Package Contractor shall comply with the PDP’s

requirements for construction risk management, in order that

potential risks to the safety of all Project personnel, the

public, third parties, and the Works, are systematically

identified and adequately mitigated.

(2) In addition to the identification and control of construction

related safety risks, the Works Package Contractor’s risk

management process shall, as a minimum, also consider the

control of other Project risks relating to the works

programme, construction costs, community impacts, and

environmental impacts. The identification and control of

Project risks shall be captured in the Works Package

Contractor’s Construction Risk Register.

(3) Not used.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall regularly undertake

formal workshops to identify potential Project risks prior to

and during the Execution of the Works. This process shall

review and update the Construction Risk Register on at least a

monthly basis to, identify potential new risks, identify any

emergency procedures which are required to be developed,

and to monitor the implementation of the proposed

mitigation measures previously established. The PDP shall be

invited to participate in these workshops. Correspondingly,

the updated Construction Risk Register shall be provided to

the PDP on a monthly basis.

System

Assurance

G17.5

General G17.5.1 (1) The safety of passengers, staff and the general public is of

paramount importance for the operation of the railway

project under construction. As part of his consideration of

safety in relation to the design and construction of the Works,

the Works Package Contractor shall follow the system

assurance requirements and targets stipulated in the

Particular Specification.

(2) To manage the system assurance activities for the Works, the






Works Package Contractor shall appoint a System Assurance

Manager, and who shall be approved by the PDP.

(3) Unless approved by the PDP, all corresponding analyses shall

be recorded in the formats provided in Appendix AG17.1.

System

Assurance Plan

G17.5.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit a System

Assurance Plan (SAP) for approval by the PDP within sixty (60)

Days of the date of the Letter of Acceptance. The SAP shall

describe in detail who, how and when the Works Package

Contractor will undertake the system assurance activities.

(2) The SAP shall identify and list all applicable statutory and

regulatory requirements, railway related standards and

international Standards and Code of Practice relevant to the

design of the Works undertaken.

General

Requirements

G17.5.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out a review of all

elements of the Works to identify and document all potential

operational hazards, i.e. hazards affecting the safety,

operation and maintenance of the future railway systems.

Any protection measures designed to eliminate, control, or

mitigate the effect of potential operational hazards shall also

be documented.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall comply with the Contract

system assurance requirements to ensure that the Plant to be

incorporated in the Works is safe and reliable for railway

operations.

Operational

Hazard Log

G17.5.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall conduct a hazard analysis

to identify hazards for the Works, and document all potential

hazards to personnel who may be present on Site, the railway

passengers, and the Railway Operator’s staff during Trial

Running and for the Operating Railway. The proposed

methods of analysis (e.g. Hazard and Operability Study

(HAZOP) shall be approved by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall produce an operational

hazard log, containing operational hazards which may affect

the safe and / or reliable railway operations due to the design,

construction, installation, testing, commissioning, operation

and maintenance of the Works, and which shall be developed

through formal workshops and analytical exercises attended

by the PDP and the Railway Operator. The operational hazard

analysis shall cover system / equipment hazards, interface

hazards and operations and support hazards. All protection

measures which are designed to eliminate, control, or

mitigate the effect of potential operational hazards shall be

documented.






(3) The Operational Hazard Log shall record all the corresponding

causes for each hazard, the sequence of events that a hazard

is manifested, and measures for protecting against /

mitigating each identified hazard, and the lifecycle stage in

which a hazard could be introduced and/or manifested.

(4) A common table format will be adopted for the Hazard Log

and the hazard analyses that feed into it. Table A6 shows the

Hazard Log format, and shows which columns should be

shown in each of the separate hazard analyses.

Operational

Hazard

Management

G17.5.5 (1) All the operational hazards (i.e. including those for operation

and maintenance) identified shall be assessed in accordance

with the “Project Risk Matrix”, i.e. Table A1 to A4, as provided

by the PDP in Appendix AG17.1.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall review and resolve the

operational hazards in the Operational Hazard Log in

accordance with the following principles:

a) In principle all safety hazards for the operation and

maintenance stage of the system lifecycle should be

reduced to the Negligible category.

b) Unless the Works Package Contractor can

demonstrate that practical design solutions cannot be

identified, a hazard with a risk rating other than

Negligible would not be accepted by the PDP;

c) Unless the Works Package Contractor can

demonstrate that practical design solutions cannot be

identified, the use of other alternatives, such as

operating / maintenance procedures or training of

operating / maintenance staff, will not be accepted as

suitable safeguards;

d) Operational hazards with a residue risk rating of

Intolerable are not acceptable. The Works Package

Contractor shall propose design safeguards to mitigate

the risk;

e) Operational hazards with a residue risk rating of

Undesirable shall be mitigated by design safeguards

unless the Works Package Contractor can demonstrate

that practical design solutions cannot be identified;

f) Operational hazards with a residue risk rating of

Tolerable shall be mitigated by design safeguards

unless the Works Package Contractor can demonstrate

that the risk is as low as reasonably practicable






(ALARP); and

g) Should there be any operational hazards with a

residual risk rating of medium that are of particular

concern, the PDP may request the Works Package

Contractor to provide evidence to show that the risks

of such operational hazards are reduced to as low as

reasonably practicable (ALARP) level. This may include

cost benefit analyses of the available mitigation

options by design, additional tests to verify behaviour

of the system / equipment, and Quantified Risk

Assessments to confirm the risk level.

Deterministic

Safety Analysis

G17.5.6 (1) A Deterministic Safety Assessment (DSA) shall be carried out

to reveal the relevance of the Works Package Contractor’s

design with respect to the followings:

a) Contract requirements

b) Code, regulations and standards

c) Design safety principles

(2) The DSA shall also demonstrate that the Works Package

Contractor’s design complies with the contract requirements,

applicable codes and standards and the design safety

principles.

(3) Design safety principles should include principles internal to

the Works Package Contractor, and those in relevant

international or national standards and guidelines (e.g. the

relevant parts of the “Railway Safety Principles and Guidance”

by the ORR, Office of Rail Regulation, UK).

RAM Prediction

and Analysis

G17.5.7 (1) The Plant shall be designed meet the availability and

maintainability targets stated in the Particular Specification

and in accordance with EN50126. The target values shall be

based on an assumed operational day of 24 hours for the

Plant, unless otherwise stated.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate that the

availability and maintainability targets specified in the

Particular Specification have been taken into consideration

during the equipment selection stage process by providing

verifiable field RAM data from original product supplier. The

supplier’s data shall be submitted to the PDP for Approval.

(3) A common table format will be adopted for the FMECA, and

for the Critical Items Lists and RAM predictions prepared from

it. Table A7 shows the FMECA format and which columns

should be shown in each of the derived analyses.






Systems

Assurance

Review

G17.5.8 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall convene formal System

Assurance Review (SAR) meetings to review all System

Assurance activities and to ensure operational hazards are

comprehensively identified within the scope of the Contract.

(2) The SAR meetings shall be held quarterly, or when there is any

key system change, and meeting records shall be submitted to

the PDP. The PDP may participate in the SAR.

System

Assurance Audit

G17.5.9 (1) The PDP will conduct compliance audits on how the Works

Package Contractor fulfils the system assurance

requirements. The PDP will give notice to the Works Package

Contractor at least fourteen (14) Days in advance of a

proposed audit. During the audits, the Works Package

Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and

facilities to enable the PDP to verify that the SAP is being

properly and fully implemented. The Works Package

Contractor shall assign suitably qualified staff to assist the

PDP during the audits.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall agree with the PDP any

corrective and preventative actions required and the dates by

which these actions shall be completed. The Works Package

Contractor shall provide evidence either in verification audits

to be carried out by the PDP, or by submission of further

documents to demonstrate that all agreed corrective and

preventive actions have been satisfactorily completed by the

agreed dates.

Competence

Management

G17.5.10 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall assure that all staff

working on the Works Package shall have the relevant

competencies. This will include necessary formal training on

the knowledge and skills and appropriate years of working

experience on the systems / equipment being supplied.

(2) The site staff shall have the licence(s) as required by the law

of Malaysia.

(3) For the signalling and automatic train control system, all the

lead design, installation, test & commissioning staff shall have

the corresponding UK IRSE licence or other national

equivalent.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain an updated

record of the training received and the licences held by each

staff working on the Works Package contract.

System

Assurance

Manager

G17.5.11 Minimum Requirements for System Assurance Manager

(1) Minimum 10 years SA experience in SA engineering and






minimum 5 years of SA experience on related systems, which

are relevant to the scope of the respective Contract;

(2) Relevant experience in planning, management and application

of SA techniques such as HAZOPS, QRA, FTA, FMEA/FMECA,

etc.

System

Assurance

Engineer

G17.5.12 Minimum Requirements for System Assurance Engineer

(1) Minimum 5 years SA experience in SA engineering and

minimum 3 years of SA experience on the related systems

which are relevant to the scope of the respective contract;

(2) Relevant experience in planning, management and application

of SA techniques such as HAZOPS, QRA, FTA. FMEA/FMECA,

etc.

Independent

Safety Assessor

G17.5.13 Minimum Requirements for Independent Safety Assessor

(1) In accordance with the requirements of the applicable

portions of the Yellow Book (ISBN-978-0-9551435-2-6) or

equivalent international standard;

(2) Have minimum 5 years of safety assessment experience on

similar systems of the respective Contract in accordance to EN

50128 / IEC 62279 or other equivalent standards as approved

by the PDP.

Independent

Software

Assessor

G17.5.14 Minimum Requirements for Independent Software Assessor

(1) Have minimum 5 years of safety assessment experience on

similar systems of the respective Contract in accordance to EN

50128 / IEC 62279 or other equivalent standards;

(2) May be from the Works Package Contractor's organisation but

must be totally independent from the project team.

Safety Critical

Items List

G17.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall compile a Safety Critical

Items List (SCIL);

(2) The SCIL shall be compiled during the design phase and

regularly reviewed throughout the design, manufacture, test

& commissioning and Defect Liability Period;

(3) The SCIL shall be submitted for approval by the end of the

design phase and after each update. The progress / status of

the SCIL shall be reported in each monthly project meeting.

(4) Items which fall into one or more of the following criteria shall

be classified as Safety Critical Items:

a) Components or items with an initial Accident Severity I

or II in the operation hazard log;






b) Items that have limited storage / shelf time and are

associated with safety-related functions;

c) Items that require particular attention during

manufacturing, testing and/or during down time or

during maintenance in order to ensure that an

acceptable level of safety is maintained;

Reliability

Critical Items

List

G17.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall compile a Reliability

Critical Items List (RCIL);

(2) The RCIL shall be compiled during the design phase and

regularly reviewed throughout the design, manufacture, test

& commissioning and Defect Liability Period;

(3) The RCIL shall be submitted for approval by the end of the

design phase and after each update. The progress / status of

the SCIL shall be reported in each monthly project meeting.

(4) Items which fall into one or more of the following criteria shall

be classified as Reliability Critical Items:

a) Subsystem/equipment/LRUs that are identified as Cat I

& II events in the FMEA analyses;

b) Failure of the item would cause the system to become

unavailable or unable to achieve design objectives, or

cause extensive/expensive maintenance and repair;

c) The sole failure of the item causes system failure i.e.

single point failure;

d) The equipment has a known operating life or shelf life or

environment exposure or other limitation which

warrants monitoring under specified conditions;

e) The equipment requires special handling,

transportation, storage or test precautions;

f) The item is difficult to procure or manufacture relative

to state-of-art techniques;

Risk Matrix G17.8 (1) All safety risks pertinent to the Works Package shall be

assessed in accordance with the Risk Matrix tables A1 to A4 in

Appendix AG17.1.






Tables and

Templates

G17.9 (1) Tables and Templates applicable to the Works Package are

contained in Appendix AG17.1.






APPENDIX AG17.1

TABLES & TEMPLATES

Hazard Classification Tables

The following tables are provided as guidelines for hazard classification and assessment.

(i) Accident Frequency for each hazard shall be based on the definitions in Table A1.

The descriptive frequency guides shall be followed in the process of risk mitigation

demonstration. If the In house design team and suppliers are able to provide

quantitative failure data, the numerical equivalent frequency guides could be

referred.

(ii) The likely severity of accidents resulting from the identified hazard shall be

estimated using Event Tree Analysis (if applicable). Accident Severity categorisation

should be based on the definitions in Table A2 and taking into account a pessimistic

but reasonable assessment of consequences.

(iii) The risk category of the identified hazard shall be assessed by using A3, cross

referencing to estimated accident frequency with estimated accident severity.

(iv) The definitions of the Risk Classes from Table A3 are presented in Table A4.

(v) A generic high-level hazard list is provided in Table A5. This list identifies possible

hazards that passengers and workers on a typical railway system, as well as

members of the public, may be exposed to. The In house design team is requested

to refer to this list when conducting hazard analyses, and to ensure that entries in

the Hazard Log are traceable to this list by reference to the Hazard Category Codes.






Table A1 : Accident Frequency

Category Definition

Tolerable Frequency (f)

(cases / yr)

Equivalent Tolerable Frequency

(cases / yr)

1 Frequent Likely occur frequently. The hazard will be continually experienced.

> 100 100

2 Probable Will occur several times. The hazard can be expected to occur often.

100 < x < 1 10

3 Occasional Likely to occur several times. The hazard can be expected to occur several times.

1 < x < 1E-2 0.1

4 Remote Likely to occur some time in the system life cycle. The hazard can reasonably be expected to occur.

1E-2 < x < 1E-4 1E-3

5 Improbable Unlikely to occur but possible. It can be assumed that the hazard may exceptionally occur.

1E-4 < x < 1E-6 1E-5

6 Incredible Extremely unlikely to occur. It can be assumed that the hazard may not occur.

x < 1E-6 1E-6






Table A2 : Accident Severity

Category Definition

No. of Equivalent Fatalities

I Catastrophic Fatalities and/or multiple severe injuries and/or major damage to the environment.

2.5

II Critical Single fatality and/or severe injury and/or significant damage to the environment.

1

III Marginal Minor injury and/or significant threat to the environment.

0

IV Insignificant Possible minor injury. 0

Note : The Equivalent Frequency and the No. of Equivalent Fatalities shall be used to determine

the safety risk of the associated hazard.

Table A3 : Risk Category

Risk Category

Accident Severity Category

I II III IV

Catastrophic Critical Marginal Insignificant

Accident

Frequency

Category

Frequent Intolerable Intolerable Intolerable Undesirable

Probable Intolerable Intolerable Undesirable Tolerable

Occasional Intolerable Undesirable Undesirable Tolerable

Remote Undesirable Undesirable Tolerable Negligible

Improbable Tolerable Tolerable Negligible Negligible

Incredible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible






Table A4 : Definition of Risk Categories

Risk Category Risk Class Definition

Intolerable A Risk shall be reduced by whatever means possible.

Undesirable B Risk shall only be accepted by the PDP if further risk reduction is not practicable.

Tolerable C Risk shall be accepted by the PDP subject to demonstration that the level of risk is as low as reasonably practicable.

Negligible D Risk shall be accepted by the PDP subject to endorsement, by the PDPR, of the safety submissions and mitigation measures.

Table A5 : Generic High Level Hazard List

The following table shows the Hazard Category Codes and Hazard Descriptions of Generic High

Level Hazards associated with a railway system.

GENERIC HIGH LEVEL HAZARD LIST

1. Asphyxiation Hazards

1.1 Person(s) exposed to smoke in vehicle/station/depot etc

1.2 Oxygen depleting agent present in vehicle/station/depot etc

1.3 Oxygen not replenished in vehicle

1.4 Other Asphyxiation or Respiratory Hazards

2. Burns/scalds Hazards

2.1 Person(s) exposed to hot object/ surface/fluid during maintenance

2.2 Person(s) exposed to hot object! surface/fluid during service

2.3 Potential fire in vehicle/ station/guideway/depot etc due to structure

containing combustible material

2.4 Potential fire in vehicle/ station/guideway/depot etc due to foreign

objects containing combustible material

2.5 Potential fire in vehicle/station/guideway/depot etc due to equipment

fault/failure

2.6 Potential fire in vehicle/station/guideway/depot etc due to incorrect

maintenance or Operation control.

2.7 Other Burns/scalds Hazards

3. Derailment Hazards

3.1 Potential vehicle derailment due to fault/ failure of vehicle systems






3.2 Potential vehicle derailment due to fault/failure of guideways/ guiderails/

switch machines

3.3 Potential vehicle derailment due to overspeed

3.4 Potential vehicle derailment due to switch changing under it

3.5 Potential vehicle derailment due to object on guideway

3.6 Other Derailment Hazards

4. Electrocution Hazards

4.1 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages on vehicle during maintenance

4.2 Person( s) exposed to hazardous voltages on vehicle in service

4.3 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages on guideway during maintenance

4.4 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages on guideway during evacuation

4.5 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages on guideway having gained

unauthorised access to guideway

4.6 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages in stations during maintenance

4.7 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages in station during service

4.8 Person(s) exposed to hazardous voltages in depot

4.9 Other Electrocution Hazards

5. Entrapment Hazards

5.1 Person(s) become trapped within vehicle due to equipment fault/failure

5.2 Person(s) become trapped within lift due to equipment fault/failure

5.3 Potential for AFC equipment station layout procedure communications

equipment etc. to inhibit ready evacuation

5.4 Potential for person(s) to become trapped by/caught in equipment/

machinery during service

5.5 Potential for person(s) to become trapped by/ caught in equipment/

machinery during maintenance

5.6 Other Entrapment Hazards

6. Explosion Hazards

6.1 Explosive device with person(s) present

6.2 Explosive device present following successful evacuation

6.3 Potential for explosion exists in train station depot due to equipment

fault/ failure/ mal-function"

6.4 Other Explosion Hazards

7. Heat exhaustion hazards

7.1 Potential heat exhaustion due to exposure to abnormally high

temperatures existing in the working environment






7.2 Potential heat exhaustion due to exposure to abnormally high

temperatures in vehicle/ station during service.

7.3 Potential heat exhaustion due to the loss of air cooling following train

immobilisation

7.4 Other Heat exhaustion hazards

8. Impact Hazards

8.1 Potential impact between vehicle and other vehicle or buffer

8.2 Potential impact between vehicle and object dropped/ left on the

guideway

8.3 Potential impact between vehicle and guideway structure

8.4 Potential impact between vehicle and person(s) on the guideway during

guideway maintenance

8.5 Potential impact between vehicle and person(s) on guideway during

evacuation

8.6 Potential impact between vehicle and unauthorised person(s) on the

guideway

8.7 Potential impact between vehicle and person(s) in depot

8.8 Potential impact between vehicle and person(s) falling from or being

dragged/ crushed by vehicle

8.9 Potential impact between vehicle and object falling from vehicle

8.10 Potential impact between road vehicle and System structure

8.11 Potential impact between person(s) and object falling/ dropped from

System structure

8.12 Potential impact between person(s) and moving equipment within

Stations, Depot etc"

8.13 Impacts between vehicle and system structure

8.14 Impacts of person(s) with heavy objects

8.15 Impacts between road vehicle and person(s)

8.16 Potential Impacts with/by maintenance vehicle

9. Poisoning Hazards

9.1 Person(s) exposed to hot object/surface/fluid during maintenance.

9.2 Person(s) exposed to toxins due to the presence of foreign object(s)

containing toxic substance( s) in vehicle/station etc

9.3 Person(s) exposed to toxins due to toxic substance(s) in

vehicle/station/depot structure/materials and/or equipment etc

9.4 Other poisoning Hazards

10. Puncture Wounds Hazards






10.1 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects on vehicle during

maintenance

10.2 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects on vehicle in service

10.3 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects on guideway during

maintenance

10.4 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects on guideway during

evacuation

10.5 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects on guideway having

unauthorised access to guideway

10.6 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects in stations during

maintenance

10.7 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects in stations during service

10.8 Person(s) exposed to pointed or sharp objects in depot

10.9 Other Puncture Wounds Hazards

11. Trip/fall Hazards

11.1 Fall hazard onto/ from guideway (or elevated station) present during

maintenance


evacuation


service

11.4 Unauthorised person(s) exposed to fall hazard onto! from guideway (or

elevated station)

11.5 Trip/fall hazard present within station (including stairs, escalators

,platform edge)

11.6 Trip/fall hazard present within vehicle

11.7 Trip/fall hazard present within depot

11.8 Trip/fall hazard present at platform/ vehicle gap

11.9 Other Trip/ fall Hazards

12. Other Hazards

12.1 Station Flooding

12.2 Guideway Flooding

12.3 Station Evacuation

12.4 Viaduct Evacuation

12.5 Use of Lifts

12.6 Passenger information

12.7 Station congestion






12.8 Other hazards

12.9 Vehicle Congestion

12.10 Bunching of Vehicles

12.11 Unauthorised access

12.12 Delay in incident recovery & Potential aggravation

12.13 Lack of comms between OCC and Passenger leading to independent

passenger action resulting in injury

12.14 Structural Failure

12.15 Inhibited passenger evacuation

12.16 Failure or degraded service (delay)

12.17 Trespass and illegal acts

12.18 Strain Injury or Bruises

12.19 No safety impact






Table A6 : HAZARD LOG TABLE

Original Hazard

Identification PDP Hazard Log Ref. Hazard Details Identified Safeguards Initial Risk Mitigation Residual Risk Classification Hazard Status Change Journal

Co

mp

an

y

Sou

rce

R

efe

ren

ce

So

urc

e I

D

Ha

zard

Lo

g I

D

Syst

em

*

Sub

-Sys

tem

To

pic

Op

era

tin

g M

od

e

Ha

zard

De

scri

pti

on

Ha

zard

Ca

use

Eff

ect

/

Co

nse

qu

en

ce

Ex

po

sed

Gro

up

Ide

nti

fie

d

Sa

feg

ua

rds

Re

qu

ire

me

nt

Re

fere

nce

s

Acc

ide

nt

Seve

rity

Fre

qu

en

cy

Ris

k

Ide

nti

fie

d

Mit

iga

tio

n

Sa

fety

Re

qu

ire

me

nt

Re

f.

Re

ma

rks

Acc

ide

nt

Seve

rity

Fre

qu

en

cy

Ris

k

Ad

dit

ion

al

Act

ion

s

Op

en

/Clo

sed

Ha

zard

Ow

ne

r

Clo

sure

Re

ma

rks

De

tail

s o

f C

ha

nge

Da

te o

f C

ha

nge

(a) (c) (d) (e) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) (y) (z) (aa) (bb) (cc) (dd) (ee)

Initial risk classification assumes Identified Safeguards are

provided but does not assume Mitigation measures are

provided

Residual risk classification assumes recommended Mitigation measures are

implemented

Com- pany raising hazard

Original hazard analysis in which hazard was raised

Hazard ID reference in origin- nating document

Unique Ref. within Hazard Log

ET / S&TC / PSD / PS&D etc.

Sub- system within system – to follow system hierarchy

Com- ponent / Function / Task / Interface under consider- -ation

Normal / Degraded (include specific description) / Emer- gency (include specific description)

Description of toe conditions or feature that could cause an accident

Identify the underlying reasons for the hazard to occur

Description of the consequent accident in sufficient detail to support Severity classification

Passengers / Staff / Public Staff may be identified by specific group e.g. Roving Staff, Station Staff, Maintenance Staff

Safeguards or features which reduce risk which are implemented within the system under consideration

Reference to design evidence that safeguards have been incorporated in system design

Severity assuming Safe- guards are implemented

Frequency assuming Safe- guards are implemented

Risk assuming Safe- guards are implemented

Measures to reduce risk which are recommended to be provided by others. Include reference to any supporting documentation e.g. O & M Manuals

Ref. to Safety Requirements Specification item which captures recommendation

Any comments to support risk classification or justify adequacy of proposed mitigation measures

Severity Assuming Mitigation measures are implemented

Frequency assuming Mitigation measures are implemented

Risk assuming Mitigation measures are implemented

Any further actions recommended e.g. to verify residual risk of effectiveness of operational safeguards

Status Open Closed Deleted

Resp. System WPC or other party

Comments to support hazard closure, including any references

Nature of change (Add, Change, Update, Reclassify, Change Status) and reference to supporting or source document

Date of last change to hazard entry

The Chart below shows which columns should be included in each of the hazard analysis tables.

PHA � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

IHA � � � Interface

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

SSHA � � � Com- ponent

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

OSHA � � � Task � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

It is recommended that the Hazard Log be printed in a format two pages wide; the preferred column allocation is shown below.

Hazard Log

Page 2 Page 2 Page 1

and Page 2

Page 1

Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 Page 1 and Page

2

Page 2 Page 2 Page 2 Page 2

NOTES

* Key to Relevant Systems and Maintenance

AFC Automatic Fare Collection System SCA Facility SCADA

DE Depot Equipment and Maintenance Vehicles MT Maintenance Procedure

EAC Electronic Access Control System PDS Power Supplies and Distribution






COM Telecommunication Systems BMS Building Management system

TECS Tunnel Environment Control System SIG Signalling and Train Control

ELE Electrical Services LIFE Lift & Escalator

ET Electric Trains PSD Platform Screen Doors

TWK Trackwork

Table A7 : FMECA TEMPLATE

Re

f.

Sys

tem

Su

b-S

yst

em

Eq

uip

me

nt

Fa

ilu

re M

od

e

LRU

Fa

ilu

re C

au

se

Loca

l E

ffe

ct

Su

b-S

yst

em

Eff

ect

Sys

tem

Eff

ect

Sa

fety

Se

veri

ty

Serv

ice

Se

ve

rity

De

tect

ion

Me

an

s

Ava

ila

ble

C

on

tin

gen

t A

ctio

n

Fir

st L

ine

M

ain

ten

an

ce

LRU

Fa

ilu

re R

ate

(/

hr)

Qty

Mo

da

l A

pp

ort

ion

me

nt

To

tal

Fail

ure

Ra

te

(/h

r)

Da

ta S

ou

rce

(

)

Pro

po

sed

P

reve

nti

ve

M

ain

ten

an

ce

Inte

rva

l (h

r)

MT

TP

M (

hr)

PM

Sta

ff

PM

Sk

ills

PM

To

ols

Pro

po

sed

C

orr

ect

ive

M

ain

ten

an

ce

MT

TR

(h

rs)

CM

Sta

ff

CM

Sk

ills

CM

To

ols

Da

ta S

ou

rce

(M

TT

R)

Re

f to

Ha

zard

Lo

g

Re

ma

rks

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) (y) (z) (aa) (bb) (cc) (dd) (ee) (ff) (gg) (hh) Unique Ref. for each failure mode

e.g. ET / PSD / PS&DS etc.

Sub- system within system according to system hierarchy

Equipment within subsystem

Failure mode described in terms of functional failure

LRU or component within equipment

Cause of failure in terms of physical failure mechanism

Impact of failure on function of equipment under consideration

Impact of failure on function of sub-system under consideration. The subsystem effect should be traceable to the Fault Schedule

Impact on train service, including any safety impact

Failure classification based on consequences of possible accident, and Hazard Classification matrices

Failure classification based on train service disruption categories

Means of detecting failure including pro-active routine tasks or diagnostics after failure including failure on demand

Fall-back measures available to mitigate consequences of failure

Identify parts to be replaced or repaired in situ

Failure rate for individual LRU

Number of similar LRUs system-wide

Proportion of LRU failures allocated to this failure mode

(s) = (p)x(q)x(r)

Reference source for failure rate and modal apportionment

Periodic inspection and testing

Interval between routine preventive maintenance

Time to carry out preventive maintenance or inspection

Number of staff required

Skill level required for maintenance staff

Special tools required, if any

Time to replace or repair failed part

Active repair time, excluding logistic and administrative delays

Number of staff required

Skill level required for maintenance staff

Special tools required, if any

Reference to source of data for MTTR data

Reference to relevant entry in Hazard Log for Safety Critical failure modes

Any other comment

The Chart below shows which columns should be included in the FMECA and other RAM analysis tables.

FMECA � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � SCIL � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � RCIL � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

Reliability Prediction

� � � � � ��

Main- tainability Prediction

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G18 – Inspection, Testing and Commissioning


SECTION G18

INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

General G18.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall carry out all tests as detailed in the Specifications and relevant standards to demonstrate that the equipment and systems incorporated in to the Works are in full compliance with the Contract requirements.

(2) The Works Package Contractor’s activities shall include but not be limited to the following:

a) provision of all labour special instruments, materials, tools, plant and equipment and experienced supervision to perform all inspections and tests required to demonstratethe performance of the Works;

b) preparation of the Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan and associated documents as required in the Specification;

c) performance of all duties and responsibilities in the PDP’srailway commissioning plan and the Works PackageContractor’s Commissioning Plan;

d) participation in the Commissioning Panel which shalldevelop, review and implement the PDP’s commissioningplan and the Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan. As a participant of the Commissioning Panel, theWorks Package Contractor shall provide personnel and technical support to the PDP in the commissioning of theProject;

e) performance of the testing and commissioning for allsystems forming part of the Works in a manner which isfully co‐ordinated with the Other Works Contractors and the PDP;

f) retention of all testing and commissioning records andreports in a timely, organized and centralized mannerwhich allows easy access and retrieval by the WorksPackage Contractor and the PDP;

g) provision of all required testing and specialised equipmentand materials including consumables required to supportthe testing and commissioning activities; and

h) removal and appropriate disposal of any toxic or other spoils (e.g. depleted filters, oils, fluids) created as a result of the Works Package Contractor’s installation, testing and commissioning activities




(3) Where performance across interfaces between the elements of the Works and other systems provided by Other Works Contractors is to be proven, the Works Package Contractor shall consult and liaise via the PDP with the Other Works Contractors concerned regarding the timing of the tests and the arrangements to be made for measuring or assessing parameters affected by the interface.

(4) Any defect of workmanship, materials, performance or non‐compliance with the Specifications or relevant standards or other irregularities that become apparent during any test shall be immediately rectified. The test shall be repeated until that part is free from defects and is in complete working order to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for all inspection and testing specified in the Contract or required by law, applicable codes and standards, and sound engineering and construction practices.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall submit Inspection and Testing Plans (ITPs) to the PDP for review and approval not later than twenty one (21) Days prior to the start of related construction activities. ITPs must cover all works, whether performed at the Site or elsewhere.

(7) ITPs shall include a detailed description of each item or part of the Works to be inspected or tested, the nature and frequency of the inspection and testing, the type and size of samples to be taken, if any, the means of recording the inspection and testing data, the name and specific responsibility of any proposed testing or inspection agency, the area / location of the test, the resources needed (e.g. trains, personnel etc.), protection requirements if needed, and all other information necessary or required to fully describe the inspection and testing to be performed for the Works. The Works Package Contractor’s ITPs shall be revised and resubmitted for PDP’s review if Works Package Contractor desires to change the sequence, method, or nature of the inspection and testing or if the sequence, method, or nature of the inspection and testing is not in accordance with the approved Schedule and Scope of Work. Any time delay and cost impact that may occur as a result of changes in testing and inspections requested by the Works Package Contractor shall be borne by the Works Package Contractor.




(8) The Works Package Contractor shall furnish samples as requested by the PDP and shall provide reasonable assistance, including labour and cooperation as necessary to permit any tests to be performed by the PDP’s QA personnel or laboratory during the execution of the Works.

(9) The PDP shall at all reasonable times be allowed free and ready access to the Works Package Contractor’s offices, shops and work areas at the Site to review the Works Package Contractor’s compliance with its Quality Plan during the execution of the Works. When materials are delivered by suppliers and works are carried out by subcontractors, the Works Package Contractor shall provide the PDP with free and ready access to subcontractors’ shops for the same purpose and under the same conditions as if the production was carried out in its own shops.

(10) In the event that the PDP wishes to undertake any inspection or testing at the Site, Works Package Contractor shall provide safe and convenient facilities and equipment for such inspection and testing and shall furnish all necessary samples, drawings, lists, and documents. If it is found that conditions are unsafe for inspection or testing at a particular location it may, upon notice to the Works Package Contractor, refuse to inspect or test at that location until such conditions are corrected. The Works Package Contractor shall bear any additional costs resulting from unsafe conditions.

(11) The PDP shall have access, at all reasonable times, to the Works Package Contractor’s calculations, data and other information concerning the quality management of the Works, including computer programs and printouts, which the PDP determines are required to properly evaluate the effectiveness of the QA/QC works

(12) The Works Package Contractor shall provide full access for the PDP to witness any fault investigation, test or inspection.

(13) If any tested equipment is relocated or altered by the Works Package Contractor during the execution of the Works, thorough re‐testing shall be performed to verify that the equipment remains fully functional and operates safely according to its specification. The testing to be performed shall be no less rigorous than the procedures used for the original testing and commissioning of the equipment.

Testing and Commissioning

G18.2 (1) The testing and commissioning programme (see Section G12.9) shall give full details of the contents and sequences




for all tests to be carried out, together with the schedule of tests to state the procedures, standards or limits to be achieved. A commissioning strategy report or the like as part of the commissioning programme shall be agreed in the commissioning panel or other arrangements to be advised by the PDP, and shall also be submitted by the Works Package Contractor for approval. In addition, the testing and commissioning programme shall be updated and submitted to the PDP for approval from time to time for control and monitoring of the Works Package Contractor's progress.

(2) A list of equipment which is proposed to be used for testing shall be submitted for the PDP’s approval.

(3) The schedule of tests shall include, but not be limited to a full list of tests and commissioning activities which the Works Package Contractor is required to complete to ensure proper operation of the E&M systems. This list shall include all testing and inspecting including FAI, FAT, PAT, SAT and SIT

(4) The testing and commissioning documents (Testing and Commissioning programme, equipment lists, schedule of tests) shall be submitted for approval by the PDP within no less than nine (9) Months prior to the commencement of testing and commissioning activities, or other period instructed by the PDP.

Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan

G18.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan review by the PDP not less than 6 Months prior to the start of Partial Acceptance Testing. This Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan shall be a management level document which identifies all lower level plans and procedures and defines how the testing and commissioning process will be managed in line with the specified requirements and international standards. The Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan shall be compatible with the PDP’s overall commissioning strategy for the entire railway project and shall contain, but not be limited to, the following:

a) the Works Package Contractor’s strategy for on‐site testing and commissioning all constituent parts of the Works detailed in the Specifications, on a logical section‐by‐section basis, using a hierarchical approach and processes clearly showing how these serve to provide the full verification of the systems;




b) the interdependency and interaction with Other Works Contractors and their commissioning programmes to ensure that it is fully compatible with the Interface Control Documents

c) resources detail in the Works Package Contractor’s testing and commissioning manpower with breakdown in authorities, disciplines, levels, duration etc. including updated organisation chart and CV of the Works Package Contractor’s key personnel for commissioning activities; and

d) contingency plans if the available time for testing is restricted, testing proceeds slower than anticipated or defects are discovered that necessitate rectification and subsequent repeat testing is required etc.

e) The Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan shall be fully compatible with the PDP’s Commissioning Plan

(2) The PDP’s commissioning plan will be developed by the PDP to identify and define divisional administration and management activities associated with the new railway to be carried out in phases in order to achieve successful testing and commissioning until Project completion. The PDP’s new railway commissioning plan will be provided to the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors in time for information and may be revised if necessary to reflect the updated railway commissioning strategy

(3) The PDP’s commissioning plan in conjunction with the Works Package Contractor’s Commissioning Plan are the PDP’s tools for managing and co‐ordinating the testing, commissioning, training and Trial Operations activities.

(4) The on‐site testing and commissioning covers all of the Completion Tests as follows:

a) Partial Acceptance Tests;

b) System Acceptance Tests;

c) Systems Integration Tests; and

d) Trial Operations.

These phases are identified as general requirements and some of the activities may not be applicable to some particular systems or works. The Works Package Contractor shall propose and describe the activities appropriate to the Contract for review by the PDP.




On‐Site Testing and Commissioning Plans

G18.4

G18.4.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Specifications or agreed by the PDP, the on‐site testing and commissioning plans are: Partial Acceptance Test Plan; System Acceptance Test Plan; and Systems Integration Tests Plan. The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval of the PDP these plans in accordance with the following paragraphs, detailing and explaining how the Works Package Contractor will plan, perform and document all tests and inspections that will be conducted to verify and validate the Works on Site. Each plan shall consist of a narrative description supported by graphics, diagrams and tabulations as required.

G18.4.2 The on‐site testing and commissioning plans shall contain, but not belimited to, the following topics:

a) the type and extent of testing and commissioning to beundertaken and the parts of the Works to be proven by thattesting;

b) a schedule of all tests showing equipment or system to be tested,the objective of each test, all Quality Hold Points, relevantspecifications or standards, pass/fail criteria and date of testing;

c) test procedures as stipulated in the Specifications or as directedby the PDP; and

d) proposed formats of test records for all tests

Partial Acceptance Tests

G18.4.3 (1) Partial Acceptance Tests are the functional tests, static and dynamic tests of equipment and part of a system after the installation is completed. Unless directed otherwise by the PDP, the Partial Acceptance Tests shall not be commenced until satisfactory completion of the inspection and/or tests of the respective equipment and sub‐system

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit the Partial Acceptance Test Plan to the PDP not less than 6 Months prior to the start of Partial Acceptance Testing. The particular requirements for Partial Acceptance Tests are prescribed in the Specifications.

(3) Immediately following the completion of each test in the Partial Acceptance Tests of the equipment or part of a system, the Works Package Contractor shall complete the appropriate test records in the agreed format as proposed in the accepted Partial Acceptance Test Plan.




(4) The Works Package Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Partial Acceptance Tests records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report and shall also present and discuss them in the Commissioning Panel meeting.

System Acceptance Tests

G18.4.4 (1) System Acceptance Tests are the tests undertaken to demonstrate that the Works, in their entirety, are capable of functioning in accordance with the specified requirements in the Contract in all respects. Unless otherwise directed by the PDP, the System Acceptance Tests shall not be commenced until satisfactory completion of the Partial Acceptance Tests of the respective sub‐system and component. During the System Acceptance Tests, the Works Package Contractor shall perform such testing in preparation for statutory inspections if necessary.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for review by the PDP the System Acceptance Test Plan not less than 6 Months prior to the start of System Acceptance Testing. The particular requirements for System Acceptance Tests are prescribed in the Specifications

(3) The tests shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

a) tests of all functional and performance requirements including any remote operations capability for the system;

b) tests of behaviour under failure conditions,;

c) system to system interfacing tests with Other WorksContractors, individually or as a group;

d) Systems Integration Tests across interfaces between the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors; and

e) any other test required during pre‐inspections and inspections by the Relevant Authority

(4) Immediately following the completion of each System Acceptance Test, the Works Package Contractor shall complete the appropriate System Acceptance Test records in the agreed format as proposed in the accepted System Acceptance Plan

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all System Acceptance Test records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report and shall also present and discuss them in the Commissioning Panel meeting




Systems Integration Tests

G18.4.5 (1) Systems Integration Tests are defined as the final tests to be undertaken to ensure overall compatibility of the performance among all interfacing systems for readiness and before the commencement of Trial Operations

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare the Systems Integration Tests Plan and submit to the PDP not less than 6 Months prior to the start of Systems Integration Testing. The particular requirements for Systems Integration Tests include tests prescribed in the Specifications and any other tests subsequently defined by the PDP for the full functioning of the integrated system

(3) The tests shall also include, but not be limited to, the following:

a) test or re‐test of all functional performance and operational requirements for the system;

b) test or re‐test to demonstrate compliance with all interface specifications;

c) test of behaviour under failure and abnormal conditions;

d) system‐wide tests by the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractors;

e) Systems Integration Tests across interfaces between the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors; and

f) any other test required during pre‐inspections and inspections by the Relevant Authority.

(4) The overall system integration and interfacing test activities in this phase will be devised and controlled by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractors shall perform and support the Systems Integration Tests activities under the management of the PDP.

(5) After receiving the Systems Integration Tests Plan from the Works Package Contractor and Systems Integration Tests submissions from all relevant Other Works Contractors, the PDP will formulate the overall test procedures and the Works Package Contractor shall follow these procedures.

(6) Immediately following the completion of each Systems Intergation Test activity of the system, the Works Package Contractor shall complete the appropriate Systems Integration Tests records, in the agreed format as proposed in the accepted Systems Integration Tests Plan.




(7) The Works Package Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Systems Integration Tests records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report and shall also present and discuss them in the Commissioning Panel meeting.

(8) A preliminary list of Systems Integration Tests is appended as AG18.1 for reference.

Trial Operations G18.4.6 (1) Trial Operations are defined as the final commissioning of the fixed equipment, the rolling stock, and the operational procedures to demonstrate that the system in its entirety can operate satisfactorily. The Trial Operations are part of the Completion Tests. During this phase, system performances shall be demonstrated by the Works Package Contractor and the Other Works Contractors under the control and management of the PDP in order to prove that they can meet the specification requirements including but not limited to maintainability, reliability, capacity, and recovery of systems. During Trial Operations, the overall system will be run to the published timetable but without fare‐paying passengers. Abnormal and emergency scenarios shall also be devised and rehearsed to ensure operations are in compliance with the PDP’s and statutory requirements. This phase also allows for operation and maintenance training in a real time environment.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all training and Operation and Maintenance Manuals prior to the Trial Operations.

(3) The PDP will devise the systems operation drills and exercises and draft the overall Trial Operations plan including operation activity schedules and procedures. The Works Package Contractor shall review, comment and supplement with identification of specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, and pass/fail criteria on the devised operation activity schedules and procedures.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall develop, propose and implement a recording system during the Trial Operations period to gather statistical data for the demonstration of maintainability, reliability, capacity, and recovery ability.




(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide attendance to the PDP for all relevant systems operation drills and exercises during the Trial Operations period in order to provide close monitoring, immediate response and assistance for the smooth Trial Operations. The particular requirements on the attendance are prescribed in the Specifications or as required by the PDP.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate that all the specified performance requirements and operating parameters are achieved during the Trial Operations. In case any of the specified performance and operating requirements cannot be achieved, the Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate with the relevant interfacing parties to identify and rectify the problems.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall not interfere with the Trial Operations and validations in any manner. Any need for remedial or outstanding works required to be performed by the Works Package Contractor shall be co‐ordinated with the PDP and Railway Operator in advance.

(8) Immediately following the completion of Trial Operations drills or exercises of the system or any constituent part, the Works Package Contractor shall complete and provide the appropriate Trial Operations records to the PDP.

(9) The Works Package Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Trial Operations records as required by the PDP and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report and shall also present and discuss them in the Commissioning Panel meeting.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall take note that the

“Performance Demonstration Test” forms part of the System Integration Test and Trial Operation. “Performance Demonstration Tests” are tests to be conducted by the Works Package Contractor to demonstrate compliance of the System to the performance criteria stated in the Specification. The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit to PDPfor approval, a Performance Demonstration Test Plan defining the tests which will be undertaken and the test programme; and a Performance Demonstration Tests Procedure, including the schedule and duration of each test. The Performance Demonstration Test Plan shall be submitted to the PDP 180 Days prior to the commencement of the first PerformanceDemonstration Test, and the Performance Demonstration Tests Procedure shall be submitted to the PDP 60 Days prior to the commencement of the first PerformanceDemonstration Test.




Tests with Interfacing Parties

G18.5 (1) Where performance across interfaces between the Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors is to be proven, interface tests will be carried out to verify that the interfacing systems will function and perform properly in accordance with the specified requirements. These interface tests may involve two or more interfacing Other Works Contractors and /or the PDP and / or the Railway Operator and may occur during the installation, testing and commissioning phases.

(2) The Works Package Contractor and Other Works Contractors shall demonstrate through the interface tests to the satisfaction of the PDP the operation of all aspects of the various parts and systems forming all interfaces, and the functioning of all the Permanent Works as an integrated whole. If any such tests show that the Works or the relevant section are in any respect not in accordance with the Contract, the tests shall be repeated as soon as practicable thereafter and for as many times as is required to pass the tests. The Works Package Contractor shall make adjustments and modifications to the Works before repetition of any such test, which shall be carried out with all reasonable speed.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall fully participate in and operate his parts included in the Permanent Works whenever necessary in all Interface Tests

(4) Not used

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for co‐ordinating with all interfacing parties to ensure the test procedures, programmes and all interfacing activities on Site are in accordance with the requirements as specified in the Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall notify the PDP of the commencement of each interface test not less than 72 hours before the respective test is to be conducted on Site. In the case of the test carried out off‐site, such notice shall be given in accordance with Paragraph G18.13.

(7) Such tests shall include proving to the satisfaction of the PDP of all systems and Works provided under the Contract which incorporate or interface with existing parts and materials owned and operated by the Railway Operator.




Testing and Commissioning Procedures

G18.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP the testing and commissioning procedures for review for the tests stipulated in the Specifications or as directed by the PDP. These procedures shall be included in the appropriate on site testing and commissioning plans.

(2) Testing and commissioning procedures shall be approved before the commencement of testing of the respective equipment, sub‐system and system, and shall include:

a) pre‐requisites for the testing and commissioning covering:

i) any relevant test conditions or environmental factors affecting the test; and

ii) other tests required to be conducted successfullybefore the subject test;

b) all the various test scenarios and proposed formats of thetest records;

c) any System Integration Test to be conducted together with Other Works Contractors and the PDP before and during the test;

d) criteria for the acceptance of tests;

e) programmes for the execution of the testing andcommissioning which are compatible with programmes ofother interfacing parties;

f) test forms or pro‐forma records to be used for recording the test results; and

g) other issues stipulated in the Specifications or as directedby the PDP.

Commissioning Panel

G18.7 (1) A Commissioning Panel will be organized by the PDP to manage and co‐ordinate the commissioning activities of the Contract and between the Works Package Contractor and interfacing parties including Other Works Contractors and the Railway Operator’s representatives

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall participate as a member in the Commissioning Panel which will be established not less than three Months prior to the commencement of the earliest Partial Acceptance Tests as required to deal with specific testing and commissioning issues or tasks for the purpose of the completion of testing and commissioning.




Statutory Inspection and Tests

G18.8 The Works Package Contractor shall provide resources, testing equipment and tools and shall perform tests to support statutory inspections and the associated pre‐inspections and any burn‐in tests (i.e. continuous operation of the Works Package Contractor’s equipment or system) as directed by the PDP.

Testing and Commissioning Records

G18.9 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval of the PDP not less than six (6) Months before commissioning activities commence his proposed format for the commissioning records. The Works Package Contractor shall appropriately classify the records to include identification numbers for assemblies and sub‐assemblies of the Permanent Works to be tested. These identification numbers shall agree with the coding system developed by the PDP.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall, during the execution of the Works, prepare such records of design, manufacture, installation and testing as may be required in order to satisfy all statutory requirements. Such records shall be adequate to enable each part of the Permanent Works to be commissioned and to meet the requirements of the licensing authority or any standing statutory regulations and shall be approved by the PDP.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare two copies of record immediately after the completion of each test whether witnessed by the PDP or not. If the PDP has witnessed the test, he shall countersign the test record to indicate that the test has been witnessed. Where the results of the test do not meet the specified requirements the PDP may call for a retest.




(4) Each T&C record, serving as a check list for the test where detailed procedures are not stipulated in the Specifications or directed by the PDP, shall include details of:

a) the description of the part of the works subjected to thetest or inspection;

b) if applicable, the batch from which the samples weretaken for the test, the size and description of samples andthe method of sampling;

c) the location of testing;

d) the date and time of test;

e) the environmental conditions;

f) the technical personnel supervising or carrying out thetest or inspection;

g) the parameters tested or inspected;

h) the method of testing or inspection, including thecalibration test/measuring instruments;

i) all relevant checklists and work sheets with step‐by‐step procedures used during the inspection and/or test,including the readings and measurements taken duringthe tests; and

j) the test results and Pass/Fail criteria, including any calculations and graphs.

(5) The individual test record shall be recorded with one of the following status:

Pass ‐ completed and achieved successful result in full

Fail ‐ failed at any part of the test

Incomplete ‐ partially completed, achieving successful result in the part of the test item performed; and further work is required to complete the test.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall also submit within his Monthly Progress Report a complete schedule of his testing and commissioning records showing completion dates, target completion dates and status.

Testing and Commissioning Database Monitoring System

G18.10 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall establish a testing and commissioning database monitoring system for all testing and commissioning activities, based on guidelines or sample template provided by the PDP for input data to ensure standardized report format for all contracts




(2) The testing and commissioning database shall use Microsoft Excel or a software as directed by the PDP.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall delegate a testing and commissioning co‐ordinator to collect and update the data and information of the database system on a weekly basis to reflect the latest status.

(4) The input format of the database shall be agreed by the PDP and shall be designed to allow monitoring the progress of all testing and commissioning document submissions and individual scheduled tests.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall provide real time full access to the database system to the PDP for consolidating T&C information, and data retrieval in electronic way or by hard copy. The Works Package Contractor shall keep a hard copy of the data from the database system at the minimum at monthly intervals. The database system shall also have a data backup at the minimum at weekly intervals.

Storage of Testing and Commissioning Records

G18.11 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall set up and maintain a testing and commissioning record storage area in the site records office as a repository of the testing and commissioning records. This storage area shall also be used for all records for factory testing and inspection and tests carried out during the installation period

(2) The T&C records in the storage area shall be systematically classified and grouped with reference number for easy and efficient retrieval. The archived testing and commissioning records shall be linked to the testing and commissioning database monitoring system. The Works Package Contractor shall submit a proposal for the PDP’s review prior to the establishment of the testing and commissioning record storage area

(3) Full access to the testing and commissioning records shall be given to the representatives of the PDP and/or the Owner for auditing, reviewing, and information retrieval as necessary

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall report the latest testing and commissioning record status in the Commissioning Panel meeting




Testing Facilities

G18.12 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all inspection and test equipment and instruments are calibrated in accordance with the specified standards. If these specified standards are not applicable to certain test and inspection equipment and instrument, other calibration standards to be used shall be submitted to the PDPRr for approval. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that documented evidence of such calibration is maintained.

(2) Test equipment and instrumentation shall be subject to an approved calibration test within a properly controlled calibration scheme, and signed calibration certificates shall be supplied to the PDP in duplicate with the test records and reports. Such calibration checks shall be undertaken prior to testing and, if required by the PDP, shall be repeated afterwards.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall when necessary arrange temporary provisions such as electricity, water supply, air‐conditioning, etc. at his own cost, to ensure the site environment is suitable for continuous operation of equipment and systems during the testing and commissioning phases and that it will not hinder the testing and commissioning progress.

Test Notification

G18.13 (1) For inspection and/or test for T&C, unless otherwise directed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall give the PDP notice of when the relevant work will be carried. The period of notice shall be as stated in the Specifications or such period as in the opinion of the PDP is reasonable and notified to the Works Package Contractor. In the absence of any such statement or notice, a reasonable period of notice shall be given by the Works Package Contractor provided that:

a) in the case of on‐site work, such notice shall be given not less than 3 Days before the work is to be inspected and/or tested;

b) in the case of work carried out off‐site in Malaysia, such notice shall be given not less than 5 Days before the work is to be inspected and/or tested; and

c) in the case of work carried out outside Malaysia, suchnotice shall be given not less than 28 Days before the work is to be inspected and/or tested.




(2) In relation to all inspections and/or tests for T&C by the Works Package Contractor, the PDP may elect to witness such inspections and/or tests. The Works Package Contractor may proceed with the inspections and/or tests notwithstanding the absence of the PDP. However, for Quality Hold Points, the Works Package Contractor shall only proceed with the inspections and/or tests after issuance of a notice of approval by the PDP.

(3) If the Works Package Contractor is in any doubt whether inspection and/or testing by the PDP is required as a Quality Hold Point, the Works Package Contractor shall request that the PDP clarifies his requirements prior to submitting the relevant inspection and testing plan for review, and in any event not later than 30 Days prior to the submission date of the relevant plan.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall allow reasonable time to carry out any inspection and/or test and to assess the result of any inspection and/or test before proceeding with the Works.

(5) All inspections and/or tests to be carried out or witnessed by the PDP shall be carried out between 0800 and 1800 hours. The Works Package Contractor may be required to perform test outside normal working hours as directed by the PDP.

(6) The PDP may reject the test and test results in question, and require the test to be repeated at the Works Package Contractor’s own cost in the event of any failure by the Works Package Contractor to notify the PDP.

Failures G18.14 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall correct all faults found during testing and commissioning, and shall arrange for the relevant inspections and tests to be repeated. The relevant tests shall only be repeated when the fault has been remedied and the equipment demonstrated to function correctly.

(2) Where remedial measures involve significant modifications that might, in the PDP's opinion, affect the validity of earlier tests, the Works Package Contractor shall repeat the earlier tests and obtain results satisfactory to the PDP before repeating the test in which the fault was first identified.

(3) The PDP shall have the right to order the repeat or abandonment of any test in the event that results demonstrate that the equipment, in the opinion of the PDP, is significantly non‐compliant with the Contract.




(4) The PDP shall have the right to suspend any test in the event that errors or failures have become unacceptable. The PDP shall also have the right to suspend any test if a fault was detected by theWorks Package Contractor but not reported to the PDP within 24 hours of the detection. In this event, the suspension shall remain in effect until reporting has been brought up to date to the satisfaction of the PDP.

Repeat Tests G18.15 The Works Package Contractor shall correct and re‐test every fault detected during the tests. Proposal for medial work, where required, shall be submitted to the PDP for approval prior to the re‐test. Time spent by the PDP witnessing re‐tests, or waiting at the Works Package Contractor's premises or the test site while corrections are made prior to re‐test, shall be charged to the Works Package Contractor at the salaried and/or standard hourly rate for the personnel concerned. All other costs incurred by the PDP and/or the Owner as a result of such re‐tests, including accommodation, subsistence and travel charges, will be charged to the Works Package Contractor at cost. If the PDP and/or the Owner is required to return to the Works Package Contractor's premises or the test site to witness such re‐tests, then time spent by the personnel concerned in travelling to the test site and witnessing such re‐tests, and all other costs incurred by them in so doing, will be charged to the Works Package Contractor




Fault Categories

G18.16 The PDP will allocate a category to each fault, which shall determine the future conduct of tests. Fault categories shall be as defined in the following table:

Category Description

0 An item recorded as a fault during testing, and subsequently considered to be a normal acceptable occurrence. Testing may continue.

1 Minor fault. An event not affecting the functionality being tested in that session. Testing may continue.

2 Repeatable fault not affecting the functionality being tested in the session. Testing may continue at the discretion of the PDP.

3 Repeatable fault affecting the functionality being tested in the session. The fault must be rectified before retest of the affected test session or sessions. Testing may proceed on other sessions if permitted by the PDP.

4 Major fault affecting the functionality being tested in the session. The fault must be rectified before recommencing testing.

5 Non repeatable fault affecting the functionality being tested in the session. The action taken will depend on the severity of the fault. Discussion is needed to establish the most appropriate course of action.

6 Documentation error or deficiency. The error will usually be amended during the test and the test will continue. The documentation shall be corrected before the tests are considered complete.

7 Deficiency in the ability of the test or test equipment to demonstrate the functionality being tested in the session. Discussion is needed to establish the most appropriate action.

8 Other fault not covered above, but requiring explanation and, in some cases, correction.




Fault Log G18.17 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall maintain a fault log throughout each series of tests. Every fault detected during the tests will be entered in the log, together with the actions taken to clear the fault and carry out the re‐test.

(2) The fault log shall be retained as part of the testing and commissioning records for the system and be subject to regular inspection by the PDP.

Hardware Failure Reports

G18.18 (1) For each hardware failure that occurs at any stage of testing, the Works Package Contractor shall investigate the failure and prepare a report on its causes and design implications, if any, resulting from such failure. The report shall clearly show:

a) the observed symptoms;

b) the most likely cause of the failure;

c) the fault category (from Table 18.16);

d) an analysis of any stress that may have been caused to other components of the equipment being tested as aresult of the failure;

e) whether the failure is a result of any componentoperating outside its design range; and

f) whether any design changes should be made to avoidfurther failures.

(2) All such reports will be retained as part of the testing and commissioning records for the system and subject to inspection by the PDP

Software Failure Reports

G18.19 (1) For each software failure that occurs, once the software has been approved for inclusion into the system and is subject to configuration control, the Works Package Contractor shall generate a software failure report.

(2) All such reports will be retained as part of the testing and commissioning records for the system and subject to inspection by the PDP.

(3) The report shall clearly show:

a) the observed symptoms;

b) the likely cause;

c) the fault category (from the table in paragraph G18.16);and

d) the operator input.




(4) The report shall also clearly show the following information which shall be entered when the failure has been investigated:

a) the actual cause of the failure;

b) the corrective action taken; and

c) all software modules affected.




APPENDIX AG18.1 PRELIMINARY SYSTEMS INTEGRATION TEST LIST AND THE RESPECTIVE LEAD/ MATCH CONTRACTORS

S/No Description Lead

ContractorMatch Contractor(s)

1 Radio coverage test COM ET

2 Monitoring of stations, depots and onboard CCTV footages from OCC

COM ET, CW (Lift), EAC

3 Remote Control and monitoring of systems (P&SD, S&TCS, COMS, TVS, ET) from OCC

S&TCS FSCADA, COM, PS&D, ET

4 Remote Control and monitoring of systems (PS&D, S&TCS, COMS, ET) from DCC

S&TCS FSCADA, COM, PS&D, ET

5 Alarm monitoring from OCC FSCADA ET, PS&D, S&TCS, COM, DE&MV (CMMS), BMS, CW, AFC, PSD

6 Master clock control COM S&TCS, FSCADA, PS&D,AFC, DE&MV (CMMS), EAC, BMS, ET

7 Emergency trip system test PS&D FSCADA, CW (LV)

8

Station stopping accuracy and synchronization of open and close actions of train doors and platform screen doors (UG stations only)

S&TCS PSD, ET, FSCADA

9

Overall monitoring and/or control of E&M ( LV, Lift, Escalator, lighting, signage, plumbing, Fire Protection and Detection System) and railway systems (AFC, EAC) in station from SCR and OCC

FSCADA AFC, EAC, CW , BMS, COM

10 Systems' reaction to smoke and fire detection in stations and depots

BMS AFC, EAC, CW (FPDS) , FSCADA, COM

11 Automatic PA and PIDS of pre‐record messages for stations and trains

COM S&TCS, ET

12 EMC test under full load condition in stations

PDP S&TCS, COM, AFC, CW (LV, L&V, ECS), COM, FSCADA, PS&D

13

Maximum temperature in tunnel and at ET air conditioning unit condenser inlets under TVS normal and congested mode operations

FSCADA S&TCS, ET, COM, CW

14 TVS fire mode operation FSCADA COM, CW (TVS)

15 Multiple trains start up simultaneously PS&D S&TCS, ET

16 Power supply on‐load tests under system full load condition

PS&D S&TCS, ET

17 Train wake up and auto departure test S&TCS ET, COM

18 Systems' reaction to loss of Traction S&TCS PS&D, ET, CW (Tunnel lighting),




Energisation status FSCADA, BMS

19 Systems' reaction to smoke/ fire detection on train

S&TCS PS&D, ET, CW (TVS), FSCADA

20 Power black out (TNB outage scenario) PS&D S&TCS, ET, COM, CW, FSCADA, BMS, EAC, AFC

21 Transfer of control to master stations S&TCS PS&D, FSCADA, COM, ET, BMS

22 OCC/ BCC Switch Over S&TCS FSCADA, COM, PS&D, ET, BMS

23 Automatic Train Wash Operation DE&MV S&TCS, FSCADA, ET, PS&D

24 Automatic Train Supervision and Automatic Train Regulation integrated tests

S&TCS ET,COM, PSD

25 Train Passenger Evacuation and Traction Power Cutoff Test

S&TCS ET, PS&D

26 Driverless train running with multi trains in constant headway

S&TCS ET, FSCADA, COM, PSD, PS&D

27 Normal operation ‐ Depot and Mainline S&TCS ET, FSCADA, COM, PSD, CW (TVS), PS&D

28 Degraded service mode operation S&TCS ET, FSCADA, COM, PSD, CW (TVS), PS&D

29 Demonstration of time‐table running S&TCS ET, FSCADA, COM, PSD, PS&D, CW (TVS)

30 Load measuring test (including stray current test, harmonic measurement)

PS&D To be conducted during the Demonstration of time‐table running

31 EMC test under full load condition PDP To be conducted during the Demonstration of time‐table running

Note : Test cases shall be developed based on the above Civil Works includes Depot as well as Station/Trackside E&M services The list is non‐exhaustive, and additional test requirements will be added if it is deemed

necessary by PDP

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G19 – Electro‐Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)


SECTION G19

ELECTRO‐MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

General G19.1

General G19.1.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that all electrical and electronic apparatus are designed and installed to operate without degradation of quality, performance or loss of function and data in the electromagnetic environment of the Project.

(2) The design shall ensure that any electromagnetic interference emissions introduced into the environment do not exceed those detailed in the Specification. The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that his equipment is designed with the required immunity levels given in the Specification.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall supply systems and equipment that meet the applicable EMC standards in Appendix AG19.1. The requirement comprises, but is not limited to, EN50121 series of standards (Railway applications – Electromagnetic compatibility), the EN 61000 series on Electromagnetic Compatibility or equivalent. Detailed requirements in respect of EMC characteristics are contained in the Specifications.

(4) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is defined as the ability of an equipment or system to function satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable electromagnetic disturbances to other equipment or system in that environment.

(5) This Section G19 contains details of the minimum EMC requirements for this Contract. The requirements cover EMC between equipment under this Contract and other equipment provided in the Project and adjacent railways and transit systems. All Plant under this Contract shall operate reliably in terms of performance and functionality in the electromagnetic environment of the railway under construction and shall not affect other railways and transits systems within the vicinity of the Project.

(6) A list of standards relevant to EMC is included in Appendix AG19.1 for reference.




Scope G19.1.2 Plant which might cause electro‐magnetic disturbance include, but not be limited to the following:

Luminaries

a) Station/tunnel lighting

b) Emergency lighting

c) Illuminated signage and advertising panels

Motor operated equipment

a) Chiller Plant

b) Air Conditioning Units, including but not limited to packaged AC units, unitary systems, fan coil units, etc

c) Air Handling Units, computer room air conditioning units, etc.

d) Fans

e) Motor Operated Dampers/Air Flow Regulators

f) Pumps

g) Actuators

Power Distribution

a) HV/LV switchgear

b) Transformers

c) Power Factors Correction Equipment

d) Harmonic Filters

e) Uninterruptible Power Supply

f) Centralised Battery System

g) Power Cables and Distribution




Control Systems/microprocessor based system

a) Building Management System, including the Local and Central Control Equipment

b) Status monitoring systems

c) Control panels

d) Motor Control Centres

e) Sensors and/or Limit Switches

f) ELV Cables and Distribution

Potential equipment / systems affected

G19.1.3 The Other Works Contractors’ and third party equipment / systems most likely to be affected by EMC typically includes:

a) Video display units/ monitors

b) Computers / microprocessor based systems

c) Communication systems including such as telephones, mobile communication equipment, radios, and public address systems

d) Train control and signalling systems

Certification G19.1.4 Plant supplied by the Works Package Contractor deemed likely to produce electromagnetic disturbance shall be tested and certified to meet the minimum requirements specified in the relevant EMC standards and to the satisfaction of the PDP.

Interference considerations

G19.1.5 The Works Package Contractor shall take into account the following interference mechanisms in his design of Plant, and shall take all necessary measures to eliminate their potential adverse impacts on the operation of the railway under construction as well as existing railway in the vicinity of the Works.




(1) Radiated interference ‐ The performance of equipment shall meet the relevant EMC related specifications at their installed locations under the radiated interference of radiating antennas and/or handheld transceivers.

(2) Induced interference ‐ The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that any signal and control cables other than power cables used by their system are properly screened, bonded and earthed to prevent noise and electric shock from exceeding the levels of:‐

a) Longitudinal voltage to earth (continuous) ‐ 60V

b) Longitudinal voltage to earth (fault condition) ‐ 430V

c) Psophometrically weighted transverse voltage ‐ 1mV

(3) Electrostatic discharge – Any equipment which contains sensitive electronic components and is likely to be handled or touched by persons shall be protected against electrostatic discharge. Equipment shall be tested to 8kV using air discharge or 6kV using contact discharge in accordance with EN 61000‐4‐2.

(4) Conducted interference – Works Package Contractor shall submit information on magnitudes and duration of a.c. fault currents, including line‐to‐line fault and line‐to‐earth fault throughout the low voltage power supply system to the PDP for approval. As a minimum requirement, the maximum levels of conducted electromagnetic interference of the installation shall not exceed the levels specified in EN 61000‐6‐2.

(5) Fast transient / burst – Equipment shall be tested to 2kV peak as defined in EN 61000‐4‐4.

(6) Surge – Equipment shall be tested to 2kV (common mode) / 1kV (differential mode) as defined in EN 61000‐4‐5.




Electromagnetic interference (EMI)

G19.1.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that the EMI generated by the equipment under this Contract does not adversely affect the sensitive electronic equipment installed adjacent to them. As a minimum, the maximum emission levels of the equipment shall not exceed the levels specified in EN 61000‐6‐4.

(2) Any sensitive electronic equipment supplied will operate in an environment with substantial amount of radiated interference present. The equipment may be subjected to radiated energy from handheld transceivers and other communications systems.

(3) As a minimum, the immunity levels of equipment shall meet the requirements specified in EN 61000‐6‐2.

(4) Electrical Motor Operated Equipment ‐ For electrical motor operated equipment such as for environmental control systems (ECS) and pumps, the disturbance voltage and disturbance power shall meet the requirements specified in the European Standard EN 61000‐6‐2 and EN 61000‐6‐4.

(5) Microprocessor Based Control Equipment ‐ For microprocessor based control equipment such as the ECS, the equipment shall be immune to the following conditions as specified in the European Standard EN 61000‐6‐2:

a) Radiated field susceptibility ‐ 80‐1000MHz, 10V/m, 80% A.M. modulated at 1kHz.

b) Conducted radio frequency susceptibility ‐ 150kHz ‐ 80MHz, 10Vrms (unmod).

c) Surges (Power line) ‐ 2kV (peak) common mode, 1kV (peak) differential mode.

d) Fast burst transients (Power line and signal line) power lines ‐ 2kV (peak).

e) Electrostatic discharge ‐ 8kV air discharge, 6kV contact discharge.




(6) Fluorescent Lamps and Luminaires ‐ All lighting equipment with a primary function of generating and/or distributing light intended for illumination purposes and connected to the low voltage electricity supply or battery operation shall meet the emission requirements of European Standard EN 55015. The specification provides minimum limits for lighting devices operating at frequencies higher than 100Hz for the following:

a) disturbance voltages at the mains supply terminals in the range of 9kHz to 30MHz; and

b) radiated magnetic field interference in the range of 9kHz to 30MHz.

(7) Light Dimmers ‐ Light dimmers incorporating regulation control (if any) shall meet the requirements for disturbance voltage on their input and output in the frequency range of 48.5kHz to 30MHz using incandescent lamps to provide the correct load specified in the European Standard EN 55014.

EMC Management

G19.1.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall nominate an EMC coordinator to coordinate all EMC matters. The EMC coordinator shall be an experienced professional in the EMC field having a minimum of 5 years experience of EMC management for similar systems.

(2) Not used.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval by the PDP an EMC Management Plan as described in G19.2.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate that the Plant complies with the EMC requirements in the factory during the Factory Acceptance Test stage.

(5) In the Testing and Commissioning phase of the Project, the Works Package Contractor shall verify, in co‐operation with all Other Works Contractors, through testing on‐site that their systems are electromagnetically compatible. The concerned contractors shall demonstrate that their respective systems operate to the specification requirements in the design environment where all the items of equipment of the railway as a whole are set to operate.

EMC Management Plan

G19.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval by the PDP an EMC Management Plan




(2) The EMC Management Plan shall:

a. define the EMC control philosophy, approaches, activities, means of control for the design processes and EMC submissions to be supplied to demonstrate compliance with the Specification;

b. identify a comprehensive list of specifications, standards, method statements and procedures to be submitted to the PDP for approval;

c. include an initial list of design documentation, test specifications and test reports with a single paragraph description of each document to indicate compliance with the Specification;

d. include a programme which shall identify the dates for EMC submissions;

e. include a definition and description of the process and methods used for verification and validation of the Works’ compliance with the required EMC parameters in all respects;

f. designate a person as the point of contact to deal with EMC matters; and

g. provide details of the nominated person and any subsequent change of the nominated person for approval by the PDP.

Design, Verification and Validation

G19.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall identify all systems and equipment to be tested, define the test procedure and provide acceptance criteria that must be achieved. The Works Package Contractor shall carry out EMC compliance testing in the FAT stage and proof testing in the commissioning stage of the project on these systems and equipment.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall co‐ordinate the levels of interference emissions and susceptibility of all equipment that are to be designed, manufactured, supplied and installed by the Works Package Contractor and his sub‐contractors and suppliers.

(3) In respect of design documentation, the Works Package Contractor shall demonstrate by theoretical analysis that the design of the electrical and electronic systems is fully compliant with the EMC requirements identified, where appropriate. The Works Package Contractor shall state clearly in the documentation all the assumptions made and parameters used in the analysis.




(4) In the theoretical analysis, the Works Package Contractor shall detail the process and methods used for verification and validation of any simulation models used in support of the analysis. The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit to the PDP for approval reports of the verification and validation of the models.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall verify all theoretical analysis results by one or more of the following means:

a. the use of certified simulation models; and

b. on‐site verification tests.

(6) The PDP may request EMC tests to be carried out to simulate failure mode of any critical hardware/software component that is considered to have detrimental effect on the system.

(7) On products and systems declared to be compliant based on their deployment in other projects, the Works Package Contractor shall submit relevant certificates and appropriate previous track records for the demonstration of their compliance with EMC requirements stipulated in the Specifications.

(8) Evidence of previous verification test records will not be acceptable as means of verification and validation of the theoretical analysis unless the tests were conducted in a project with compatible configuration and environment of the Project.

(9) The PDP may request, at his discretion, attendance at the EMC tests prior to delivery, to ensure that the EMC requirements will be met. However, this will not result in design acceptance which can only be given after successful completion of the testing and commissioning.

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall implement corrective measures and actions to rectify any EMC problems identified during design, on‐site tests, trial operations and within the Defects Liability Period.

EMC Interface Management

G19.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall interface, liaise, co‐ordinate and exchange EMC data with all Other Works Contractors to ensure EMC integrity in the design stage, and to appropriately demonstrate compatibility in the testing and commissioning stage of the project in conjunction with these Other Works Contractors. The Works Package Contractor shall send a copy of all EMC related information exchange to the PDP for review.




(2) Theoretical analysis verification test may necessitate the readiness and participation of Other Works Contractors. The Works Package Contractor shall coordinate with these Other Works Contractors in terms of programming and provision of resources for the test. A test plan and schedule of work shall be submitted and approved by the PDP prior to commencement of the test.

Defects Liability Period

G19.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor must be fully aware of the EMC requirements. Any modifications to systems and equipment carried out by the Works Package Contractor during the Defects Liability Period shall not cause the immunity or emission levels of the installed system and equipment to exceed the values set out in the Specification.

(2) EMC documentation on details of all proposed modifications shall be submitted to the PDP for review. Modification work shall not commence until the respective submission has been approved by the PDP.

EMC Audit by the PDP

G19.6 The PDP may conduct EMC audits on the process of EMC management and technical reviews for the system and its component parts at various phases. The Works Package Contractor shall be subjected to such EMC audits from the PDP, and shall afford to the auditor timely access to all personnel, activities, plants and equipment, documentation, procedures and records in connection with the EMC requirements in the Contract. The PDP will provide reasonable notice to the Works Package Contractor regarding the audit schedule and scope prior to each EMC audit.




APPENDIX AG19.1

REFERENCE LIST OF STANDARDS RELATING TO EMC

IEC TR 1000‐2‐5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Environment. Classification of electromagnetic environments. Basic EMC publication

BS 4727‐1 Glossary of electro technical, power, telecommunication, electronic, lighting and colour terms. Terms common to power, telecommunications and electronic. Electromagnetic compatibility

IEC 60050(121) International Electrotechnical Vocabulary – Chapter 121: Electromagnetism

IEC 61000‐2‐7 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Environment. Low frequency magnetic fields in various environments

IEC 61000‐3‐8 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Limits. Guide to signalling on low‐voltage electrical installations. Emission levels, frequency bands and electromagnetic disturbance levels

IEC 61000‐5‐1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Installation and mitigation guidelines. General considerations. Basic ENC publication

IEC 61000‐5‐2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Installation and mitigation guidelines. Earthing and cabling

DD IEC TS

61000‐1‐2

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). General. Methodology for the achievement of the functional safety of electrical and electronic equipment with regard to electromagnetic phenomena

EN 12015 Electromagnetic compatibility. Product family standard for lifts, escalators and passenger conveyors. Emission

EN 12016 Electromagnetic compatibility. Product family standard for lifts, escalators and passenger conveyors. Immunity

EN 13309 Construction machinery. Electromagnetic compatibility of machines with internal electrical power supply.

EN 50091‐2 Specification for Uninterruptible Power Systems (UPS) Part 2 EMC Requirements

EN 50121‐1 Railway Applications EMC Part 1: General

EN 50121‐2 Railway applications. Electromagnetic compatibility. Emission of the whole railway system to the outside world

EN 50121‐3‐1 Railway applications. Electromagnetic compatibility. Rolling stock. Train and complete vehicle

EN 50121‐3‐2 Railway applications. Electromagnetic compatibility. Rolling stock. Apparatus




REFERENCE LIST OF STANDARDS RELATING TO EMC (continued)

EN 50121‐4 Railway applications. Electromagnetic compatibility. Emission and immunity of the signalling and telecommunications apparatus

EN 50121‐5 Railway Applications EMC Part 5: Emission and Immunity of Fixed Power Supply Installations and Apparatus

EN 50130‐4 Alarm systems. Electromagnetic compatibility. Product family standard: Immunity requirements for components of fire, intruder and social alarm systems

EN 50263 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Product standard for measuring relays and protection equipment

EN 50270 Electromagnetic compatibility. Electrical apparatus for the detection and measurement of combustible gases, toxic gases or oxygen

EN 55011 Industrial, scientific, and medial (ISM) radio‐frequency equipment ‐ Radio disturbance characteristics ‐ Limits and methods of measurement

EN 55014 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical motor operated and thermal appliances for household and similar purposes, electric tools and similar electrical apparatus

EN 55015 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment

EN 55022 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of industrial, scientific, medial (ISM) radio‐frequency equipment.

IEC 61000‐3‐4 EMC Part 3‐4: Limits – Limitation of Emission of Harmonic Currents in Low‐voltage Power Supply Systems for Equipment with rated Current greater than 16A

EN 61000‐4‐1 EMC Part 4‐1: Testing and measurement techniques ‐ Overview of IEC 61000‐4 series

EN 61000‐4‐2 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 2: Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test

EN 61000‐4‐3 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 3: Radiated Radio‐frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity Test

EN 61000‐4‐4 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 4: Fast Transients/Burst Immunity Test

EN 61000‐4‐5 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 5: Surges Immunity Test

EN 61000‐4‐6 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 6: Immunity to




Conducted Disturbances induced by Radio‐frequency Fields

REFERENCE LIST OF STANDARDS RELATING TO EMC (continued)

EN 61000‐4‐8 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 8: Testing and Measuring Techniques Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity Tests

EN 61000‐4‐11 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 11: Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity Tests

EN 61000‐4‐13 EMC Part 4, Testing and measurement techniques Section 13: Harmonics and Inter‐harmonics including Mains, Signalling at a.c. Power Port, Low Frequency Immunity Tests

EN 61000‐5‐7 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Installation and mitigation guidelines. Installation and mitigation guidelines. Degrees of protection by enclosures against electromagnetic disturbances (EM code)

EN 61000‐6‐2 Electromagnetic compatibility ‐ Part 6‐2 Generic standards ‐ Immunity for Industrial environments

EN 61000‐6‐4 Electromagnetic compatibility – Part 6 Generic standards – Section 4: Emission standard for industrial environments

PD 6582 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Guide to generic EMC standards

PD IEC TR 61000‐5‐6

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Installation and mitigation guidelines. Mitigation of external EM influences.

PD ISO/TR 16764

Lifts, escalators and passenger conveyors. Comparison of worldwide standards on electromagnetic interference / electromagnetic compatibility

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G20 – Management Plans & Submissions


SECTION G20

MANAGEMENT PLANS & SUBMISSIONS

General G20.1 (1) In order to organise various submissions required by the PDP and to ensure the Works Package Contractor’s understanding of and compliance with the requirements of the Contract, a series of management plans and submissions shall be developed.

(2) The management plans and submissions shall be categorised as, but not be limited to, the areas in project management, system assurance management, design, procurement, manufacturing and delivery management, installation management, and completion phase management. Other specific submission requirements are stipulated in the Specifications.

(3) The plans and submissions shall be co‐ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Works Package Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to ensure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

(4) Unless otherwise stated in the Specifications, the Works Package Contractor shall submit all management plans and submissions in accordance with the requirements in this General Specification, or as directed by the PDP. The principal items to be submitted to the PDP are listed in Appendix AG20.1.

(5) Further submissions of the management plans and submissions shall be made:

a) when required in accordance with the Works Programme;

b) whenever the development of the Works Package Contractor’s designs or planning allows the plan to be updated;

c) in response to comments made by the PDP;

d) whenever any change occurs that invalidates the information contained in the previously submitted and approved document, within 14 Days of the occurrence of such change; and

e) when requested by the PDP.




General Organisation

G20.2 (1) The management plans and submissions, without limitation to those listed under various categories listed below, shall be developed and submitted by the Works Package Contractor for the PDP's approval. All plans shall be submitted by the date required by the PDP, or as indicated in the Particular Specification, or as indicated in this General Specification, or as listed in Appendix AG20.1

(2) Project Management

a) Project Plan

b) Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents

(3) System Assurance Management

a) Project Quality Plan

b) System Assurance Plan

c) EMC Management Plan

d) Software Quality Assurance Plan

e) Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Plan

(4) Design, Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Management

a) Design Plan and design verification submissions

b) Design submissions

c) Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan

d) Manufacturing submissions

e) Factory Testing Plan

f) Factory testing submissions

(5) Installation Management

a) Installation Plan

b) Installation submissions

c) Safety, Health and Loss Prevention Plan

d) Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule

(6) Completion Phase Management

a) Commissioning Plan

b) Operation and Maintenance Manual Plan




c) Training Plan

d) Defects Liability Management Plan

Project Management

G20.2.1 (1) The overall management of the Works shall be the Works Package Contractor’s responsibility. The organisation of the resources for the design, procurement, manufacture, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning, and setting to work is to be developed into a series of plans. Each of these plans shall fully describe the Works Package Contractor’s understanding of the Works and management skills and structure required to achieve the same

(2) The plans for project management shall encompass a list of “stand‐alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects depicted below:

Project Plan G20.2.1.1 (1) The Project Plan shall provide a clear overview of the Works Package Contractor’s organisation, management systems and methods to be used for the complete execution of the Works.

(2) The Project Plan shall include a summary description of each and every stage of implementation of the Works, clearly showing the principal organisational interfaces both within the Works Package Contractor’s own organisation (including subcontractors of every tier) and with Other Works Contractors and Relevant Authorities, defining how each of these interfaces is to be managed and controlled.

(3) A series of organisation charts shall be produced and included in the Project Plan. Separate organisation charts for all subcontractors, suppliers and sub‐suppliers of any tier shall also be included. The organisation charts shall be updated at least quarterly or as directed by the PDP to reflect all current positions and particularly inspection, test and supervision personnel. The organisation charts shall illustrate the subdivision of the work into elements for effective technical and managerial control, the reporting structure and the interface relationship among all parties involved.

(4) Names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers of all principal contacts shall be listed and maintained by the Works Package Contractor in a project telephone directory. The Works Package Contractor shall submit the project telephone directory to the PDP at the time of submission of the Project Plan and shall update the project telephone directory at least quarterly or as directed by the PDP. It shall also list all project personnel employed by the Works




Package Contractor for the management, supervision, inspection and testing of the works. The PDP may direct the Works Package Contractor to include additional personnel in the directory including subcontractors and suppliers.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall include in the Project Plan full details of the qualifications, experience, authority and responsibility of the personnel assigned to all key positions of the Works Package Contractor’s organisation, including subcontractors of every tier. This submission shall be updated quarterly, or as directed by the PDP to show the current personnel. As a minimum, this submission shall include all levels down to supervisory levels and shall include the personnel responsible for each individual department and functional group. A clear reference shall be given as to the location of staff, e.g. Site resident or factory based, etc

Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents

G20.2.1.2 The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents in accordance with Chapter G13

System Assurance Management

G20.2.2 The plans for system assurance management shall encompass a list of “stand‐alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects depicted below

Project Quality Plan

G20.2.2.1 The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Project Quality Plan in accordance with the requirements of Chapter G10.

System Assurance Plan

G20.2.2.2 The Works Package Contractor shall submit the System Assurance Plan in accordance with Chapter G17.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Management Plan

G20.2.2.3 The Works Package Contractor shall submit an EMC Management Plan in accordance with Chapter G19.

Software Quality Assurance Plan

G20.2.2.4 Where software is a design deliverable, the Works Package Contractor shall, as directed by the PDP, submit a Software Quality Assurance Plan. The contents of this plan shall be in accordance with the requirements of Chapter G16.

Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Plan

G20.2.2.5 The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Plan in accordance with Chapter G17.




Design, Procurement and Manufacturing and Delivery Management

G20.2.3 The plans and submissions for design, procurement, manufacturing and delivery management shall entail a list of “stand‐alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects depicted below:

Design Plan, and Verification Submissions

G20.2.3.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Design Plan in accordance with the Specifications, or as directed by the PDP. This plan shall:

a) identify and define all design activities performed by the Works Package Contractor and all design activities performed by subcontractors of any tier;

b) identify and define design verification and validation activities.

(2) For the design activities, this plan shall define the design approaches and methodologies of the Works and shall, without limitation, include full details of:

a) the organisation of design staff with particular reference to the design interfaces;

b) the specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to identified design staff with particular reference to the review and verification of design specification, drawings and calculations;

c) the specific design methods, in sufficient degree of detail, to be reviewed by the PDP; and

d) the list of procedures and work instructions to be applied to manage and control the quality of the design work, including but without limitation:

i) the design and performance requirements which shall be defined in terms of basic data and design assumptions made; relevant codes, standards and regulatory requirements; safety, reliability, security and environmental requirements; and commissioning requirements;

ii) all design methods including software applications to be used in the design, both proprietary and public domain, including any requirements for physical and mathematical model testing;

iii) the identification, preparation, production, checking, verification, approval, issue, distribution, indexing and filing of reports,




calculations, drawings and specifications together with the means for design review, implementation and recording of design changes and document revisions; and

iv) the formal design review, authorisation and approval of design documentation.

(3) For the design activities, this plan shall define the policy for the design, the design method of the Works and shall, without limitation, include full details of:

a) the objectives of each verification phase and each validation phase;

b) the defined input and output criteria for each development phase;

c) identification of types and detailed methods of test, verification and validation activities to be carried out;

d) detailed planning of verification and validation activities to be carried out, including schedules, resources and approval authorities;

e) selection and utilisation of the test equipment, and their test environmental conditions;

f) criteria on which the verification or validation is judged to be acceptable. These criteria shall be traceable to the design and performance requirements.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall, by means of a design verification and validation process, demonstrate that all requirements within the Specification have been met. The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval by the PDP a Design Verification and Validation Plan (DVVP) that identifies the Works Package Contractor's proposed methodology for demonstrating compliance and the acceptance criteria for achieving the requirements of the Specification.

(5) The DVVP shall be a “live” document and shall be monitored throughout the design and installation of the Works. Any changes to the verification and validation methods as shown in the DVVP must be re‐submitted to the PDP for approval before implementation.

(6) The DVVP does not relieve the Works Package Contractor of any other requirements of the Specification in relation to design review, verification, validation, conformance or




planning.

(7) For each verifiable item in the DVVP, the verification and validation methods to be used shall be listed by the Works Package Contractor. The methods used shall be approved by the PDP. A verification and validation report shall be submitted to the PDP for review at the following stages:

a) Final Design;

b) Factory Acceptance Test; and

c) Systems Integration Tests.

(8) Subject to approval by the PDP for each application, the verification and validation methods listed below are acceptable if implemented (whether singly or in combination):

a) similarity ‐ equipment and requirement are identical to those successfully applied on other projects;

b) historical ‐ requirement has been met by numerous previous designs;

c) design review, including all calculations and drawings;

d) mock‐up ‐ actual size representation of design;

e) development test ‐ performance testing on equipment or material under development;

f) type test ‐ performance testing of the as‐built component, assembly or system;

g) routine test ‐ test every component, assembly or system;

h) First Article Inspection (FAI) ‐ acceptance of the exact look and fit of equipment;

i) inspection ‐ formal inspection of the finished item; and

j) in service performance ‐ for service requirements demonstration only.

(9) After each verification or validation phase or as directed by the PDP, a verification report shall be produced including, as a minimum, the following:

a) the verification or validation results stating whether the objectives and criteria of the Design Plan have been met; and

b) the reasons for failure if there is a failure, and proposal for remedial actions.




(10) Where independent checking of the Works or the use of any laboratory or checking engineer is required or has been specified or directed by the PDP, then it shall be identified in the plan and full details shall be submitted to the PDP for approval prior to the execution of such checking or engagement of such laboratory or checking engineer.

(11) In the process of design and development, the Works Package Contractor’s design may deviate from the requirements specified by the PDP. Under such circumstances, the Works Package Contractor shall officially notify and seek agreement from the PDP of such deviation and provide details of such deviation by means of “Design Deviation Request” form or other documentation as directed by the PDP.

Design Submissions

G20.2.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Specifications or directed by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall perform his designs of the Works and submit to the PDP for his approval relevant design information and design schedule detailing the progress and technical approach in accordance with the following design stages.

(1) Conceptual Design:

a) This is a design of the overall system, elaborating on the proposed system configuration with emphasis on how the interface requirements are to be achieved.

b) The conceptual design submission, as a minimum, shall identify the function of each system, sub‐system, equipment or other element within the overall design and specify the relationships and interfaces between each element of the system, including the systems of the interfacing Other Contractors.

(2) Preliminary Design:

a) The preliminary design shall address each element of the system design. Supporting calculation and equipment specification shall be developed at this stage. Manufacturing of production units will only be allowed to commence after receiving approval for the relevant design elements.

b) Electrical and control schematics shall be developed to illustrate how the various operational and functional requirements can be achieved. Software requirement analysis and software architecture design shall also be carried out during this stage.

c) If at any time in the development of the preliminary




design, the Works Package Contractor wishes to modify the conceptual design by dividing any system or sub‐system into a number of smaller systems, reconfiguring the interfaces, or for any other reason, the Works Package Contractor shall resubmit the conceptual design for the PDP’s approval.

d) The submission shall clarify and confirm as necessary all technical aspects of all interfaces with other elements of the Works Package Contractor's overall design and of any interfaces with works being supplied by interfacing Other Works Contractors.

e) Ergonomic design, followed by the production of mock‐ups and prototypes shall be developed as part of the preliminary design.

(3) Final Design:

a) Installation detail and method statements for various areas and sections shall be released progressively during this stage. Installation works on Site will only be allowed to commence following the PDP’s approval of the relevant design.

b) Details of any amendment to the final design shall be discussed with the PDP. Revised document or drawing shall be subject to approval by the PDP prior to implementation.

c) Software design and module design shall also be carried out during this stage.

Design Review G20.2.3.3 (1) Throughout the design period, the Works Package Contractor shall attend monthly design review meetings with the PDP. At these review meetings, the Works Package Contractor shall present information, drawings and other documents to the PDP in respect of all submissions programmed to occur during the following five‐week period.

(2) Design reviews shall be arranged prior to the conclusion of each design stage. The Works Package Contractor shall arrange and make presentations at meetings to accomplish such design reviews.

(3) The Works Package Contractor’s presentations shall be in sufficient depth to enable the PDP to obtain a clear understanding of the Works Package Contractor’s proposals and to discuss the methodology and process used in reaching the proposed design solutions. Unless directed otherwise by the PDP, all meetings shall be convened in




Malaysia

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall record all the PDP’s observations and any agreed actions resulting from the review meeting and shall address each of these fully in the formal submission of the respective documents for the PDP’s review

Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan

G20.2.3.4 The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval by the PDP a Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan in respect of all items and goods. Separate parts of the plan shall also be prepared by the Works Package Contractor, his suppliers and subcontractors for their off‐site activities. The plan shall identify the scope of work to be applied. In relation to such scope of work, it shall define:

a) the organisation of the Works Package Contractor's staff directly responsible for the day‐to‐day management of the manufacturing activity on or off the Site;

b) the specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to identified personnel for the day‐to‐day management of the work with particular reference to the supervision, inspection and testing of the work;

c) the interfacing or co‐ordination required with the Works Package Contractor's other related plans;

d) a full list of manufacturing method statements for major components, equipment and/or systems to identify the specific methods of manufacture; and

e) the format of the Material Control Schedule to monitor and control the production, manufacturing and delivery, for the Works Package Contractor, subcontractors of any tier, suppliers and sub‐suppliers.

Manufacturing Submissions

G20.2.3.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall identify the specific methods of manufacture for major components, equipment and systems in the manufacturing method statements and develop those method statements to a degree of sufficient detail to be approved by the PDP. All manufacturing method statements shall be submitted for approval by the PDP no later than sixty (60) Days prior to the commencement of the respective manufacturing activities.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and maintain a full list of all the manufacturing method statements required for the Contract with submission status and approval status, and shall submit same to the PDP upon request. The manufacturing method statement shall include, but not be limited to, the following:




a) the particulars of the materials to be incorporated into the items;

b) the manufacturing process flowcharts in compliance with drawings and specification;

c) the identification or referencing requirements for traceability of the manufacturing products;

d) the identification of inspection and test check points and status of materials and final manufactured products; and

e) the handling, storage, packing, preservation and delivery of the manufacturing products.

Factory Testing Plan

G20.2.3.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval by the PDP, a Factory Testing Plan to detail and explain how the Works Package Contractor will plan, perform, and document all inspections and tests that will be conducted to verify and validate the Works prior to delivery to the Site. The plan shall consist of a narrative description supported by graphics, diagrams and tabulations as required.

(2) The plan shall contain, but not be limited to, the following topics:

a) the Works Package Contractor’s strategy for inspection and Factory Acceptance Tests of all constituent parts of the Works and how this relates to the sequence of delivery;

b) the sequencing and interrelationships of the inspections and tests including:

i) all Quality Hold Points; and

ii) all Quality Control Points;

c) the type and extent of inspection and Factory Acceptance Tests to be undertaken and the parts of the Works to be proven by that testing;

d) the objective of each inspection or test, what particular design and operating criteria the test or inspection will prove and how the success of the test or inspection will be demonstrated or measured;

e) organisation chart and CV of key personnel in inspection and test team;

f) a plan for the production and submission of the factory testing procedures to the PDP for review including the submission of the inspection and test reports; and




g) type tests, routine tests, First Article Inspections and any other tests constituting the Factory Acceptance Tests.

Factory Testing Submissions

G20.2.3.7 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and maintain a full list of all the factory testing procedures required for the Contract with submission status and approval status, and shall submit to the PDP on a monthly basis

(2) Each factory testing procedure shall be submitted for approval by the PDP sixty (60) Days prior to the commencement of the respective factory inspection and/or test and shall identify and/or define, without limitation:

a) the scope of activity covered by the procedure;

b) the sequence of work related to the activity covered by the procedure;

c) the personnel responsible for undertaking the inspection and/or test;

d) the personnel responsible for certifying the inspection and/or test;

e) the inspection and/or test method or a reference to the relevant standard of inspection and/or test;

f) the compliance criteria of the inspection and/or test;

g) the Quality Hold Points and Quality Control Points; and

h) the documents to be used for reporting the results of the inspection and/or test, and with examples of such documents incorporated into the factory inspection and test procedure.

(3) Factory inspections and tests that are to be witnessed by the PDP shall be sensibly grouped and scheduled so that as many inspections and tests as possible may be witnessed during a single visit.

(4) First Article Inspections (FAI) shall be performed jointly by the PDP and the Works Package Contractor on all major equipment identified by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall proceed to the next stage, which can be batch production or shipping from the point of manufacture as appropriate, only after an FAI has been completed to the satisfaction of the PDP or waived by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall provide a minimum of 15 Days notice to the PDP before any FAI. Other than the FAI, the Works Package Contractor shall give the PDP notice of all Quality Control Points and Quality Hold Points involving inspections and/or tests by the Works




Package Contractor.

(5) Sixty (60) Days prior to each FAI, or as directed by the PDP, the latest drawings, inspection and test procedures, specifications and quality documentation required for adequate inspection of the equipment under inspection shall be submitted to the PDP. The drawings shall be complete to the lowest level replaceable unit

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that he and his subcontractors are prepared for all FAIs. The Works Package Contractor shall not schedule more than one FAI on the same day without prior approval by the PDP

(7) The FAI shall evaluate component and system maintainability. The FAI shall enable the PDP and the Works Package Contractor to jointly establish the quality of workmanship for the balance of like components.

(8) The FAI shall not be conducted until the design drawings of the equipment have been approved. If drawings with outstanding comments are used, the PDP’s comments shall be satisfied at the FAI and represented by the inspected equipment

(9) FAIs shall only be performed on a component built using approved production processes, tooling and manpower

(10) The Works Package Contractor shall be responsible for the cost and scheduling, to the PDP’s convenience, of any FAIs that fail

(11) The Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit to the PDP for approval two (2) copies of inspection or test report immediately after the completion of each inspection or test, whether or not witnessed by the PDP. If the PDP has witnessed the inspection or test, he or his delegate will countersign the inspection or test report to indicate his review of the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being inspected or tested has passed satisfactorily) contained therein. Without prejudice to the Conditions of Contract, where the results of the inspection or test do not meet the requirements of the Specification, the PDP may call for a re‐inspection or re‐test

(12) For standard equipment which is serial or bulk manufactured, manufacturer’s type test certificates (or equivalent) may, subject to review by the PDP, be accepted

(13) Test equipment and instrumentation shall be subject to approved calibration tests within a properly controlled




calibration scheme, and signed valid calibration certificates shall be supplied to the PDP not later than 30 Days prior to the respective tests. Such calibration checks shall be undertaken prior to testing and, if required by the PDP, shall be repeated afterwards.

(14) Materials and equipment shall not be released for shipment until all applicable inspections and tests including Factory Acceptance Tests have been completed to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(15) Once the factory tests and any required remedial actions are completed to the satisfaction of the PDP, the PDP shall give a notice of approval for unit shipment. The PDP will not withhold his approval for shipping unreasonably, provided all pre‐delivery assembly and testing have been successfully completed. Should the number of un‐accepted units at the Site delay service delivery, then, inter alia, this shall be the cause for the PDP to withhold approval for shipping.

(16) Any unit delivered without the PDP’s approval may be rejected at the Site and all expenses thereby incurred shall be borne by the Works Package Contractor.

Installation Management

G20.2.4 (1) Installation shall mean all site construction and installation activities. The plans for installation management shall encompass a list of “stand‐alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects depicted below

(2) The plans shall be submitted and co‐ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Works Package Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to ensure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed

Installation Plan G20.2.4.1 The Works Package Contractor shall prepare a plan for the installation activities and shall ensure that these are properly related to the subsequent testing and commissioning activities. Separate parts of the plan shall be prepared for the Works Package Contractor and subcontractor(s) of any tier and these must include any off‐site activities. The Installation Plan shall identify the scope of activity to be controlled and shall, without limitation, define:

a) the organisation of the Works Package Contractor's staff directly responsible for the day‐to‐day management of the activity on or off the Site;




b) the specific allocation of responsibility and authority given to identified personnel for the day‐to‐day management of the Works with particular reference to the supervision, inspection and testing of the Works;

c) the interfacing or co‐ordination required with the Works Package Contractor's other related plans which shall be developed fully and co‐ordinated with the Interface Management Plans and Interface Control Documents;

d) a list of method statements and a programme for the submission of the method statements;

e) the list of procedures and work instructions to manage and control the quality of installation works, including, but without limitation:

i) descriptions and flow charts of installation processes including installation of all temporary works and their removal;

ii) the arrangements for storage including identification of all off‐site and on‐site storage areas, details of which are to be approved by the PDP prior to their use for storage of equipment and materials; and

iii) delivery method statements for all large plant and equipment or plant and equipment with special delivery requirements to the installation sites or for any other product as directed by the PDP.

Installation Submissions

G20.2.4.2 (1) Particulars of agent:

a) The Works Package Contractor shall give and provide all necessary superintendence during the execution of the Works for as long as the PDP considers necessary to ensure the fulfilment of the Works Package Contractor’s obligations under the Contract.

b) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that he is at all times represented on the Site by a competent and authorised English‐speaking agent approved by the PDP. Such agent shall be constantly on the Site and shall give his full time to the superintendence of the Works.

c) The PDP shall have the authority to withdraw his approval of the agent at any time. If such approval is withdrawn, the Works Package Contractor shall immediately remove the agent from the Site and shall not employ him again on the Site in any capacity and shall immediately replace him by another competent English‐speaking agent approved by the PDP.




d) Such authorised agent shall receive on behalf of the Works Package Contractor directions and instructions from the PDP.

e) The following particulars of the proposed agent shall be submitted to the PDP for approval:

i) name;

ii) details of qualifications, including copies of certificates; and

iii) details of previous experience.

f) The particulars of the agent shall be as directed by the PDP, except in the case of a replacement agent, in which case the said particulars shall be submitted immediately.

g) The agent shall possess nationally or internationally recognized academic and professional qualifications and have at least 10 years experience in relevant engineering works. The PDP reserves the right to call upon the Works Package Contractor to prove such qualifications/experience to the satisfaction of the PDP.

(2) Works Package Contractor’s Weekly Personnel Return:

The Works Package Contractor shall complete a form containing information in respect of labour employed on Site for the Works each Day in triplicate. Two copies of each form shall be submitted to the PDP each week and the remaining copy shall be retained by the Works Package Contractor. For the purpose of completing the form, actual trades shall be proposed by the Works Package Contractor and trade codes will be assigned by the PDP.

(3) Not used

(4) Not used.

(5) Records and Reports of Inspection and/or Test

a) The Works Package Contractor shall provide copies of the records of inspection and/or test showing the inspection and/or test results and inspection and/or measurement data to the PDP immediately after respective inspection and/or test. If the PDP has witnessed the inspection and/or test, the records of inspection and/or test shall be countersigned by the PDP or his delegate to indicate his review of the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being inspected or tested has passed




satisfactorily) contained therein.

b) No later than three (3) Days after the completion of the respective tests, the Works Package Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval by the PDP the test report together with the documentation recording inspection, measurement and testing data, whether or not witnessed by the PDP.

c) Without prejudice to the Conditions of Contract, where the results of the inspection or test do not meet the requirements of the Specification, the PDP may call for a re‐inspection or re‐test.

(6) Quality Control Register

a) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP for information Quality Control Register(s) on a monthly basis, or at such other intervals as requested by the PDP, to identify the status of testing of the Works.

b) The Quality Control Register(s) shall report the up‐to‐date status of all testing activities undertaken on each element of the Works during the reporting Month. The register shall identify and demonstrate the compliance of the testing with the requirements of the Contract and shall identify any item which does not conform to the requirements of the Contract. The register shall also identify status of relevant inspection activities in conjunction with the testing as requested by the PDP. Each Quality Control Register shall, as a minimum, include:

i) List of the test certificates received for manufactured goods and materials incorporated in the Works and the reference number of the certificates;

ii) List of the testing activities, including inspection activities as appropriate, undertaken by the Works Package Contractor on each element of the Works, which shall be categorized into locations, systems, or subsystem as considered applicable by the PDP; and

iii) The dates, locations of application or installation, results of testing and inspection, and the status of compliance with the requirements of the Contract.

c) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the format and proposed content of the Quality Control Register to the PDP for approval thirty (30) Days before the




commencement of related testing activities.

Inspection and Test Equipment

G20.2.4.3 Test equipment and instrumentation shall be subject to approved calibration tests within a properly controlled calibration scheme, and signed valid calibration certificates shall be supplied to the PDP not later than 60 Days prior to the respective tests. Such calibration checks shall be undertaken prior to testing and, if required by the PDP, shall be repeated afterwards

Safety, Health and Loss Prevention Plan

G20.2.4.4 The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Safety, Health and Loss Prevention Plan in accordance with Chapter G9

Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule

G20.2.4.5 The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval by the PDP an Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule (EMP & EMIS) which sets out in detail the approach he will adopt in dealing with the potential environmental impacts from the various installation activities. The EMP & EMIS shall address all the potential impacts, the associated mitigation measures to be provided and the programme of implementation. The Works Package Contractor shall submit the EMP & EMIS for approval by the PDP in accordance as directed by the PDP.

Completion Phase Management

G20.2.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall organise the services for completion phase management in an integrated manner

(2) Completion phase management shall encompass a list of “stand‐alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects depicted below

Commissioning Plan

G20.2.5.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure the timely preparation of the Commissioning Plan in a format and to a level of detail stated in Chapter G18.

(2) The Commissioning Plan shall be supplemented by three plans each covering the details in accordance with Chapter G18 and shall be submitted by the Works Package Contractor under the following phases of the inspection, testing and commissioning activities:

a) Partial Acceptance Tests

b) System Acceptance Tests

c) Systems Integration Tests

Operation and Maintenance Manual Plan

G20.2.5.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall develop an Operation and Maintenance Manual Plan to ensure the timely preparation of the Works Package Contractor’s Operation and Maintenance Manuals and the ‘as‐built’ drawings in a format and to a level of detail approved by the PDP and in




accordance with Chapter G21.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Operation and Maintenance Manual Plan by the date stated in the Specifications or, if none is given, as directed by the PDP.

(3) The Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan shall describe the approach to be adopted by the Works Package Contractor for the production of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The content of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan should cover, as a minimum, the following details:

a) The production strategy ‐ in‐house or contract out;

b) The methodology to be adopted for the development of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals to meet the Specification; and

c) The preliminary programme and resource allocation.

Training Plan G20.2.5.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure the timely preparation of the Training Plan in a format and to a level of detail for approval by the PDP and in accordance with Chapter G22.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Training Plan by the date stated in the PS or, if none is given, as directed by the PDP

Defects Liability Management Plan

G20.2.5.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval by the PDP a Defects Liability Management Plan to repair, replace and perform any remedial item upon the Works identified by the PDP during the Defects Liability Period (DLP). The first submission of this plan is required as directed by the PDP. The Works Package Contractor shall:

a) complete all necessary work in a timely and responsible manner and in accordance with Clause 53.2 [Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects] of the Conditions of Contract;

b) submit a plan that details the methods and timing of any proposed work;

c) update the plan monthly, showing progress of the work and the time to completion;

d) not proceed with any remedial work without the consent of the PDP; and

e) not interfere with the operations of the Operating Railway in completing work in the DLP.




(2) The Works Package Contractor shall update the Operation and Maintenance Manuals for any change or modification during the DLP.




Appendix AG20.1 – Management Plans The plans listed below are required to be submitted by the Works Package Contractor. It shall be noted that this list is not exhaustive and that further additional plans may be required for submission whether or not identified within this list or elsewhere in the Specifications.

Title Date for Submission ReferenceProject Plan 60 Days from LOA G20.2

Traffic Management Organisation Plan 60 Days from LOA G5.10.1(2)

Interface Management Plan 60 Days from notification of other party G13.5(5)

Project Quality Plan 14 Days from Commencement Date G10.3

System Assurance Plan 60 Days from LOA G17.5.2

EMC Management Plan 120 Days from LOA G20.2.2.3

Software Quality Assurance Plan 1 Month from SRS or 4 Months from LOA G16.2

Reliability Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Plan 1 Month from LOA (Systems Assurance Plan) G17.5.2

Design and Verification and Validation Plan 60 Days from LOA G20.2.3.1

Procurement Manufacturing and Delivery Plan 60 Days from LOA G20.2.3.4

Factory Testing Plan 3 Months prior to date of first factory test G20.2.3.5

Installation Plan 90 Days prior to start of installation work G20.2.4

Safety and Health Plan 60 Days from LOA G9.4

Safety and Health Risk Register Before start on site G9.5

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan 60 Days from LOA G9.6

Site Sanitation Plan 14 Days before start on Site G9.10.15(6)

Environmental Management Plan 60 Days from LOA G11.5

Method statement (for specific activity) 21 Days before start G4.2.1

Commissioning Plan 6 Months prior to start of PAT G18.3

Partial Acceptance Test Plan 6 Months prior to start of PAT G18.4.3

System Acceptance Test Plan 6 Months prior to start of SAT G18.4.4

Systems Integration Test Plan 6 Months prior to start of Systems Integration Testing

G18.4.5

Operation and Maintenance Manual Plan 10 Months prior to Cert. of Practical Completion

G20.2.5.2

Training Plan 6 Months prior to start of training G22.1

Defect Liability Management Plan 120 Days prior to Cert. of Practical Completion G20.2.5.4

Project Execution Plan 60 Days from LOA G4.1

List of proposed Method Statements and Inspection and Testing Plans

60 Days from LOA G4.2.1(2)

Submissions Programme 30 Days from Commencement Date G14.3(1)

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G21 – Operations & Maintenance Documentation


SECTION G21

OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

General G21.1 (1) Operations and Maintenance Manuals applicable to the Systems and Equipment for the Phase 1 Works shall be submitted by the Works Package Contractor for approval in accordance with the dates specified in G21.5(1); any supplementary documents relevant to the Completion of the whole of the Works shall be submitted not later than six Months prior to the Date of Completion of the whole of the Works. Two hard copies of the draft manuals shall initially be submitted for the PDP’s review.

(2) All operation and maintenance documentation produced by the Works Package Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the PDP’s O&M Manual Specifications.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall supply all documentation, including Operation and Maintenance Manuals and “as‐built” drawings, necessary for operating, maintaining, administrating, repairing and modifying the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide all documentation in English. Unless specifically permitted by the Specifications, the Works Package Contractor shall also provide the Bahasa Melayu version of the documentation.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall fully co‐ordinate and cross reference interfaces and areas associated with interconnecting equipment and systems within the Contract. The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall fully describe the overall operation of all systems incorporating all equipment.

(6) The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall contain no irrelevant or ambiguous information and shall relate specifically to this Contract.

(7) The Works Package Contractor may use manufacturer’s data and handbooks for individual items of E&M equipment that are a sub‐component of the overall system, including printed circuit boards, provided that they meet the intent of the Specification, are integrated by the Works Package Contractor into the description of his equipment, and are indexed accordingly in his own general index. All such documentation shall be contained in similar binders.




(8) Where a sub‐assembly item is of such a nature that local repairs in Malaysia cannot be made and it is necessary to be returned to the manufacturer as a unit for overhaul, the specific information concerning its repair and breakdown into component parts shall be provided.

(9) The document shall be collated and numbered in proper order and correspond to the contents and index tables. Nomenclature or references to any items of equipment, diagrams, figure numbers or units shall be consistent throughout the text. In order to comprehend the text, diagrams, drawings, sketches and actual photographs shall be added where necessary. All manufacturer's literature identification codes or stamp markings shall be omitted. Precautions and warnings regarding the safety of life and equipment shall be included where applicable.

(10) Without prejudice to Clause 68 of the Conditions of Contract, the PDP and / or Railway Operator shall have the right to reproduce any part or the whole of any Operation and Maintenance Manual as he wishes.

Operation and Maintenance Strategy

G21.2 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall take into consideration the operation and maintenance strategy adopted by the PDP and / or the Railway Operator when supplying operation and maintenance documentation. The Works Package Contractor shall note that whilst the O&M Manuals may make reference to the railway operating rules and procedures, it is not permitted for the Works Package Contractor to assume any “perceived” rules to be followed. In all cases no procedures may be proposed by the Works Package Contractor which conflict in any way with the Owner / Operator’s rules and procedures.

(2) All equipment and infrastructure supplied shall be designed for minimal or no maintenance. Maintenance activity shall be capable of being performed with little or no impact on passenger operation and train service.

(3) Routine preventive maintenance will be carried out at regular intervals or based on condition, reliability or usage. The maintenance programmes will be designed to optimise safety, reliability and availability and reduce cost while minimizing disruption to train service.

(4) Details of the PDP’s maintenance strategy is described in the PDP’s O&M Maintenance Strategy and O&M Plan.




Arrangement and Format of Manuals

G21.3 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall arrange all operation and maintenance documentation in accordance with the PDP’s O&M Manual Specifications.

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall provide documentation for all hardware and software for computer systems and other associated electronic equipment to meet the following requirements. Such documents shall include, but not be limited to:

a) manufacturers’ documentation supplied as standard withthe equipment;

b) hardware configuration with details of expansioncapabilities and options;

c) programme loading instructions, including runtimeenvironment configuration;

d) for all software whose source codes are to be provided, the respective software architecture specifications andsoftware design specifications and a detailed programmelisting including comprehensive 'comment statements'for the source code, compilers and development toolsnecessary to modify and recompile the software;

e) flow charts, data structures, data flow diagrams and statediagrams as appropriate;

f) descriptions of system architecture and networkingstructures;

g) lists of all errors/faults messages with descriptions andrespective remedial actions;

h) procedures and descriptions for software installation;

i) procedures and descriptions for compilation and re‐generation of software from source code;

j) descriptions of software modules including purpose,linkage with other modules, error routines and any special considerations;

k) memory maps for both internal and peripheral memoryshowing description of all programmes, data files, overlayareas, memory available for expansion and the like;

l) loading and operating instructions for diagnosticprogrammes and specifically developed debugging tools;and

m) programming and administration manuals relevant tooperating systems, languages, development tools, etc.




(3) The documentation shall in all respects be entirely sufficient to allow any competent software programming organisation to undertake programme and/or system modifications without recourse to the Works Package Contractor. These requirements shall apply in respect of microprocessor based equipment and firmware.

Drawings G21.4 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit such drawings as may be required for the operation and maintenance and repair of the Permanent Works by the PDP and / or the Railway Operator.

(2) Information contained on the drawings shall include but not be limited to:

a) arrangement drawings for all sub‐systems and individual items of equipment;

b) installation and fixing drawings for all sub‐systems and individual items of equipment;

c) interface drawings for all sub‐systems and individual items of equipment;

d) schematic drawings for all electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, water and drainage systems;

e) sizes, material and finish of all fixtures and threads;

f) manufacturer's code, drawing and reference numbers;

g) wiring diagrams to BS EN 60617, BS 3939 and BS 376including internal wiring of sealed unit items;

h) setting dimensions and tolerances; and

i) bill of materials.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall supply drawings with Bahasa Melayu language notation in addition to English.




Submissions G21.5 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall deliver all operation and maintenance documentation for Phase 1 Works to the PDP for approval by the date stated in the Specifications or, if none is given, not later than ten (10) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Sectional Completion Certificate for the Phase 1 Works for the first draft version, six (6) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Sectional Completion Certificate for the Phase 1 Works for the final draft version, and one (1) Month prior to the expected date of issue of the Sectional Completion Certificate for the Phase 1 Works for the final version. The supplementary documents relevant to the Completion of the whole of the Works shall be delivered to PDP for approval six (6) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works for the final draft version, and one (1) Month prior to the expected date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works for the final version. The delivery shall include a copy of the software and licence to operate the software to modify the manuals together with one set of CADD drawing files. The final manuals shall incorporate comments made by the PDP on the draft manuals.

(2) Drawings shall be submitted to the PDP by the date stated in

the Specifications or, if none is given, not later than three (3) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Sectional Completion Certificate for Phase 1 Works and three (3) Months prior to the expected date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works as indicated on the Baseline Programme.

(3) Following the PDP’s approval, the Works Package Contractor

shall make a final submission of the complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals and as‐built drawings unless otherwise stated in the Specifications. The final submission shall be made not later than the date set by the PDP. The type of binder used to bind the operation and maintenance documentation shall be of a design which will permit all changes and additions to the said documentation to be readily collated therein. The Works Package Contractor shall make such amendments to his submissions as may prove necessary during commissioning of the Permanent Works and the Defects Liability Period. Amendments found necessary during commissioning shall be completed within two (2) Months after the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works. Subsequent amendments shall be completed two Months prior to the issue of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects.




As Built Drawings

G21.6 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall submit interim as‐built drawings within fourteen (14) Days of completing each section or stage of the Works for the approval of the PDP. At least one (1) Month prior to the Date for Completion or before the anticipated date of issuance of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works, the Works Package Contractor shall submit for the approval of the PDP, a full set of as‐built drawings and any other information and records to show the final construction and form of the Works as completed.

(2) Upon approval, the Works Package Contractor shall certify and submit the final as‐built drawings. The final set of as‐built drawings shall be submitted no later than two (2) Months from the date of issuance of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works.

(3) The as‐built drawings shall consist of the following:

a) actual locations, dimensions and structural details of the completed Works;

b) actual method and sequence of construction and installation;

c) left‐in Temporary Works or permanent formwork;

d) approved / used construction materials and products, including, but not limited to, grade of concrete, movement joints, construction joints, waterproofing membranes, structural bearing, cast‐in structural brackets, pipe work, cable works, and ductworks; and

e) provisions for future extensions.

(4) There shall be no reference to alternatives, options or future approvals on the as‐built drawings.

(5) As‐built drawings shall be prepared and submitted strictly in accordance with the requirements of the PDP’s CAD standards and requirements.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G22 – Training


SECTION G22

TRAINING

General G22.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the Railway Operator’s staff to enable all of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified as part of the Contract to be operated and maintained in the designed manner safely and efficiently so as to achieve the maximum reliability and economy, and to meet the requirements of the railway operator’s own commissioning programme.

(2) To achieve this objective, it will be necessary to train the railway operator's staff, including the operator’s trainers. The Works Package Contractor shall submit for approval of the PDP a Training Plan by the date stated in the Contract, or, if no date is given, six (6) Months prior to the start of training.

(3) The recommendations shall include details of training equipment necessary and appropriate to achieve the training objectives.

(4) The Training Plan shall provide a structured training programme to educate and train personnel of the railway operator in all aspects of the system operation and maintenance and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

a) Schedule of training courses;

b) Objective, syllabus format, class size and duration of each training course;

c) Training facilities to be provided by the railway operator;

d) List of training materials and documentation to be included with the training course;

e) Method of pre and post testing to be utilised;

f) Qualifications and experience level necessary for the trainees;

g) Instructor’s qualifications; and

h) Course evaluation methods.




(5) Courses offered shall be suitable for operating and maintenance staff classified below as distinct from engineering design staff:

a) operations staff who are required to operate the equipment;

b) first line and second line maintenance staff undertaking recovery / corrective and routine / preventive maintenance;

c) third line (high level) maintenance staff specialised in workshop repair and overhaul of equipment; and

d) technical support staff specialising in fault analysis and investigation techniques associated with the particular type of equipment; and

e) trainer who shall be required to develop the skills necessary to conduct future training courses.

(6) Training shall be carried out in the English language and in the Bahasa Melayu language as appropriate to each course.

(7) The Works Package Contractor shall provide comprehensive training materials in order for the PDP and/or Railway Operator and/or other interfacing Other Works Contractors to produce their internal computer based training for operations and maintenance purposes. Details of the format and content of the training materials are defined in the Specifications.

(8) The Works Package Contractor shall take cognizance of the dates for Trial Operations and shall ensure that all appropriate personnel have received adequate training to equip them for all of the tasks required during Trial Operations before the commencement of the Trial Operations. Additional training may be required during Trial Operations as may be identified by the PDP.

Objectives G22.2

Operations Staff Training

G22.2.1 Training shall, as a minimum, impart the following techniques to the Railway Operator’s staff of the appropriate grades:




a) All planned maintenance and overhaul of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;

b) Fault finding and rectification techniques for the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract (these shall be developed from the Works Package Contractor’s previous experience with similar equipment and also from the Fault Tree Analysis and other analyses carried out as part of the reliability engineering studies undertaken by the Works Package Contractor);

c) Normal operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;

d) All rules, regulations, practices and procedures necessary for the safe and efficient operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract; and

e) All contingency plans necessary to speedily and safely recover from any mishaps or emergencies that may arise with the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract.

First Line and Second Line Maintenance and Corrective Maintenance Training

G22.2.2 The objective shall be to provide staff with knowledge and skills necessary to perform all aspects of preventive and corrective maintenance down to the level of fault handling and recovery.

Third Line Maintenance and Workshop Corrective Maintenance Training

G22.2.3 (1) The objective shall be to provide training for workshop technicians for all supplied equipment. Training shall include, but not be limited to, use of test equipment, sub‐assembly bench repair and calibration.




(2) The objective shall also be to provide training for technical support staff for system administration task for all supplied equipment and systems. Training shall include, but not be limited to network management, data archive and retrieval, system backup and restoration as well as configuration and modification techniques of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract. Training shall, as a minimum, impart the following techniques to the Railway Operator’s staff of the appropriate grades:

a) all planned maintenance and overhaul of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;

b) fault finding, rectification, administration and modification techniques for the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract. These shall be developed from the Works Package Contractor’s previous experience with similar equipment and also from the fault tree analysis and other analyses carried out as part of the reliability engineering studies undertaken by the Works Package Contractor;

c) normal and degraded modes of operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;

d) all rules, regulations, practices and procedures necessary for the safe and efficient operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract; and

e) all contingency plans necessary to speedily and safely recover from any mishaps or emergencies that may arise with the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract.

Training Methods

G22.3 (1) Training shall consist of classroom (theory) training; computer based interactive multi‐media training (CBT), simulator training, and practical (hands on) training.

(2) The training shall take place in Malaysia, unless there are prohibitive reasons, and shall be related to the Permanent Works.




(3) The training in Malaysia shall be supplemented, where appropriate, by training at the Works Package Contractor’s own premises and the premises of the major sub‐contractors during the manufacturing and factory testing phases of the Works. Maximum use shall be made of the opportunities presented during equipment testing phases of the Contract to demonstrate and practise fault finding and diagnostic techniques.

(4) To meet this need, the Works Package Contractor shall supply competent trainers/instructors to carry out training to a high degree of proficiency in areas where the Works Package Contractor has the specialised knowledge.

(5) In order to ensure that satisfactory standards are met, the railway operator’s operations/maintenance department in liaison with the training department will monitor all training.

(6) The Works Package Contractor shall assign a training coordinator from his organization to be responsible for training. The training coordinator will be the main contact for all matters related to training.

(7) During the Defects Liability Period, when the Works Package Contractor is responsible for fault finding and repair, he shall provide additional practical hands‐on training to the railway operator’s maintenance staff to facilitate the successful handover of this function.

(8) Where applicable, the PDP and / or Railway Operator will pay all of his staff’s salaries, travelling, subsistence and other related allowances

Railway Operator’s Trainers

G22.4 The Works Package Contractor shall provide training courses and training materials to train the Railway Operator’s trainers to a level of competence to allow them to subsequently train the railway operator’s staff in all aspects of operation and maintenance of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified as part of the Works. For maintenance, this shall include specific training in the use of maintenance documentation, all fault finding guides and any special gauges, instrumentation or test equipment required in any maintenance or fault finding and analysis. For operations, this shall include training in the operation of the equipment and the various systems.




Training Plant and Equipment

G22.5 (1) With the prior approval of the PDP, the Works Package Contractor may use the Permanent Works being erected, tested or commissioned for the training of the Railway Operator’s staff, provided that this is not to affect the Trial Operations. In general, the Works Package Contractor shall not use spare parts for this purpose.

(2) Training course notes shall be entirely compatible and, where appropriate, cross‐referenced to the manuals supplied by the Works Package Contractor as part of the operation and maintenance documentation.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall provide such written or printed matter, functional equipment, samples, models, cutaway equipment, slides, films and other instructional materials as may be necessary for training. Such equipment and material shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be sufficient both for the persons trained by the Works Package Contractor and for those to be subsequently trained by the Railway Operator’s trainers.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide a trainer’s guide for each training course. The guide shall include the course agenda, objectives, list of resources and facilities required, detailed lesson plans, presentation notes, discussion guides, training aids and job aids, test papers, criteria and methodology for testing and assessment, and all other things that will enable the railway operator’s trainers to carry out repeat or refresher courses in the future.

(5) All training course notes and trainer’s guides shall be submitted to the PDP for approval 6 weeks prior to the commencement of the first training session of the course.

(6) All training course notes and trainer’s guides to be submitted to the PDP for approval initially and for further dispatch during the training delivery shall be in soft copy format that allows easy reproduction.

(7) All training course notes and instructor’s guides shall be in a standard format as set out in the operation and maintenance manual specification, which is one of the Associated Documents as stated in the Appendices to the Specifications.

(8) Specialized equipment required for the training course and the venue shall be arranged and provided by the Works Package Contractor.




Testing and Assessment

G22.6 The Works Package Contractor shall, at the conclusion of each training course, issue questionnaires to, and/or set practical tests for, all trainees directed at determining the level of satisfaction with the course content and to assess the level of knowledge and understanding of the course content by each trainee. The Works Package Contractor shall review the responses to questionnaires and the trainees’ test results and forward a summary to the PDP. If the PDP considers that the course has not achieved the required objectives, he will advise the Works Package Contractor who shall then organise and implement appropriate re‐training at no additional cost.

Training Records

G22.7 The Works Package Contractor shall, at the completion of each training course:

(1) provide the PDP with a consolidated training record listing the training course title, date of training, names of all trainees, training result and other relevant information; and

(2) issue an appropriate certificate to each trainee who has successfully completed the course.

Video Recording

G22.8 The Works Package Contractor shall permit the Owner / Operator to record video images of any of the training sessions and to have the right to use these recordings at any time.

Modifications G22.9 The Works Package Contractor shall provide additional training and training materials where appropriate to impart the skills and knowledge required for the maintenance and/or operation of any part of the Works which is subjected to modification under the contract.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G23 – Spare Parts, Special Tools & Test Equipment

KVMRT/PDP/SBK/GEN/SYS/GS/RS/1001 G23‐1 of 8 Add.1 Revision: 03

SECTION G23

SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS & TEST EQUIPMENT

General G23.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall supply to the PDP, as part of the Works, in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter:

a) spare parts including (but not limited to) sub‐assemblies and those to be supplied by his subcontractors of any tier ("Spare Parts");

b) special tools, jigs, fixtures and gauges and test equipment, including those to be supplied by his subcontractors of any tier ("Special Tools and Test Equipment"); and

c) software related items including (but not limited to) electrical programmable read only memory (EPROM), digital video disc (DVD), other related items which are the most updated items used in relation to the Works, and those to be supplied by his subcontractors of any tier (“Software Related Items”).

(2) The Spare Parts to be supplied by the Works Package Contractor shall consist of:

a) Contract Spares (as hereinafter defined);

b) Commissioning Spares (as hereinafter defined); and

c) Defects Liability Spares (as hereinafter defined).

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit for the PDP’s approval, schedules of spare parts and special tools by the times stated in the Contract, or if none is specified, not later than one (1) Month prior to the envisaged manufacturing date for the associated equipment or materials to be supplied under the Contract.

(4) The schedules shall be an amplification and confirmation of the schedules supplied with his Tender as may have been subsequently modified by negotiation with the PDP and shall be amended as necessary to include spares for subsequent changes in design. After review, the PDP shall instruct the items which are to be ordered.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall use separate sets of contract spares schedules for different sub‐assemblies of the main assembly/equipment




(6) Not used.

(7) The information supplied in respect of each spare part or special tool and test equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

A. core data

a) main assembly/equipment/module/sub‐module

i) manufacturer / brand name

ii) manufacturer's type/model number

iii) rating

iv) serial number, if applicable

v) total number of the main assembly/ equipment supplied under the Contract

b) sub‐assembly of main assembly/equipment/module/sub‐module

i) manufacturer / brand name

ii) manufacturer's type/model number

iii) rating

iv) serial number, if applicable

(if items (i) to (iv) above are different from those of the main assembly/equipment)

v) total number of sub‐assemblies in the main assembly/equipment supplied under the Contract

c) individual item of main assembly/sub assembly/equipment/module/sub‐module

i) manufacturer order number

ii) parts description ‐ a full description of the Spare Part, including a note as to whether it is a sealed unit or whether it is an assembly or sub‐assembly which can be broken‐down into component parts

iii) manufacturer / brand name

iv) the manufacturer's part number (if different from the ordering number)




v) the sub‐contractor's ordering part number/reference, if applicable

vi) recommended quantity

vii) unit of measurement

viii) unit price CIF to Malaysia including delivery to designated location amount (quantity multiplied by unit price)

ix) total number of the Spare Parts in the sub‐assembly of the main assembly/equipment supplied under the Contract

x) total number of the Spare Parts in all the sub‐assemblies of all the main assemblies/ different equipment supplied under the Contract

d) The Works Package Contractor shall ensure that the ordering part numbers specified shall enable the PDP and / or the Owner to procure the exact item in the future without reference to the Works Package Contractor.

B. primary data

a) parts catalogue number/cross reference (illustrated parts catalogues to be submitted together with the contract spares schedules to the PDP)

b) drawing number

C. secondary data

a) lead times stating whether for ex‐stock or for product manufactured upon receipt of order

b) delivery schedule(s)

c) supplementary information

i) special handling instruction, e.g. for fragile materials, hazardous substances, radioactive materials, etc.

ii) storage requirement, e.g. overall dimensions including special packing (if any) for bulky materials,




materials with limited shelf life, etc.

iii) statutory requirements, e.g. licences, test certificates, etc.

iv) inter‐changeability information

v) tailor made product for the Contract or a standard bought‐in product

vi) the source of the Spare Part or Special Tool and Test Equipment, including the manufacturer’s name and address together with that of his Malaysian agent

vii) supplementary sheets to be used for detailed information which is important to the railway operator’s future procurement.

viii) expected utilisation during a 12‐month period

Contract Spares G23.2 (1) The quantities of Spare Parts to be supplied by the Works Package Contractor shall be in accordance with the minimum quantities specified in the Specifications plus any additional requirements recommended by the Works Package Contractor. Such quantities of Spare Parts shall be sufficient for the full operation of the Permanent Works for one (1) year of operation following the expiry of the Defects Liability Period for the Works ("Contract Spares”).

(2) Minor items that are commonly available in Malaysia shall be listed in the proposed schedules but not included in the determination of spares quantities.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall supply and deliver the Contract Spares on or before completion of the Systems Acceptance Test for the Works or any Section thereof.

(4) For Contract Spare such as computer server, workstation and network device, the Works Package Contractor shall ensure the relevant licences, operation systems, image files, program, software tools and diagnostic routines required to carry out all the functions described in the Operation and Maintenance Manual or as required by the Specifications are suitably provided, installed and configured before delivery. The Works Package Contractor shall provide the means and instructions which describe the setting parameters of the spare that is critical to its proper performance and operation.




(5) The Works Package Contractor shall submit the Contract Spares schedules for the Contract Spares in hard copies (including the illustrated parts catalogues) as well as soft copies to the PDP for approval.

Commissioning Spares

G23.3 (1) In addition to the Contract Spares, the Works Package Contractor shall keep on the Site throughout the installation, erection and commissioning periods, sufficient stocks of Spare Parts to enable immediate replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to be defective or in any way in non‐conformance with the Specification during the installation and commissioning periods ("Commissioning Spares").

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall supply and deliver the Commissioning Spares on or before the commencement of the Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT) for the Works or any Section thereof or as stipulated in the Specifications.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP for approval a list of all Commissioning Spares that shall be made available during the installation, erection and commissioning periods.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall not be entitled to use any of the Contract Spares to replace any item in the Permanent Works during the installation, erection and commissioning periods.

(5) The Works Package Contractor shall not be permitted to remove any item from any piece of equipment that has been delivered to Site. “Cannibalisation” is strictly prohibited.

Defect Liability Spares

G23.4 (1) In addition to the Contract Spares, the Works Package Contractor shall keep sufficient stocks of Spare Parts in an off‐site location in Malaysia throughout the Defects Liability Periods to enable rapid replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to require replacement as part of the Works Package Contractor's obligations during the Defects Liability Periods (“Defects Liability Spares").

(2) The Works Package Contractor shall supply and deliver the Defects Liability Spares on or before the commencement of the Trial Operations.

(3) The Works Package Contractor shall submit to the PDP for approval a list of all Defects Liability Spares that shall be maintained by the Works Package Contractor during the Defects Liability Periods.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall not be entitled to use any




of the Contract Spares to replace any item in the Permanent Works during the Defects Liability Periods.

Supply of Spare Parts and Special Tools

G23.5

Manufacture and Delivery of Spare Parts

G23.5.1 The Spare Parts to be supplied under the Contract shall be manufactured at the same time and to the same quality as the Permanent Works. All Spare Parts shall be manufactured, works tested and inspected in accordance with the relevant quality system, suitably packed and labelled, and delivered by the Works Package Contractor. Before the Spare Parts are delivered, the Works Package Contractor shall submit a shipment advice to notify the PDP of the shipment details such as date of dispatch, date of arrival, vessel name, etc. as well as a packing list to indicate the contract number, variation order number, the lot size, quantity and weight. The Spare Parts shall be consigned to the Railway Operator and delivered in accordance with the PDP's instructions to a programme which shall ensure that sufficient Spare Parts are delivered to facilitate normal routine maintenance of the Permanent Works by the Railway Operator at all stages of completion. The Spare Parts shall be supplied in total not later than the date set out in the Specifications.

Spare Parts G23.5.2 (1) Spare Parts shall be fully interchangeable with their corresponding parts. All Spare Parts shall be configured to the latest revision during the Defects Liability Period. For Spare Parts such as electronic components, lamps, fuses and other consumable and high‐use items, the Works Package Contractor shall ensure that a minimum of two alternative sources of supply are available.

(2) An adequate supply of Spare Parts shall be available throughout the design life of the Works as defined in the Specifications from the date of the Practical Completion of the whole of the Works. The Works Package Contractor undertakes to notify the Railway Operator at least 6 Months prior to deleting any item used in the Works from general availability.

(3) For any Spare Part that the Works Package Contractor is unable to confirm supply throughout the design life of the Works, or where the Works Package Contractor ceases availability support of that item before the end of such design life or if the Works Package Contractor ceases trading, the Works Package Contractor undertakes to transfer the relevant intellectual property rights, design rights and technology to the Owner and the Owner shall have the full right to manufacturing drawings, schedules, software and any other information needed to manufacture the relevant item.




Such rights shall give the Owner complete freedom to manufacture the item either in Malaysia or anywhere else world‐wide. The Works Package Contractor shall also undertake to notify the Owner two years in advance of the intended cessation of spares availability of any item. In addition, the Works Package Contractor is responsible for sourcing a compatible alternative for up‐keeping the system

(4) If any Spare Part is rendered obsolete by a design change or material change during the design life of the Works supplied under the Contract, the Works Package Contractor shall design a replacement item to match the identical mechanical and electrical interfaces as the former item.

(5) If, as a result of changes in technology, any Spare Part is not completely interchangeable with the original item, or the performance of any Spare Part is different from the original item, then if required by the PDP, the Works Package Contractor shall purchase the same from the railway operator, at a price agreed between the parties, in such quantities of the obsolete Spare Part as the railway operator may possess.

Special tools G23.5.3 (1) The special tools, jigs, fixtures, gauges and test equipment (together with relevant licences, calibration certificates, software tools and diagnostic routines) required to carry out all the functions described in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals or as required by the Contract, shall be suitably packed and identified, consigned to the Railway Operator, and delivered by the Works Package Contractor in accordance with the PDP’s instructions not later than three (3) Months after the delivery of the first piece of equipment supplied under the Contract. The extent of supply shall include protective carrying cases as may be appropriate for the storage and use of each item. All Special Tools and Test Equipment shall be supplied with operation and maintenance manuals, complete diagrams, schematics, assembly and connection drawings, calibration instructions and circuit diagrams/descriptions for future maintenance. The Works Package Contractor shall provide and arrange training of the Railway Operator for any Special Tool and Test Equipment upon request by the PDP.

(2) Where the Works Package Contractor has used the special tools, jigs, fixtures, gauges and test equipment for installation and commissioning of the equipment, he shall refurbish and recalibrate each item to the satisfaction of the PDP prior to hand over to the Railway Operator, accompanied by the certificate of calibration traceable to a recognised International or National Standard.




(3) Where any item of Special Tools and Test Equipment is provided by the Works Package Contractor, it shall be accompanied by drawings, manuals and full operating instructions to enable them to be used by suitably skilled (but not necessarily specially trained) personnel in a non‐hazardous manner and to achieve the desired result in terms of accuracy and quality.

(4) The Works Package Contractor shall provide the means and instructions which describe the parameters of each item of Special Tools and Test Equipment that are critical to their proper methods of use and which enable the Railway Operator's staff using the Special Tools and Test Equipment to achieve the proper performance and operation. Such means and instructions shall include, but not be limited to, any routine checking or re‐calibration needs for the Special Tool and Test Equipment itself.

Coding and tagging for spare parts

G23.5.4 All spare parts and special tools shall each carry a tag suitably marked, coded and numbered. The requirements of the label or tag and the coding and numbering on them shall be approved by the PDP.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G24 – Mock‐Ups, Prototypes & Samples


SECTION G24

MOCK‐UPS, PROTOTYPES AND SAMPLES

General G24.1 (1) The Works Package Contractor shall produce mock‐ups, prototypes and samples in accordance with the Specifications.

(2) Where required by the Specifications, the mock‐ups and prototypes shall demonstrate the proposed design and design options. The mock‐ups shall increase in levels of detail and finish as the design progresses

(3) Where required by the Specifications, the mock‐ups and prototypes may generally be produced initially with “dummy” equipment items unless otherwise specified, so long as there is sufficient detail to evaluate the proposed design.

(4) Where required by the Specifications, the mock‐ups and prototypes shall be constructed at the Works Package Contractor’s premises or other locations as directed by the PDP. A minimum of three formal reviews will be conducted by the PDP.

(5) The complete and agreed mock‐ups and prototypes shall be suitable for transportation to and display in Malaysia for final review by the PDP, the Railway Operator and the Owner. The Works Package Contractor shall transport and set up such mock‐ups and prototypes at a nominated site in Malaysia. After each review, the Works Package Contractor shall incorporate the PDP’s comments into the mock‐ups and prototypes prior to the next scheduled review

(6) Design documents associated with the mock‐ups and prototypes shall be submitted to the PDP for approval not later than 3 weeks prior to the mock‐ups and prototypes activities taking place.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G24 – Mock‐Ups, Prototypes & Samples




General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G25 – Photographs


SECTION G25

PHOTOGRAPHS

General G25.1 (1) Colour photographs showing the progress of the Works and the quality of the materials and workmanship shall be taken by the Works Package Contractor at locations determined by the PDP. The photographs shall be of a quality that is approved by the PDP.

(2) Progress photographs shall be submitted at times and frequencies determined by the PDP, and their size, number, format and presentation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications.

(3) The photographs shall be taken by digital camera where the Works Package Contractor intends to use such photographs for recording purpose.

*END OF SECTION*


General Specification for Railway SystemsSection G25 – Photographs



General Specs - SBK S 07_Section 1A_GS_Main - PIDS

Documents

Transcript of General Specs - SBK S 07_Section 1A_GS_Main - PIDS